Biologische Hochschulschriften (Goethe-Universität)
Refine
Year of publication
Document Type
- Doctoral Thesis (852)
- Article (12)
- Part of Periodical (2)
- Bachelor Thesis (1)
- Diploma Thesis (1)
Has Fulltext
- yes (868)
Is part of the Bibliography
- no (868)
Keywords
- Gentherapie (7)
- NMR-Spektroskopie (6)
- gene therapy (6)
- Elektrophysiologie (5)
- Molekularbiologie (5)
- RNA (5)
- Schmerz (5)
- Apoptosis (4)
- Arzneimitteldesign (4)
- Carotinoide (4)
Institute
- Biowissenschaften (550)
- Biochemie und Chemie (169)
- Biochemie, Chemie und Pharmazie (79)
- Pharmazie (32)
- Institut für Ökologie, Evolution und Diversität (21)
- Georg-Speyer-Haus (6)
- Medizin (5)
- Geowissenschaften (4)
- Biodiversität und Klima Forschungszentrum (BiK-F) (3)
- Frankfurt Institute for Advanced Studies (FIAS) (3)
Interleukin-11 signaling is a global molecular switch between regeneration and scarring in zebrafish
(2022)
The two diametrically opposing outcomes after tissue damage are regeneration and fibrotic scarring. After injury, adult mammals predominantly induce fibrotic scarring, which most often leads to patient lethality. Fibrotic scarring is the deposition of excessive extracellular matrix that matures and hinders tissue function. The scarring response is mainly orchestrated by myofibroblasts, which arise only upon tissue damage, from various cellular origins, including tissue resident fibroblasts, endothelial cells and circulating blood cells. On the contrary, species like zebrafish, possess the remarkable capacity to regenerate their damaged tissues. After injury, instead of inducing a myofibroblast-mediated fibrogenic gene program, cells in these species undergo regenerative reprogramming at the transcriptional level to activate vital cellular processes needed for regeneration, including proliferation, dedifferentiation, and migration. Several pro-regenerative mechanisms have been identified to date. Most of them, if not all, are also important for tissue homeostasis and hence, are not injury specific. Therefore, the central aim of this study is to identify injury-specific mechanisms that not only induce regeneration, but also limit fibrotic scarring.
To test the notion that fibrotic scarring limits regeneration, I first compared the scarring response in the regenerative zebrafish heart after cryoinjury with what is known in the non-regenerative adult mouse heart. I found that zebrafish display ~10-fold less myofibroblast differentiation compared to adult mouse after cardiac injury. With these findings, I hypothesized that zebrafish employ mechanisms to actively suppress scarring response. Using a novel comparative transcriptomic approach coupled with genetic loss-of-function analyses, I identified that Interleukin-6 (Il-6) cytokine family-mediated Stat3 is one such pro-regenerative pathway in zebrafish.
Il-6 cytokine family consists of Il-6, Interleukin-11 (Il-11), Ciliary neurotrophic factor, Leukemia inhibitory factor, Oncostatin M, and Cardiotrophin-like cytokine factor 1. Il-6 family ligands signal through their specific receptors and a common receptor subunit (Il6st or Gp130). Using gene expression analyses after adult heart and adult caudal fin injuries in zebrafish, I identified that both the Il-11 cytokine encoding paralogous genes (il11a and il11b) are the highest expressed and induced among the Il-6 family cytokines. Hence, I chose Il-11 signaling as a candidate pathway for further analysis. To investigate the role of Il-11 signaling, I generated genetic loss-of-function mutants for both the ligand (il11a and il11b) and the receptor (il11ra) encoding genes. Using various tissue regeneration models across developmental stages in these mutants, I identified that Il-11/Stat3 signaling is indispensable for global tissue regeneration in zebrafish.
To investigate the cellular and molecular mechanisms by which Il-11 signaling promotes regeneration, I performed transcriptomics comparing the non-regenerative il11ra mutant hearts and fins with that of the wild types, respectively. I identified that Il-11 signaling orchestrates both global and tissue-specific aspects of regenerative reprogramming at the transcriptional level. In addition, I also found that impaired regenerative reprogramming in the il11ra mutant hearts and fins resulted in defective cardiomyocyte and osteoblast repopulation of the injured area, respectively.
On the other hand, by deep phenotyping the scarring response in il11ra mutant hearts and fins, I identified that Il-11 signaling limits myofibroblast differentiation. Furthermore, I found that cardiac endothelial cells and fibroblasts are one of the major responders to injury-induced Il-11 signaling. Using lineage tracing, I found that both the endothelial and fibroblast lineages in the non-regenerative il11ra mutants commit to a myofibroblast fate, spearheading the scarring response. In addition, using cell type specific manipulations, I showed that Il-11 signaling in cardiac endothelial cells allows cardiomyocyte repopulation of the injured area. Finally, using human endothelial cells in culture, I uncovered a novel feedback mechanism by which Il-11 signaling limits fibrogenic gene expression by inhibiting its parent activator and a master regulator of tissue fibrosis, TGF-β signaling.
Overall, I identified Interleukin-11/Stat3 signaling as the first global regulator of regeneration in zebrafish. Briefly, I showed that Interleukin-11 signaling promotes regeneration by regulating two crucial cellular aspects in response to injury – (1) it promotes regenerative reprogramming, thereby allowing cell repopulation of the injured area and (2) it limits mammalian-like fibrotic scarring by inhibiting myofibroblast differentiation and TGF-β signaling. Altogether, these zebrafish data, together with the contradicting mammalian data strongly indicate that the secrets of tissue regeneration lie downstream of IL-11 signaling, in the differences between regenerative and non-regenerative species. Furthermore, I establish the non-regenerative il11ra mutant as an invaluable zebrafish model to study mammalian tissue fibrosis.
The heart is the first functional organ that develops in the embryo. To become a functional organ, it undergoes several morphogenetic processes. These morphogenetic events involve different cell types, that interact with each other and respond to the surrounding extracellular matrix, as well as intrinsic and extrinsic mechanical forces, assuming different behaviors. Additionally, transcription factor networks, conserved among vertebrates, control the development.
To have a better understanding of cell behavior during development, it is necessary to find a model system that allows the investigation in vivo and at single-cell resolution. Thanks to the common evolutionary origin of the different cardiac structures, together with the conserved molecular pathways, the two-chambered zebrafish heart offers many advantages to study cell behavior during cardiac morphogenesis. Here, using the zebrafish heart as a model system, I uncovered the cell behavior behind two of the main cardiac morphogenetic events: cardiac wall maturation and cardiac valve formation.
In the first part of this study, I investigated how the cardiac wall is maintained at the molecular level. Using genetic, transcriptomic, and chimeric analyses in zebrafish, we find that Snai1b is required for myocardial wall integrity. Global loss of snai1b leads to the extrusion of CMs away from the cardiac lumen, a process we show is dependent on cardiac contractility. Examining CM junctions in snai1b mutants, we observed that N-cadherin localization was compromised, thereby likely weakening cell-cell adhesion. In addition, extruding CMs exhibit increased actomyosin contractility basally, as revealed by the specific enrichment of canonical markers of actomyosin tension - phosphorylated myosin light chain (active myosin) and the α-catenin epitope α-18. By comparing the transcriptome of wild-type and snai1b mutant hearts at the early stages of CM extrusion, we found the dysregulation of intermediate filament genes in mutants including the upregulation of desmin b. We tested the role of desmin b in myocardial wall integrity and found that CM-specific desmin b overexpression led to CM extrusion, recapitulating the snai1b mutant phenotype. Altogether, these results indicate that Snai1 is a critical regulator of intermediate filament gene expression in CMs and that it maintains the integrity of the myocardial epithelium during embryogenesis, at least in part by repressing desmin b expression.
In the second part of this study, I focused on the behavior of valve cells during cardiac development. Using the zebrafish atrioventricular valve, I focus on the valve interstitial cells which confer biomechanical strength to the cardiac valve leaflets. We find that initially AV endocardial cells migrate collectively into the cardiac jelly to form a bilayered structure; subsequently, the cells that led this migration invade the extracellular matrix (ECM) between the two EC monolayers, undergo an endothelial-to-mesenchymal transition as marked by loss of intercellular adhesion, and differentiate into VICs. These cells proliferate and are joined by a few neural crest-derived cells. VIC expansion and a switch from a pro-migratory to an elastic ECM drive valve leaflet elongation. Functional analysis of Nfatc1 reveals its requirement during VIC development. Zebrafish nfatc1 mutants form significantly fewer VICs due to reduced proliferation and impaired recruitment of endocardial and neural crest cells during the early stages of VIC development. Analysis of downstream effectors reveals that Nfatc1 promotes the expression of twist1b, a well-known regulator of epithelial-to-mesenchymal transition. This study shows for the first time that Nfatc1 regulates zebrafish VICs formation regulating valve EMT in part by regulating twist1b expression. Moreover, it proposes the zebrafish valve as an excellent model to study the cellular and molecular process that regulate VIC development and dysfunction.
In conclusion, my work: 1) identified an unsuspected role of Snai1 in maintaining the integrity of the myocardial epithelium, opening new avenues in its role in regulating cellular contractility; 2) uncovered the function of Nfatc1 in the establishment of the VIC, establishing a new model to study valve development and function.
Despite all advancements in cancer research and clinical practice, cancer remains a life- threatening disease with an increasing incidence. According to a 2018 WHO forecast, cancer incidence will double to approximately 37 million new cancer cases by 2040. Today, clinical management of cancer is based on a "one-fits-all" strategy. Most cancers are still treated by surgical therapy followed by adjuvant or neoadjuvant chemotherapy based on rather strict guidelines (S3 guidelines in Europe) which are based on studies of large cohorts of patients with the same tumor entity. While this approach has led to substantial increases in progression-free survival and overall patient survival, most patients do not benefit from the administered treatment regimen. One reason for this is intra-tumor heterogeneity, which results from clonal evolution between cancer cells and their environment. This means that cancer patients may respond differently to a particular drug due to the different mutation patterns of their tumor cells. Therefore, patients should be screened in advance for reliable cancer biomarkers that definitively predict whether they will respond to a particular therapy. This would increase the probability of a successful treatment.
Colorectal cancer (CRC) is the third most diagnosed cancer and the second leading cause of cancer deaths worldwide. The main cause of death in CRC is a metastatic disease, which is presented in 20 % of patients and eventually develops in more than 30 % of early-stage patients. Despite the significant increase (to more than 30 months) in median survival with the development of cytotoxic agents and the introduction of targeted therapy, the progression-free survival in the first-line setting has remained largely unchanged over the past decade.
The heterogeneity in CRC is characterized by alterations in multiple signaling pathways that affect cellular functions such as cell proliferation or apoptosis. Commonly affected signaling pathways include the mitogen-activated protein kinase (MAPK)- and the transforming growth factor-β/bone morphogenetic protein (TGF-β/BMP)-pathway. Alterations in the TGF-β/BMP pathway, due to mutations in the SMAD4 gene (mothers against decapentaplegic homolog 4), are associated with different drug response and promote resistance to chemotherapy. In addition, they are associated with a higher recurrence rate.
SMAD4 is one of the most common cancer driver genes, and mutations occur in up to 15 % of CRC cases. Therefore, there is an urgent need for therapeutic agents that can specifically target SMAD4-mutated tumors.
The aim of the present study was the identification of the clinical relevance of the SMAD4 gene and the investigation of its suitability as a potential biomarker in CRC.
For this purpose, I investigated sibling patient-derived organoids (PDOs) derived from different regions of a chemo-naïve CRC tumor. PDOs are 3D cell cultures that reliably recapitulate the architecture of the tissue of origin, as well as preserve the genomic background and intra-tumor heterogeneity. The sibling PDOs (R1R361H and R4wt) shared the most common CRC mutations, such as KRASG12D (kirsten rat sarcoma), PIK3CAH1047R (phosphatidylinositol-4,5-bisphosphate 3-kinase, catalytic subunit alpha), and TP53C242F (tumor protein 53), but differed in a SMAD4R361H mutation and showed a different drug response. The single nucleotide variant R361H of the SMAD4 gene is among the most common pathogenic alterations in various cancers, including CRC.
The sibling PDOs showed significant differences in response to the MEK-inhibitors cobimetinib, trametinib, and selumetinib. MEK-inhibitors are antineoplastic agents that inhibit the function of MEK1 and MEK2, preventing phosphorylation of transcription factors, which leads to inhibition of tumor cell proliferation. MEK-inhibitors are approved for the treatment of malignant melanoma. Currently, they are in phase-III clinical trials for the treatment of patients with metastatic CRC.
To investigate whether SMAD4R361H is responsible for sensitivity to MEK-inhibitors, Iestablished three syngeneic PDOs harboring a SMAD4R361H mutation using the CRISPR/Cas9 genome editing system. All CRISPR-PDOs were significantly more sensitive to the MEK-inhibitors, compared to R4wt. I have shown that the SMAD4R361H mutation is responsible for sensitivity to MEK inhibition in CRC models and may be a predictive biomarker.
To test this hypothesis, I examined 62 CRC PDO models and treated them with the MEK-inhibitors cobimetinib, trametinib, and selumetinib. All models that had a pathogenic mutation or deletion in the SMAD4 gene (15 %) were sensitive to cobimetinib, 10 % of models were sensitive to trametinib, and 8 % were sensitive to selumetinib.
I performed transcriptome (RNA sequencing) and proteome analyses using the DigiWest® method to investigate the mechanism underlying MEK-inhibitor sensitivity.
DigiWest® is a Luminex® bead-based analysis that allows the simultaneous analysis of over 100 (phospho-)proteins. The transcriptome and proteome data support the observation that MEK inhibition primarily affects SMAD4R361H PDOs. Furthermore, I have shown that activation of the BMP signaling pathway in organoids with wild-type SMAD4 appears to be responsible for resistance to MEK-inhibitors. Thus, a genetic alteration in the BMP signaling pathway, beyond SMAD4, could lead to sensitivity to MEK-inhibitors.
I identified four genes involved in the TGF-β/BMP signaling pathway that are frequently mutated in CRC and grouped them into the so-called SFAB-signature (SMAD4, FBXW7 (F-box/WD repeat-containing protein 7), ARID1A (AT-rich interactive domain-containing protein 1A), or BMPR2 (Bone morphogenetic protein receptor type II). Clinical data show that approximately 36 % of CRC patients have at least one pathogenic mutation in these genes.
I tested all 62 CRC PDO models and found a significant positive prediction for sensitivity to cobimetinib (95 %) and selumetinib (70 %) for the SFAB-signature. Trametinib and the newly approved MEK-inhibitor binimetinib showed a similar trend. Therefore, the SFAB-signature has high predictive power for response to MEK-inhibitors and could be used as a predictive biomarker panel.
The current clinically used biomarkers for CRC are based on the mutation status of driver genes KRAS and BRAF, which are present in up to 50 % and 10 % of CRC, respectively. Investigation of molecular alterations in CRC revealed that mutations in the KRAS gene, which is downstream of EGFR (epidermal growth factor receptor) in the MAPK-pathway, interfere with an anti-EGFR-antibody therapy (e.g., cetuximab). Therefore, cetuximab is only relevant for RAS wild-type tumors. However, approximately 40 % of patients with RAS wild-type status do not respond to this treatment.
About 53 % of CRC PDO models carry a pathogenic RAS mutation, about 10 % harbor a pathogenic BRAF mutation. Both, the RAS and RAF status alone as well as the combination of RAS and RAF status with SFAB-signature did not provide a better prediction of sensitivity to MEK inhibition.
Eine große Gruppe von Aptameren sind die Guanosintriphosphat (GTP) Aptamere. Diese zeigt sehr eindrücklich, wie RNA unterschiedliche Strategien nutzt, um denselben Liganden zu erkennen. Die komplette Struktur des GTP Klasse II Aptamers wird in der ersten Publikation gezeigt. Interessanterweise zeichnet die Struktur ein stabil protoniertes Adenine unterhalb der GTP-Bindestelle aus. Dieses wurde durch eine Kombination aus weiterführenden NMR- und ITC-Experimente untersucht und charakterisiert. Es zeigte sich, dass die protonierte Base einen pKs-Wert hat, der weit von der Neutralität verschoben ist. Die Protonierung ist auch noch bei sehr basischen Puffern stabil.
Eine Art der funktionellen Protonierung wird von den zyklischen di-Nukleotiden (CDN) bindenden Riboswitches genutzt, um zwei CDN mit ähnlicher Affinität zu binden. c-di-GMP Riboswitches wurden als regulatorische Einheit beschrieben und deren Kristallstruktur aufgeklärt. Mutationsexperimente führten dazu, dass bei einer G-zu-A Mutation an der Gα-Bindestelle die Selektivität des Riboswitches verändert wurde. Die Mutante bindet sowohl c-di-GMP als auch cGAMP mit ähnlichen Bindungsaffinitäten. Riboswitche, die cGAMP binden wurden auch in der bakteriellen Genomen gefunden. Hierbei ist die Promiskuität unterschiedlich stark ausgeprägt. Die Untersuchung des Bindungsmodus und der damit verbundenen Promiskuität ist in der zweiten Publikation beschrieben. Hier wurde gezeigt, dass die Riboswitche beide Liganden nur binden können, wenn zur Bindung von c-di-GMP das Ligand bindende A protoniert vorliegt. Auch diese Protonierung konnte mit weiterführenden NMR- und ITC-Experimenten charakterisiert werden. Die Untersuchungen einer solch großen RNA sind mit NMR Spektroskopie herausfordernd. Hierbei wurde ausgenutzt, dass die Kristallstruktur bereits bekannt war, welche allerdings die Protonierung nicht zeigte. Auch diese Protonierung zeigt einen pKs-Wert, der weit von der Neutralität verschoben ist und außerdem bei unterschiedlichen pH stabil ist.
In den beiden untersuchten Beispielen wurden zwei verschiedene Arten von Protonierung gezeigt: eine strukturelle und eine funktionelle. Das GTP Klasse II Aptamer benutzt die Protonierung als strukturelle Basis für die Basis der Ligandenbindungsstelle. Hierbei werden durch die Protonierung des Adenines mehr nutzbare Wasserstoffbrücken ausgebildet und damit die Tertiärstruktur stabilisiert. Im Unterschied dazu nutzen die promiskuitiven CDN Ribsowicthes die Protonierung, um verschiedene Liganden binden zu können und es kommt damit zu einer Verschiebung der Funktionalität. Der regulatorische Nutzen dafür ist allerdings noch unbekannt.
Auch bei den SAM Riboswitches wurde ein promiskuitiver Vertreter beschrieben. SAM Riboswitches gehören zu den am längsten bekannten Klassen der Riboswitches. Bis heute sind hier die meisten unterschiedlichen Klassen bekannt. SAM wird häufig als Donor für funktionelle Gruppen benutzt, besonders häufig als Methlygruppendonor für die Methylierung einer Reihe unterschiedlicher Substrate (z.B. DNA, Proteine, Metabolite etc.). Bei dieser Reaktion entsteht SAH als Nebenprodukt. Zusätzlich ist SAH zelltoxisch, da es affin an Methyltransferasen bindet und damit diese essenzielle Reaktion inhibiert. Eine enge Kontrolle der SAH-Konzentration ist daher kritisch. SAM bindende Riboswitches haben zu SAM eine bis zu 1000-fach höhere Bindungsaffinität im Vergleich zu SAH. Die Beschreibung eines translationalen OFF-Riboswitches, der SAM und SAH mit ähnlicher Affinität bindet, ist daher überraschend. Zumal seine Genassoziation fast ausschließlich zu SAM Synthetasen ist, deren Regulation durch SAH wenig sinnvoll erscheint. Um ein besseres Verständnis für die Funktion des SAM/SAH Riboswitches zu erhalten, wurde seine 3D-Struktur mittels NMR-Spektroskopie aufgeklärt, wie in der vierten Publikation beschrieben. Dafür mussten zunächst alle Resonanzen der Sequenz und dem Liganden zugeordnet werden, wie in der dritten Publikation beschrieben. Dabei wurde als Ligand SAH gewählt, da dieser chemisch stabiler und damit für die teils tagelangen NMR-Messungen besser geeignet ist. Zusätzlich wurden Mutanten bzw. verwandte Liganden mittels ITC Experimente auf ihre Bindungseigenschaften untersucht, um die Bedeutung der Linkerlänge, einzelner Basenpaare und funktionelle Gruppen des Liganden zu untersuchen. Bei anderen bekannten SAM Riboswitches umschließt die RNA den Liganden fast komplett. Dabei wird zum einem das Sulfoniumion spezifisch durch die Carboxylgruppen verschiedener Uracil-Nukleotide erkennt und koordiniert. Außerdem bildet sich eine Bindetasche aus, die genug Platz für die stabile Bindung der Methylgruppe hat. Beim SAH Riboswitch wird die Selektivität für SAH dadurch erreicht, dass die Bindetasche sterisch keinen Platz für die Methylgruppe von SAM bereitstellt.
Zusammenfassend wurden in dieser Arbeit drei verschiedene Ligand bindende RNA-Strukturen untersucht, die alle sehr unterschiedliche Strategien zur Bindung der Liganden nutzen. Obwohl Portionierungen bei Aptameren und Riboswitches selten beschrieben wurden, haben sie eine maßgebliche Funktion in den beiden zuerst untersuchten Strukturen. Obwohl bisher im Hinblick auf alle bekannten RNA Strukturen eher selten beschrieben, gibt es doch neben den genannten zwei, einige Beispiele für strukturelle oder funktionelle Protonierungen. Auch in Hinblick auf zukünftige bzw. Verbesserung bestehender RNA-Strukturvorhersage-Programme ähnlich wie sie für Proteine schon lange nutzt werden, müssen protonierte Nukleobasen ernsthaft in Betracht gezogen werden. Außerdem konnte gezeigt werden, dass zwei der untersuchten Riboswitches zwei Liganden mit ähnlicher Affinität binden. Die genutzte Strategie ist hierbei unterschiedlich. Während bei den promiskuitiven CDN Riboswitches der regulatorische Nutzen noch unbekannt ist, konnte für den SAM/SAH Ribsowitch gezeigt werden, dass SAH nur zufällig aufgrund der wahrscheinlich sehr niedrigen intrazellulären Konzentration gebunden wird und dieser daher wahrscheinlich später in der evolutionären Entwicklung entstanden ist. Riboswitches halten es weiterhin spannend.
The intensive use of the North Sea area through offshore activities, sand mining, and the spreading of dredged material is leading to increasing pollution of the ecosystem by chemicals such as hydrophobic organic contaminants (HOCs). Due to their toxicological properties and their ability to accumulate in the environment, HOCs are of particular concern. The contaminants partition between aqueous (pore water, overlying water) and solid phases (sediment, suspended particulate matter, and biota) within these systems. The accumulated contaminants in the sediment are of major concern for benthic organisms, who are in close contact with sediment and interstitial water. It is thus particularly important to better understand how contaminants interact with biota, as these animals may contribute to trophic transfer through the food web. Furthermore, sediments are a crucial factor for the water quality of aquatic systems. They not only represent a sink for contaminants but also determine environmental fate, bioavailability, and toxicity. The Marine Strategy Framework Directive (MSFD) was introduced to protect our marine environment across Europe and includes the assessment of pollutant concentrations in the total sediment, which, however, rarely reflects the actual exposure situation. The consideration of the pollutant concentrations in the pore water is not implemented, although this is needed for the evaluation of bioavailability and risk assessment. For this reason, special attention is given to further development, implementation, and validation of pollutant monitoring methods that can determine the bioavailable fraction in sediment pore water. For risk assessment purposes, it is furthermore important to use biological indicators in addition to classical analytics to determine the effect of pollutants on organisms. The main objective of this thesis was to gain insight into the pollution load and the potential risk of hydrophobic organic chemicals (HOCs) in the sediment of the North Sea and to evaluate these results with regard to possible risks for benthic organisms and the ecosystem. The following five aims are covered within these studies to gain a holistic assessment of sediment contamination:
1. Assessment of the pore water concentrations of PAHs and PCBs
2. Determination of the bioturbation potential by macrofauna analysis
3. Application of the SPME method on biological tissue
4. Assessment of recreated environmental mixtures in passive dosing bioassays
5. Development of SPME method for DDT in sediments
The thesis is comprised of three main studies supported by three additional studies ...
Coupling between epidermis and amphid morphogenesis during embryonic development of C. elegans
(2021)
Sensory organs are fundamental for survival of animal populations, since the detection of environmental stimuli is crucial for localization of nourishment, predators or mating partners. In nematodes, the amphid (AM) sensilla are the largest sensory organs for detection of chemical compounds.
This study investigates how the AM sensilla acquire their special elongated shape during lima-bean to 1.5-fold embryonic stages of C. elegans head development. The dissertation also examines events facilitating the morphogenesis of other head sensilla (IL/OL/CEP) and addresses aspects of general embryonic head morphogenesis. Using high resolution live-cell imaging techniques with different combinations of markers highlighting specific tissues, this study shows that epidermal head enclosure, migration of AM socket cells (pores) and translocation of AM dendrite tips are coupled processes, facilitating the elongation of AM dendrites. Importantly, during AM dendrite elongation the AM neural cell bodies are staying stationary. Manipulation through conducting UV-Laser ablation (epidermis close to pore/pore) and RPN-6.1 dsRNA interference resulted in compromised AM pore migration and impaired dendrite elongation. This leads to the conclusion that AM pores need to be physically attached (through C. elegans apical junctions, CeAJ) to the migrating epidermal sheet and to AM dendrite tips for successful AM morphogenesis. This study infers that RPN-6.1 plays an important role for correct AM pore morphogenesis and AM pore to AM dendrite tip attachment. Our results lead to the conclusion that head enclosure drives AM pore migration and AM dendrite elongation with AM neural cell bodies staying stationary. Thereby, CeAJ are interconnecting AM dendrite tips to AM pores and CeAJ link the sensillar ending to the migrating epidermis. Thus, migration of attached target tissue (pore), with neural cell bodies staying stationary (constituting an abutment), creates a pulling force facilitating AM dendrite elongation. This passive neurite elongation procedure is coined dendrite towing in this study.
Additionally, this study discovers that translocation of IL, OL and CEP head sensilla pores is influenced by apical constriction. This conclusion was made based on the findings that IL/OL/CEP pores migrate towards the prospective mouth anterior to the epidermal leading edge, separated from AM pores and irrespective of highly impaired AM sensilla morphogenesis after strong RPN-6.1 depletion. Also, concurrent with translocation of IL/OL/CEP pores, bottle-shaped cells occur and non-muscle-myosin and apical polarity factors are getting enriched at the anterior most part of the head, indicating de-novo manifestation of apical constriction. It is furthermore assumed that apical constriction in arcade cells might contribute to early pharynx development. All in all, this study reveals two force-generating events: Head enclosure-driven AM sensilla morphogenesis via dendrite towing and, otherwise, apical constriction-facilitated translocation of IL/OL/CEP sensilla pores. These events can get separated by graded depletion of the proteasome activator RPN-6.1.
Autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is a common neurodevelopmental disorder with a multifarious clinical presentation. Even though many genetic risk factors have been identified and studied in mouse models, the neurophysiological mechanisms underlying the autistic phenotype are still unclear. Based on the high rates of comorbidity with epilepsy, it was hypothesized that the balance between excitation and inhibition in neural circuits may be disrupted in autistic individuals.
In this dissertation, synaptic and network activity was measured in three different genetically modified mouse models that exhibit the characteristic behavioral abnormalities of the disorder: the Neurobeachin (Nbea) haploinsufficient mouse, the Neuroligin-3 (Nlgn3) knockout (KO) mouse, and the Neuroligin-4 (Nlgn4) KO mouse. Each of the affected proteins is involved in the formation and/or function of synapses in the central nervous system. Therefore, it was posited that the reduction or deletion of these proteins might alter the balance of excitatory to inhibitory synaptic transmission in individual neurons and in neural circuits. Extracellular recordings in the hippocampal dentate gyrus of anesthetized mice revealed that the excitation-inhibition (E-I) balance was reduced in Nbea haploinsufficient and Nlgn4 KO mice, but unchanged in Nlgn3 KO mice despite a reduction in excitatory synaptic transmission to dentate granule cells. Unexpectedly, the intrinsic excitability of dentate granule cells was altered in all three mouse models. These results imply that a homeostatic increase in the intrinsic excitability is able to compensate for the decreased excitatory transmission in Nlgn3 KO mice, whereas the decreased intrinsic excitability in the Nbea haploinsufficient and Nlgn4 KO mice leads to a reduction in the E-I balance. Taken together, these findings suggest that the influence of genetic factors on the E-I balance might be a potential common mechanism underlying the development of ASD.
Weltweit werden etwa 17% aller Infektionskrankheiten von Vektoren auf den Menschen übertragen. Dabei dienen meist blutsaugende Arthropoden wie Stechmücken, Zecken oder Sandfliegen als Überträger von Bakterien, Viren oder einzelligen Parasiten. Zur letzteren Gruppe gehört auch der protozoische Erreger der Chagas-Krankheit Trypanosoma cruzi. Er wird von hämatophagen Triatominae, einer Unterfamilie der Raubwanzen (Hemiptera: Reduviidae) während der Blutmahlzeit an einem infizierten Säugerwirt aufgenommen, durchläuft komplexe Entwicklungsschritte im intestinalen Trakt der triatominen Insekten und wird anschließend über den Fäzes und Urin der Wanzen abgegeben. Die Infektion des nächsten Wirts erfolgt dann durch das versehentliche Einreiben der Erreger in die Stichwunde oder auf Schleimhäute. Auch eine Infektion über die orale Aufnahme von kontaminierter Nahrung, Mutter-Kind-Infektionen und die Übertragung durch Blutkonserven und Organtransplantate sind möglich. Die Chagas‑Krankheit, oder auch Amerikanische Trypanosomiasis, ist insbesondere in Mittel- und Südamerika verbreitet und betrifft nach Schätzungen der WHO 6 bis 7 Millionen Menschen. Infolge von globaler Immigration und erhöhtem Reiseverkehr treten jedoch in den letzten Jahrzehnten auch vermehrt Fälle in Europa, den USA, Kanada und den westlichen Pazifikstaaten auf. Da dort bislang geeignete Vektoren fehlen, kommt es außerhalb des lateinamerikanischen Kontinents nicht zu vektorübertragenen Infektionen. Dies könnte sich jedoch im Zuge des Klimawandels und einer voranschreitenden Globalisierung ändern, sollte der Ausbreitung der Chagas-Krankheit eine Ausbreitung ihrer triatominen Vektoren folgen.
Inwieweit Triatominae unter heutigen Bedingungen klimatisch geeignete Habitate außerhalb des amerikanischen Kontinents finden, wurde innerhalb des ersten Projekts der vorliegenden Dissertation untersucht. Dazu wurde mit Hilfe der ökologischen Nischenmodellierung und Vorkommensdaten verschiedener vektorkompetenter Raubwanzenarten sowie klimatischer Umweltvariablen die klimatische Eignung verschiedenster Lebensräume modelliert und global projiziert. Es zeigte sich, dass insbesondere tropische und subtropische Gebiete Afrikas sowie Ost- und Südostasiens zwischen 21° nördlicher Breite und 24° südlicher Breite für viele triatomine Vektorarten geeignete Bedingungen aufweisen. Auffällig ist dabei insbesondere die Art Triatoma rubrofasciata, welche nachweislich bereits in Südchina, Vietnam und weiteren Ländern Afrikas und Asiens gefunden wurde. Die Modellierung
offenbarte, dass weitere ausgedehnte Teile der Küstenregionen Afrikas und Südostasiens als für T. rubrofasciata klimatisch geeignet angesehen werden müssen. Eine weitere Ausbreitung dieser Art ist demnach äußerst wahrscheinlich und stellt bislang das größte Risiko autochthon übertragener Chagas-Infektionen außerhalb des amerikanischen Kontinents dar. Es konnten außerdem zwei triatomine Arten identifiziert werden, namentlich T. infestans und T. sordida, welche in gemäßigten Klimazonen geeignete Habitate finden. Zu diesen gehören beispielsweise Neuseeland und Teile Australiens, aber auch südeuropäische Länder wie Spanien, Italien, Griechenland und Portugal. Da mit einer Ausweitung der klimatisch geeigneten Gebiete infolge des sich verändernden Klimas zu rechnen ist, wäre ein Monitoring der Vektoren, wie es bereits in Südchina etabliert ist, aber insbesondere die Einführung der Meldepflicht für Amerikanische Trypanosomiasis in diesen Regionen sinnvoll. Die Ergebnisse der Studie zeigen deutlich, dass die bisher vernachlässigte Tropenkrankheit Chagas nicht allein ein Problem des lateinamerikanischen Kontinents ist, sondern deren Erforschung vielmehr weltweit Beachtung finden sollte.
So konzentrierten sich die folgenden Forschungsprojekte der Promotion verstärkt auf die Mechanismen, welche die Entwicklung und Transmission des Parasiten und die Interaktion mit seinen Vektoren betreffen. Von besonderem Interesse waren dabei die ökologischen Prozesse, welche bei der Kolonisation des Darmtrakts der Vektoren durch T. cruzi ablaufen und essentiell für die Proliferation und damit die Übertragung des Parasiten sind. Eine entscheidende Rolle spielen dabei die mit dem Vektor assoziierten Mikroorganismen und ihre funktionellen Fähigkeiten – zusammengefasst als Mikrobiom bezeichnet. Dieses erfüllt wichtige physiologische Funktionen des Insekts und kann beispielsweise das Immunsystem und die Detoxifikation beeinflussen. Um die Veränderungen der organismischen Zusammensetzung und der funktionellen Kapazitäten, welche die Infektion mit dem Pathogen im Darmtrakt der Vektoren auslösen, zu untersuchen, wurde ein metagenomischer Shotgun Sequenzierungsansatz gewählt. Die daraus resultierenden Datensätze wurden anschließend bioinformatisch ausgewertet und auf ihre mikrobielle Zusammensetzung und metabolischen Fähigkeiten hin untersucht. Es zeigte sich zunächst, dass das Bakterium Rhodococcus rhodnii, welches lange als alleiniger echter Symbiont des untersuchten Vektors Rhodnius prolixus galt, in seiner Funktionalität nicht einzigartig im Mikrobiom des Insekts ist. ...
In Zeiten der globalen Klimaerwärmung und des Klimawandels werden Strategien zur Vermeidung, Reduzierung oder Wiederverwertung von CO2-Emissionen sowie die Abkehr von fossilen Energieträgern immer wichtiger. Aus diesem Grund finden Technologien zur Bindung, Speicherung und Wiederverwertung von CO2 immer größere Aufmerksamkeit und diverse chemische als auch biologische Ansätze werden verfolgt. Eine dieser Möglichkeiten umfasst die Reduktion von CO2 mit Hilfe von molekularem Wasserstoff. Im Prozess der direkten Hydrogenierung von CO2 zu Ameisensäure bzw. Formiat wird nicht nur CO2 gebunden, sondern ebenfalls H2 in flüssiger Form gespeichert. Die Ameisensäure weist gegenüber dem hochflüchtigen Wasserstoffgas verschiedene Vorteile auf und zählt zu der Gruppe der flüssigen, organischen Wasserstoffspeicherverbindungen. Daneben ist das Einsatzgebiet von Ameisensäure als Ausgangstoff für Chemikalien oder als mikrobielle Kohlenstoffquelle sehr vielseitig und die Verbindung erfreut sich zunehmenden Interesses.
Die Natur hält biologische Katalysatoren (Enzyme) für die Reduktion von CO2 bereit. Die Gruppe der obligat anaeroben, acetogenen Bakterien verwendet so genannte Formiatdehydrogenasen als CO2-Reduktasen, um CO2 im Wood-Ljungdahl-Weg (WLP) der Bakterien fixieren zu können. Diese Enzyme katalysieren die reversible 2-Elektronen Reduktion von CO2 zu Ameisensäure. Kürzlich konnte aus den beiden Vertretern A. woodii (mesophil) und T. kivui (thermophil) ein neuartiger, cytoplasmatischer Enzymkomplex isoliert werden. Dieser Enzymkomplex koppelt die Reduktion von CO2 direkt an die Oxidation von H2 und wird deshalb als Wasserstoff-abhängige CO2-Reduktase bezeichnet (engl. hydrogen-dependent CO2 reductase, HDCR). Die HDCR katalysiert dabei die reversible Hydrogenierung von CO2 zu Formiat mit annähernd gleicher Kinetik und gleichen Umsatzraten. Die bei der CO2 Reduktion erreichten Umsatzraten übertrafen dabei bisherige chemische als auch biologische Katalysatoren um mehre Größenordnungen.
Im Hinblick auf die besonderen katalytischen Eigenschaften der HDCRs wurde in dieser Arbeit die biotechnologische Anwendbarkeit der Enzyme als Biokatalysatoren zur Speicherung und Sequestrierung von H2 und CO2 in Form von Ameisensäure untersucht. Im Speziellen wurde ein HDCR-basiertes Ganz-Zell-System für das thermophile Bakterium T. kivui entwickelt. Um eine Ganz-Zell basierte Umwandlung von H2 und CO2 zu Formiat zu gewährleisten, wurde zuvor die Weiterverwertung des Formiats zu Acetat im WLP gestoppt. Durch eine Reduktion des zellulären ATP-Gehalts konnte eine weitere Prozessierung des aus der HDCR-Reaktion gebildeten Formiats im Zellstoffwechsel des Bakteriums unterbunden werden. Die Formiatbildung aus H2 und CO2 wurde in Zellsuspensionen von T. kivui untersucht und charakterisiert. Hier zeigten T. kivui Zellen die höchste spezifische Formiatbildungsrate, die bis dato in der Literatur genannt wurde. Ebenfalls wurde in dieser Arbeit die Umwandlung von Synthesegas (H2 + CO2 und CO) und CO zu Formiat geprüft. Bioenergetisch entkoppelte und auf CO-adaptierte T. kivui Zellen konnten in der Tat Synthesegas exklusiv zu Formiat umsetzen. Um die CO-Verwertung zu Acetat und Formiat im Stoffwechsel der Rnf- (A. woodii) und Ech-Acetogenen (T. kivui) verstehen zu können, wurden Mutanten von Δhdcr, ΔcooS, ΔhydBA, Δrnf and Δech2 von A. woodii und T. kivui zur Hilfe genommen. In beiden Organismen war die CO-basierte Formiatbildung vom Vorhandensein eines funktionalen HDCR-Enzymkomplexes abhängig.
Für eine mögliche biotechnologische Anwendung wurde die Maßstabsvergrößerung des Ganz-Zell-Systems angestrebt und hin zum Bioreaktormaßstab mit kontrollierten Prozessbedingungen skaliert. Diese Arbeit demonstriert die effiziente Umwandlung von H2 und CO2 zu Formiat und vice versa unter Verwendung eines Rührkesselreaktors. Der Prozess zeigte eine Effizienz von 100% für die Umwandlung von CO2 zu Formiat und spezifische Raten von 48.3 mmol g-1 h-1 wurden von A. woodii Zellen erreicht. Die spezifische H2-Produktionsrate (qH2) aus der Ameisensäureoxidation betrug 27.6 mmol g-1 h-1 und mehr als 2.12 M Ameisensäure konnte über einen Zeitraum von 195 h oxidiert werden. Wichtige Parameter der Enzymkatalyse wie Wechselzahl (engl. turnover frequency, TOF) und katalytische Produktivität (engl. turnover number, TON) wurden ebenfalls im Versuch bestimmt. Basierend auf dem generierten Prozessverständnis und der effizienten Reversibilität der katalysierten Reaktionen wurde abschließend ein Ganz-Zell-basierter Bioreaktoraufbau gewählt, der die vielfache Speicherung und Freisetzung von H2 in einem einzigen Rührkesselreaktor und unter Verwendung des gleichen Katalysators ermöglicht. Über eine Prozesszeit von 2 Wochen und 15 CO2 Reduktions-/Formiat Oxidations-Zyklen konnte so im Mittel 330 mM Formiat produziert und oxidiert werden.
Zusammenfassend thematisiert diese Arbeit die biotechnologische Anwendbarkeit eines Ganz-Zell-Systems zur Speicherung und Sequestrierung von H2 und CO2 in Form von Formiat und vice versa. Die katalytische Aktivität der betrachteten Organismen fußt dabei auf der Aktivität eines neuartigen Enzymkomplexes, der erstmals in der Gruppe der acetogenen Bakterien entdeckt wurde. Der als Wasserstoff-abhängige CO2-Reduktase bezeichnete Enzymkomplex könnte die zukünftige Konzipierung Enzym-inspirierter und effizienter chemischer Katalysatoren vorantreiben. Auch der Einsatz des Enzyms/der Zellen in so genannten Hydrogelen oder die Etablierung elektrochemischer Prozesse sind vorstellbar. Diese Arbeit stellt somit eine Basis für mögliche zukünftige Anwendungen des etablierten Ganz-Zell-Systems von A. woodii und T. kivui im Bereich der Wasserstoffökonomie dar.
The increasing demand of the high value ω-3 fatty acids due to its beneficial role for human health, explains the huge need for alternative production ways of ω-3 fatty acids. The oleaginous alga Phaeodactylum tricornutum is a prominent candidate and has been investigated as biofactory for ω-3 fatty acids, e.g. the synthesis of eicosapentaenoic acid (EPA). In general, the growth and the lipid content of diatoms can be enhanced by genetic engineering or are influenced by environmental factors, e.g. nutrients, light or temperature.
In this study, the potential of P. tricornutum as biofactory was improved by heterologously expressing the hexose uptake protein 1 (HUP1) from the Chlorophyte Chlorella kessleri.
An in situ localization study revealed that only the full length HUP1 protein fused to eGFP was correctly targeted to the plasma membrane, whereas the N-terminal sequence of the protein is only sufficient to enter the ER. Protein and gene expression data displayed that the gene-promoter combination was relevant for the expression level of HUP1, while only cells expressing the protein under the light-inducible fcpA promoter showed a significant expression. In these mutants an efficient glucose uptake was detectable under mixotrophic growth condition, low light intensities and low glucose concentrations leading to an increased cell dry weight.
In a second approach, the growth and lipid content of wildtype cells were analyzed in a small 1l photobioreactor. Here, a commercial F/2 medium and a common culture medium, ASP and modified versions were compared. There was neither a significant impact on the growth and lipid content in P. tricornutum cells due to the supplemention of trace elements nor due to elevated salt concentrations in the media. In a modified version of ASP medium, with adapted nitrate and phosphate concentration a constantly high biomass productivity was achieved, yielding the highest value of 82 mg l-1 d-1 during the first three days. This was achieved even though light intensity was reduced by 40%. The differences in biomass productivity as well as the lipid content and the lipid composition underlined the importance of the choice of culture medium and the harvest time for enhanced growth and EPA yields in P. tricornutum.
With 5-10 newly diagnosed patients per 100,000 people every year, glioblastoma is the most common malignant primary brain tumor. Despite extensive research activity in the last decades, clinical effectiveness of the currently available therapy standard of surgery, radiochemotherapy and tumor-treating fields is still limited and mean survival rates in unselected collectives are only about one year. Accordingly, there is an urgent need to explore new therapeutic options. The current standard of care includes surgery followed by radiation therapy in combination with the alkylating chemotherapeutic agent Temozolomide. Even with successful initial therapy, tumor recurrence is still inevitable. Currently, there are no defined recommendations for clinical management of the disease in the event of tumor recurrence. Only 20-30% of patients qualify for a second surgical resection, while other options include retreatment with Temozolomide, CCNU (Lomustine) or Regorafenib and enrollment in a clinical trial.
The development of immunotherapies for glioblastoma, in particular, has been the focus of intense preclinical and clinical efforts. However, low numbers of mutations and a highly immunosuppressive tumor microenvironment result in glioblastoma being considered an immunologically “cold” tumor. Strategies successfully established in mutagen-induced tumors with antibodies directed against the PD-1, PD-L1 or CTLA-A4 immune checkpoints have therefore failed in glioblastoma.
Cellular immunotherapies based on chimeric antigen receptor (CAR)-technology have emerged as an alternative powerful option to tackle immunologically “cold” tumors. Several CAR-T cell products targeting glioma antigens have been developed and some evidence of clinical activity has been demonstrated. Natural killer (NK) cells as carriers of CAR constructs have several advantages over T cells, including a much lower risk of neurotoxicity and better interaction with immune cells in the microenvironment. Based on the human NK cell line NK-92, a clinical-grade product, suitable as an off-the-shelf therapeutic, has been developed. The NK-92/5.28.z clone (CAR-NK) expresses a CAR based on the HER2-specific antibody FRP5 in addition to signal-enhancing CD28 and CD3ζ domains. Similar to several other tumor entities, overexpression of the growth factor receptor HER2 is often found in glioblastoma patients. Because of its substantial role in the regulation of cell proliferation, survival, differentiation, angiogenesis and invasion, this receptor is classified as an oncogene. HER2 overexpression plays a major role in the malignant transformation of cells and its oncogenic potential has been studied in detail in breast cancer. However, HER2 expression was also found in up to 80% of glioblastomas, which correlates with an impaired probability of survival. Under physiological conditions, HER2 is not expressed in the adult central nervous system, making it a promising target antigen for glioblastoma immunotherapy.
In previous projects, it has already been shown that these CAR-NK cells exhibit a high and specific lytic activity towards HER2+ glioblastoma cells. While repetitive intratumoral injections of CAR-NK cells already significantly extended symptom-free survival in murine orthotopic xenograft models, CAR-NK cell therapy in immunocompetent mice promotes an endogenous anti-tumor immune response which improves tumor control and provides persisting anti-tumor immunity after therapy of early-stage tumors. However, in more advanced tumor models, efficacy is limited and induction of the checkpoint-molecule PD-L1 in response to CAR-NK-cell therapy was identified as a key mechanism of therapy resistance.
Immunotherapy employing the intravenous administration of checkpoint inhibitors has already revolutionized the treatment of various malignant diseases such as melanoma or lung cancer. In particular, the approach of cancer immunotherapy has focused on the systemic administration of antibodies directed against immune checkpoints such as PD-1, PD-L1 and CTLA-4. In glioblastoma, both tumor cells and microglia, the brain-resident macrophages, express PD-L1, which hinders the activation of CD8+ and CD4+ T cells. Therefore, immunotherapy directed against the PD-1/PD-L1 axis represents a promising approach for the treatment of glioblastoma. One problem, however, is the severe toxicity caused by the systemic effects of checkpoint inhibitors, since the immune response is stimulated not only in tumor tissue but also in healthy organs. Serious side effects such as colitis, hepatitis, pancreatitis or hypophysitis, including numerous deaths, have been reported.
This study aimed to improve the efficacy of CAR-NK cell therapy by combining it with adeno-associated virus (AAV)-mediated transfer of anti-PD-1 antibodies as a strategy to enable local combination therapy to control intracranial tumors.
AAVs carrying a payload coding for an anti-PD-1 immunoadhesin (aPD-1) retargeted to HER2-expressing cells by fusion of so-called Designed Ankyrin Repeat Proteins (DARPins) with a viral capsid protein were employed for this to focus checkpoint inhibitor therapy to the tumor area, resulting in high intratumoral and low systemic drug concentrations. ...
Sleep is one of the fundamental requirements of all animals from nematodes to humans. It appears in different formats with shared features such as reduced muscle activities and reduced responsiveness to the environment. Despite the long history of sleep research, why a brain must be taken offline for a large portion of each day remains unknown. Moreover, sleep research focused on mammals and birds reveals two stages, rapid-eye-movement (REM) and slow-wave (SW) sleep, alternating during sleep. Whether these two stages of sleep exist in other vertebrates, particularly reptiles, is debated, as is the evolution of sleep in general.
Recordings from the brain of a lizard, the Australian bearded dragon Pogona vitticeps, indicate the presence of two electrophysiological states and provides a better picture of their sleep. Local field potential (LFP) signals, head velocity, eye movements, and heart rate during sleep match the pattern of REM and SW sleep in mammals. The SW and REM sleep patterns that we observed in lizards oscillated continuously for 6 to 10 hours with a period of 80-100 seconds when the ambient temperature was ~27°C. Lizard SW dynamics closely resemble those observed in rodent hippocampal CA1, yet originated from a brain area, the dorsal ventricular ridge (DVR), that does not correspond anatomically or transcriptomically to the mammalian hippocampus. This finding pushes back the probable evolution of these dynamics to the emergence of amniotes, at least 300 million years ago.
Unlike mammals and birds, REM and SW sleep in lizards occupy an almost equal amount of time during sleep. The clock-like alternation between these two sleep states was found initially by measuring the power modulation of two frequency bands, delta and beta. I recorded the full-band LFP and found an infra-slow oscillation (ISO) in the frequency range between 5 and 20 milli-Hz during sleep. The magnitude of ISO increased during sleep and decreased during both wakefulness and arousal during sleep. The up- and down-states of ISO were synchronized with the sleep state alternating rhythm but with a significant time lag dependent on the locations of the recording electrodes. Multi-site LFP recordings indicated that this ISO is a putative propagation wave sweeping extremely slowly, 30-67 µm/sec, from the posterior-dorsal pole to the anterior-ventral pole of the DVR.
Previous studies in other animals showed that brainstem areas such as the locus coeruleus, laterodorsal tegmentum, and periaqueductal gray are involved in sleep states regulation. It is sadly impossible to carry out in vivo recordings in the lizard brainstem without severely affecting them and their quality of life. I thus carried out ex vivo recordings in both DVR and brainstem. Pharmacological stimulation of the brainstem could reversibly silence one distinct EEG pattern characteristic of SW sleep, the sharp-wave and ripple complex, in DVR. An ISO could be recorded simultaneously in both DVR and brainstem. From data collected in both intact and split ex vivo brains, I concluded that there are independent ISO generators in at least two areas, the brainstem and the telencephalon. Their signals may normally be synchronized by long-range connections. The DVR ISO leads the brainstem ISO by ~29 sec. Optogenetic stimulation of brainstem neurons was able to disrupt the ISO in DVR reversibly.
In conclusion, the lizard brain offers a relatively simple model system to study sleep. Despite a diversity of results in different lizard species, my results revealed a number of new findings. Relevant for sleep research in general: 1) REM and SW sleep exist in a reptile. Since they also exist in birds and mammals, they probably existed in their common amniote ancestor, if not earlier. 2) REM and SW occupy equal amounts of time during sleep (50% duty cycle), a unique feature among all described sleep electrophysiological patterns, suggesting the possible existence of a simple central pattern generator of sleep, possibly ancestral. 3) I discovered the existence, in the local field potential, of an infra slow oscillation with extremely slow propagation, locked to the SW-REM alternating rhythm. The causes and mechanisms of this ISO remain to be understood. To my knowledge, the correlation between sleep states and a slow rhythm has only been reported in human scalp EEG recordings so far.
Thermoanaerobacter kivui ist ein thermophiles acetogenes Bakterium, das chemolithoautotroph auf CO2 unter Verwendung von molekularem H2 als Elektronendonor wächst und Acetat als Produkt über den Wood-Ljungdahl-Weg (WLP) bildet. Im WLP werden 2 Mol CO2 reduziert, um ein Mol Acetyl-CoA zu bilden. Erste Studien wurden durchgeführt, um die Physiologie von T. kivui zu verstehen. T. kivui wächst autotroph auf H2 + CO2 und nach Adaptation auch auf CO oder Syngas. T. kivui wächst ebenfalls auch in Minimalmedium ohne weitere Zugabe von Vitaminen, was es zu einem Biokatalysator mit hohem Potenzial für die Produktion von Chemikalien mit hohem Mehrwert macht. Heterotroph wächst T. kivui auf Glucose, Fructose, Mannose, Pyruvat oder Formiat. Kürzlich wurde beschrieben, dass T. kivui in der Lage ist, auf dem Zuckeralkohol Mannitol in Gegenwart und Abwesenheit von HCO3- (oder externem CO2) zu wachsen. Allerdings war das Wachstum in Abwesenheit von externem CO2 deutlich verlangsamt. Daher wurde in dieser Studie getestet, ob eine Zugabe von externem Formiat das "fehlende" CO2 kompensieren kann. In Kombination mit Formiat wurde das Wachstum auf Mannitol in CO2 und HCO3- freien definierten Medien bis zu einer maximalen OD600 von 2,34 und mit einer Verdopplungszeit von 2,0 ± 0,0 stimuliert, was dem Wachstumsverhalten auf Mannitol in Anwesenheit von CO2/HCO3- entsprach. In Abwesenheit von Formiat (oder CO2) erreichte T. kivui nur eine endgültige optische Dichte von bis zu 0,7 mit einer verlängerten Verdoppelungszeit von 5,2 ± 0,2 Stunden. Dieses Experiment zeigte die höhe metabolische Flexibilität von T. kivui durch die Nutzung von Formiat als Elektronenakzeptor, wenn kein oder nur wenig CO2 vorhanden ist.
Genomanalysen ergaben, dass T. kivui ein Trehalose- und Maltose-Transportsystem-Permeaseprotein (MalF) besitzt. Darüber hinaus verfügt T. kivui über Trehalose- und Maltosehydrolase-Gene, die als Kojibiose-Phosphorylase annotiert sind. Obwohl in der Originalveröffentlichung beschrieben wurde, dass der Organismus nicht auf Maltose oder Trehalose wachsen kann, konnte T. kivui im Laufe dieser Arbeit an das Wachstum auf Maltose und Trehalose adaptiert werden. Nach dem Transfer von einer Glukose-Vorkultur auf ein Medium mit 25 mM Maltose oder 25 mM Trehalose als alleinige C-Quelle wurde kein Wachstum erzielt. Bei Verwendung der gleichen Vorkultur in einem Medium mit höherer Konzentration (50 mM) Maltose oder Trehalose, begannen die Zellen zu wachsen. Bei Verwendung dieser adaptierten kulturen als Vorkultur wuchsen die Zellen in Gegenwart von in 25 mM Maltose oder Trehalose bis zu einer maximalen OD600 von 1,12 bzw. 0,73. Die Adaptation hing mit der Tatsache zusammen, dass der Organismus eine höhere Konzentration benötigt, um sich an diese Kohlenstoffquellen zu gewöhnen. Durch diese Daten wird das heterotrophe Potenzial von T. kivui erhöht.
Um die Bedeutung der wasserstoffabhängigen Kohlendioxidreduktase (HDCR) während des Wachstums auf Formiat oder auf H2 + CO2 im Stoffwechsel von T. kivui zu verstehen, wurden Studien auf molekularer Ebene durchgeführt. Die HDCR nutzt H2 direkt für die Reduktion von CO2 zu Formiat im ersten Schritt des Wood-Ljungdahl-Wegs (WLP). Um die Rolle der HDCR in dieser Reaktion zu untersuchen, wurde das hdcr-Gencluster mit Hilfe des kürzlich entwickelten Mutagenesytems für T. kivui deletiert. In Wachstumstudien konnte anschliessend gezeigt werden, dass die ߡhdcr-Deletionsmutante nicht mehr auf Formiat oder H2 + CO2 als alleiniger Kohlenstoffquelle wachsen konnte. Nach Komplementation der Mutante mit dem hdcr-Gene in cis wuchsen die Kulture wieder auf Formiat oder H2 + CO2. Diese Experimente zeigten, dass die HDCR für das Wachstum auf H2 + CO2 oder Formiat essentiell ist. Interessanterweise konnte in der ߡhdcr-Mutante ebenfalls ein verändertes Wachstum auf Glukose als alleiniger C-Quelle festgestellt werden. Die T. kivui ߡhdcr-Mutante wuchs nur bis zu einer OD600 von 0,2, während der Wildtyp und der hdcr-komplementierte Stamm bis zu einer OD600 von 2,64 bzw. 2,4 wuchsen. Damit wurde bewiesen, dass die HDCR auch für die vollständige Glukoseoxidation in T. kivui erforderlich ist. Durch die Zugabe von Formiat wurde das Wachstum vollständig wiederhergestellt, ähnlich wie beim Wildtyp. Dies belegt wieder die Nutzung Formiat als terminalen Elektronenakzeptor. Auch auf Mannitol oder Pyruvat konnte die Mutanten nur in Gegenwart von Formiat wachsen. Der Substratverbrauch und die Produktbildung der T. kivui ߡhdcr-Mutante wurden in einem Zellsuspensionsexperiment untersucht. Die Zellen verbrauchten Formiat nur in Gegenwart von Glukose und produzierten Acetat mit einem Acetat/Substrat-Verhältnis von etwas mehr als 3,0, während die Acetatproduktion nur 12 mM betrug, wenn Glukose als alleiniges Substrat verwendet wurde. Diese Ergebnisse zeigen eine enge Kopplung der Oxidation von Multikohlenstoffsubstraten an den WLP.
T. kivui ist eines der wenigen Acetogenen, die CO als einzige Kohlenstoff- und Energiequelle nutzen können. ...
Genetic engineering of Saccharomyces cerevisiae for improved cytosolic isobutanol biosynthesis
(2021)
The finite nature of fossil resources and the environmental problems caused by their excessive usage requires alternative approaches. The transformation from a fossil based economy to one based on renewable biomass is called a “bioeconomy”. To substitute fossil resources, various microorganisms have already been modified for the biosynthesis of valuable chemicals from biomass. However, the development of such efficient microorganisms at an industrial scale, remains a major challenge. The most prominent and robust microorganism for industrial production is the yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae, which is known to produce ethanol that is used as renewable biofuel. However, S. cerevisiae is also naturally able to produce isobutanol in small amounts. Isobutanol is favoured as a biofuel compared to ethanol due to its higher octane number and lower hygroscopicity, which makes it more suitable for application in conventional combustion engines. In S. cerevisiae, the biosynthesis of isobutanol is permitted by the combination of mitochondrial valine synthesis (catalysed by Ilv2, Ilv5 and Ilv3) and its cytosolic degradation (catalysed by Aro10 and Adh2). The different compartmentalisation of the two pathways limit isobutanol biosynthesis. Thus, Brat et al. (2012) were able to increase the isobutanol yield up to 15 mg/gGlc by cytosolic re localisation of the enzymes Ilv2Δ54, Ilv5Δ48 and Ilv3Δ19 (cyt-ILV), with simultaneous deletion of ilv2. This corresponds to approximately 3.7% of the theoretical yield of 410 mg/gGlc, implying existing limitations in isobutanol biosynthesis, which have been investigated in this work.
For yet unknown reasons, isobutanol was only produced by S. cerevisiae in a valine free medium, according to Brat et al. (2012). This work shows that this can be attributed to the catalytic activity of Ilv2Δ54, which acted as growth inhibitor to S. cerevisiae. By this logic, a negative selection on the ILV2∆54 gene was exerted, which made the ilv2 deletion and simultaneous valine exclusion necessary to maintain the functional expression of toxic ILV2∆54. Furthermore, it was shown that valine exclusion is not mandatory due to the feedback regulation of Ilv2, permitted by Ilv6. Rather, increased isobutanol yield was observed when cytosolic Ilv6∆61 was expressed in the valine free medium, which is explained by the enhanced regulation of Ilv2Δ54 by Ilv6∆61 when BCAA are absent. Isobutanol biosynthesis is neither redox nor NAD(P)H co factor balanced. It was seen that co factor imbalance could be mitigated by the expression of an NADH oxidase (NOX), but not by expression of the NADH dependent ilvC6E6, since the latter showed low in vivo activity. Furthermore, it was seen that NAD(H) imbalance did already limit isobutanol biosynthesis, but the NADP(H) imbalance did not. Another limitation of cytosolic isobutanol biosynthesis is the secretion of the intermediate 2‑dihydroxyisovalerate, which then no longer is taken up by S. cerevisiae, causing a reduced isobutanol yield. This is attributed to insufficient Ilv3∆19 activity, due to poor iron sulphur cluster apo protein maturation. Therefore, it was aimed to replace Ilv3∆19 by heterologous dihydroxyacid dehydratases. Even though some of the enzymes were functionally expressed, none showed better in vivo activity than Ilv3∆19. Therefore, the Ilv3∆19 apo protein maturation was improved. This was achieved by the genomic deletion of fra2 or pim1 as well as by the cytosolic expression of Grx5∆29.
In addition to the isobutanol pathway, S. cerevisiae was optimised for isobutanol biosynthesis by rational and evolutionary engineering. For this purpose, the genes which are necessary for isobutanol production were integrated into the ilv2 locus, and the resulting strain was evolved in a medium containing the toxic amino acid analogue norvaline. Evolved single colonies were isolated, which presented improved growth and increased isobutanol yields (0.59 mg/gGlc) in a valine free medium, as compared to the initial strain. This is explained by a gene dosage effect which occurred during the evolutionary engineering experiment. In collaboration with Dr. Wess, the genes ilv2, bdh1/2, leu4/9, ecm31, ilv1, adh1, gpd1/2 and ald6 were cumulatively deleted in CEN.PK113 7D to block competing metabolic pathways. The resulting strain JWY23 achieved isobutanol yields up to 67.3 mg/gGlc, when expressing the cyt ILV enzymes from a multi copy vector. The most promising approaches of this work, namely the deletion of fra2 and the expression of Grx5∆29, Ilv6∆61, and NOX, were confirmed in this JWY23 strain. The highest isobutanol yield from this work was observed at 72 mg/gGlc for Ilv6∆61 and cyt ILV enzymes expressing JWY23, which corresponds to 17.6% of the theoretical isobutanol yield.
Isobutyric acid (IBA) is a by product of isobutanol biosynthesis, but it is also considered a valuable platform chemical. Therefore, the approaches that improved isobutanol biosynthesis were applied to the biosynthesis of IBA in S. cerevisiae. The highest IBA yield of 9.8 mg/gGlc was observed in a valine free medium by expression of cyt ILV enzymes, NOX and Ald6 in JWY04 (CEN.PK113 7D Δilv2; Δbdh1; Δbdh2; Δleu4; Δleu9; Δecm31; Δilv1). This corresponded to an 8.9 fold increase compared with the control and is, to our best knowledge, the highest IBA yield reported to date for S. cerevisiae.
Die Studien im Rahmen dieser Arbeit wurden am Modellorganismus Anabaena sp. PCC 7120 (Anabaena) durchgeführt, einem filamentösen Süßwasser-Cyanobakterium. Cyanobakterien sind photosynthetische, Gram-negative Organismen. Sie besitzen eine das Zytosol begrenzende Plasmamembran und eine Äußere Membran. TonB-abhängige Transporter (TBDTs) und Porine der Äußeren Membran bewerkstelligen und regulieren die Aufnahme von Nährstoffen. Typischerweise wenig abundante Substrate für den TBDT-vermittelten, aktiven Transport sind beispielsweise eisenhaltige Siderophore oder VitaminB12. Kleinere gelöste und abundante Stoffe wie Salze oder andere Ionen gelangen hingegen passiv durch Porine in das Periplasma.
In Anabaena wurden neun putative Porine identifiziert. Sieben hiervon wiesen eine porinspezifische Domänenstruktur auf (Alr0834, Alr2231, All4499, Alr4550, Alr4741, All5191 und All7614), und wurden im Rahmen dieser Arbeit näher betrachtet. Die Expression dieser sieben Gene wurde vergleichend untersucht, nachdem der Wildtyp in Standardmedium oder in Medium indem jeweils Mangan, Eisen, Kupfer oder Zink fehlte angezogen wurde. Außerdem wurde das Wachstum der einzelnen Porinmutanten im Vergleich zum Wildtyp auf Festmedium mit hohen Konzentrationen von Salzen, Antibiotika oder anderen Stoffen analysiert. Hierbei konnten den einzelnen Mutanten teilweise spezifische phänotypische Eigenschaften zugeschrieben werden. Zusammengefasst kann anhand der Analysenergebnisse vermutet werden, dass Alr4550 eine besondere Rolle in der Wahrung der Zellhüllenstabilität oder -integrität spielt, wohingegen das Fehlen von Alr5191 auf unbekannte Weise die Fixierung von Stickstoff zu erschweren scheint. Die alr2231-Mutante zeigte eine Resistenz gegenüber hohen Zinkkonzentrationen, was die Vermutung zulässt, dass Zink ein Substrat von Alr2231 darstellt. Für weitere Porine kann ebenfalls ein Zusammenhang zum Transport von Kupfer oder Mangan vermutet werden.
Neben Porinen wurden ebenfalls TonB-ähnliche Proteine in Anabaena untersucht. TonB ist ein plasmamembranständiges Protein, das in Komplex mit ExbB und ExbD die Energie für Transportprozesse über die Äußere Membran bereitstellt. Hierfür bindet TonB C-terminal an TBDTs und induziert dort Strukturänderungen, welche den Substratimport ins Periplasma ermöglichen. Als Energiequelle wird der Protonengradient genutzt, der über die Plasmamembran besteht. In Anabaena wurden vier putative TonB Proteine identifiziert, die sich jeweils in Länge und Domänenstruktur unterscheiden. Im Rahmen dieser Arbeit konnte durch Substrattransport-Experimente und Wachstumsanalysen gezeigt werden, dass TonB3 an der Aufnahme zweier Siderophore (Schizokinen und dem Xenosiderophor Ferrichrom) beteiligt ist, da die entsprechende Mutante sich als unfähig erwies diese zu als Eisenquelle nutzbar zu machen. Daneben wies TonB3 weitere Merkmale auf, die auch TonB-Proteinen anderer Organismen zugeschrieben wurden (Wachstumsdefizit der Mutante unter Eisenmangel, eisenabhängiges Expressionsprofil). Interessanterweise zeigte sich, dass das Siderophor Ferrichrom ebenfalls nicht als Eisenquelle für die tonB4-Mutante zur Verfügung stand, was zum Beispiel auf eine Beteiligung von TonB4 an dessen Transport hinweisen könnte.
TonB1, welches sich durch ein inkomplettes TBDT-Interaktionsmotiv auszeichnet, und TonB2 konnte keine Beteiligung am Siderophoretransport zugeschrieben werden, jedoch zeigten Mutanten der einzelnen Gene spezifische phänotypische Eigenschaften. Die tonB1-Mutante stach hervor durch ein vergleichsweise stark verzögertes Wachstum unter diazotrophen Bedingungen. Es konnte gezeigt werden, dass sowohl die Nitrogenaseaktivität als auch die expression vermindert war im tonB1-Mutantenstamm. Außerdem zeigten die Heterozysten dieser Mutante, die auf die Stickstoffixierung spezialisierten Zellen, eine abnormale Morphologie. Da die Expression von tonB1 jedoch nach dem Überführen von Wildypzellen in stickstoffreies Medium nicht erhöht war, kann eine direkte Beteiligung von TonB1 an der Heterozystendifferenzierung als unwahrscheinlich betrachtet werden. Die Zelleinschnürungen zwischen Heterozysten und vegetativen Zellen waren in I-tonB1 weniger ausgeprägt als im Wildtyp, was durch eine Anfärbung der Zellwand mit einem Fluoreszenzmarker gezeigt werden konnte. Ebenfalls konnte anhand des fluoreszierenden Markers Calcein gezeigt werden, dass die molekulare Diffusionsgeschwindigkeit zwischen Heterozysten und vegetativen Zellen, und auch zwischen zwei benachbarten vegetativen Zellen, in der tonB1-Mutante erhöht ist. Deswegen kann hier vermutlich vermehrt die Nitrogenase schädigender Sauerstoff in Heterozysten eindringen. Die aufgezählten Ergebnisse deuten auf eine Funktion von SjdR im Aufbau der Septumsstrukturen hin, beispielsweise durch Regulation der Peptidoglykansynthese oder -verteilung, weswegen TonB1 umbenannt wurde in SjdR (Septal junction disc regulator).
Die Untersuchung der tonB2-Mutante zeigte bei dieser eine veränderte Pigmentierung, eine vermehrte Lipopolysaccharidproduktion und Filamentaggregation sowie eine erhöhte Resistenz gegenüber bestimmten Antibiotika oder Detergenzien. Letzteres könnte auf die ebenfalls in der tonB2-Mutante beobachtete verringerte Porinexpression zurückgeführt werden. Es wurde außerdem eine vermehrte Anreicherung von Kupfer und Molybdän in der Mutante gemessen, was ein Grund für die Veränderte Pigmentierung sein könnte und ebenfalls die Porinexpression beeinflussen könnte. Insgesamt scheint sich das Fehlen von TonB2 auf die Integrität der Äußeren Membran auszuwirken. Daher kann für TonB2, eine Funktion in Anlehnung an das Tol-system vermutet werden.
In recent years, several neuronal differentiation protocols were published that circumvent the requirement of embryoid body (EB) formation under serum-deprivation and simplified medium conditions. But a neuronal default model to establish an approach that works efficiently for all pluripotent cells and neuronal precursors is still lacking. Whether such a default neural mechanism exist and how this is implemented across a broad spectrum of cell source, is addressed in several studies and still controversially discussed. It was proposed that the default neuronal fate is initiated in the absence of extrinsic signals and is achieved by eliminating extracellular inhibitors of neuroectodermal fate and suppressing cell-cell signalling through limited cell density. Previous studies reported that ESC and ECC grown at low density and in absence of exogenous factors or feeder layers die within 24 h but acquire a neural identity as indicated by expression of the neural marker Nestin. Thus, this application is not suitable for generating neural cultures. Furthermore, it was reported that P19 cells survive and express neuroectodermal marker genes in serum-free DMEM/F12 medium containing transferrin, insulin, and selenite, although no neurites were identified.
Based on this background, in this study, a novel approach to induce neuronal differentiation in vitro was developed that implements a nutrient-poor environment, which, in contrast to previous studies, ensures the survival of neuronally differentiated cells over a long period of time and allows normal formation of neurites. Neither the formation of free-floating aggregates nor supplementation of growth factors or known inducers was required to establish a reliable neuronal differentiation protocol. A simple medium, consisting of DMEM/F12+N2 that was highly diluted in salt solution, was sufficient to drive a fast neuronal differentiation in monolayer cultures. Serum deprivation and strong dilution of DMEM/F12+N2 medium cause a nutrient-poor environment in which the influence of growth factors and inducers is minimized. This medium creates a metabolically defined environment that is presumably free of extrinsic signals that prevent the decision of neuronal fate. Analysis of the medium components discovered no actual inducer. Hence, it was suggested that the metabolic composition of the medium exclusively covers specific cell requirements of neurons, therefore ensures their survival, and drives the switch from pluripotent cells to neurons. The self-developed method was established by usage of the murine embryonal carcinoma cell line P19 and could be transferred to murine ESC. Consequently, the method could provide a feasible protocol for a generally valid neuronal default model.
The established protocol provides several advantages such as the possibility to generate stable pure neuronal cultures by a fast, simple, and highly reproducible one-step induction under defined medium conditions with a minimum of exogen effectors. The method is characterised by clear and steady medium conditions that makes the investigation of specific cell requirements during differentiation accessible. It is therefore expected to be a useful tool to investigate the molecular basis of neuronal differentiation as well as for high throughput screenings. The phenotype of mature postmitotic neurons was arising within one week and cultures were shown to stay stable at least for three weeks. The neuronal identity was confirmed by expression of neuronal markers through immunofluorescence staining and mass spectrometry analysis. Furthermore, increased levels of axon markers were detected in early neuronal differentiation and functionality of the synapses of the P19-derived neurons was ascertained by detection of calcium activity. Axonal laser ablation, immediately followed by fast regrowth of connections in the neuronal network, revealed a strong regeneration potential under the given conditions. Furthermore, the generated neurons showed a morphologically distinct phenotype and the formation of neural rosettes. Immunofluorescence staining demonstrated the generation of pure and homogeneous neuronal cultures, free of glial cells.
Retinoic acid (RA) plays an essential role in cell signalling during embryogenesis and efficiently induces neuronal differentiation in vitro in a concentration dependent manner. Neither retinol nor retinoic acid was included in any of the components of the self-prepared medium in this work. However, I observed, dependence on RARβ- and/or RARγ-regulated RA signalling in serum-free monolayer cultures. Nevertheless, neuronal differentiation in serum-free monolayer cultures was assumed to be RARα-independent because (i) RARα was slightly downregulated after neuronal induction, (ii) the truncated RARα of the RAC65 mutant had no effect on induction efficiency, and (iii) a pan-RAR inhibitor suppressed neuronal differentiation. In contrast to serum-free monolayer cultures, the truncated RARα prevented neuronal differentiation by application of the conventional protocol where cells are grown in free floating cell aggregates in serum-containing medium. Proteome analysis of P19 cells, treated by the self-developed differentiation protocol over five days showed increased levels of cellular RA binding proteins that mediate the cellular RA transport and are involved in canonical as well as non-canonical RA signalling.
...
1. Das Wachstum und die Fähigkeit zur Butyratproduktion von E. callanderi KIST612 wurde in geschlossenen Batch-Kulturen mit den Substraten Glukose, Methanol, Formiat, H2 + CO2 und CO untersucht. E. callanderi KIST612 zeigte sich nur bei Wachstum auf 20 mM Glukose oder 20 mM Methanol in der Lage, Butyrat in größeren Mengen (3,7 – 4,3 mM) zu produzieren. Das Hauptprodukt bei allen untersuchten Wachstumssubstraten war jedoch Acetat.
2. In bioinformatischen Analysen des Genoms von E. callanderi KIST612 konnte nur eine A1AO-ATP-Synthase gefunden werden, welche eine V-typ c-Untereinheit bestehend aus 4 TMH‘s mit nur einer Na+-Bindestelle aufweist. Diese konnte aus gewaschenen Membranen von E. callanderi durch Saccharose-Dichtegradientenzentrifugation, Anionenaustausch-Chromatographie (DEAE) sowie einer Größenausschluss-Chromatographie (Superose 6) bis zur apparenten Homogenität gereinigt werden. Nach Produktion einzelner Untereinheiten (A, B, C, D, E, F und H) in E. coli und Generierung von Antikörpern, konnten alle Untereinheiten (A, B, C, D, E, F, H, a sowie c) in der gereinigten Enzympräparation immunologisch oder mittels „Peptide-Mass-Fingerprinting“ nachgewiesen werden. Es konnte somit erstmals eine A1AO-ATP-Synthase aus einem mesophilen Organismus ohne Verlust von Untereinheiten gereinigt werden.
3. Der Gesamtkomplex wies unter nativen Bedingungen eine molekulare Masse von ca. 670 kDa auf. In elektronenmikroskopischen Aufnahmen zeigte sich anhand der hantelförmigen Strukturen, dass die A1AO-ATP-Synthase als intakter Gesamtkomplex gereinigt werden konnte.
4. Die gereinigte A1AO-ATP-Synthase wurde zunächst anhand ihrer ATP-Hydrolyse-Aktivität biochemisch charakterisiert. Die ATP-Hydrolyse-Aktivität hatte ein pH-Optimum von 7 – 7,5 und ein Temperaturoptimum bei 37 °C. Durch Messung der ATPase-Aktivität in Abhängigkeit von verschiedenen Mengen an Na+ konnte die vorhergesagte Na+-Abhängigkeit des Enzyms nachgewiesen werden. Zudem zeigten Hemmstoffexperimente mit DCCD, dass dieser Inhibitor mit Na+ um die gemeinsame Bindestelle in der c-Untereinheit konkurriert. Dies bestätigte nochmals, dass das Enzym funktionell gekoppelt gereinigt werden konnte.
5. Zur weiteren Untersuchung der Ionenspezifität wurde der an die ATP-Hydrolyse gekoppelte Ionentransport durch Rekonstitution des Enzyms in Liposomen und anschließender Messung des Na+- oder H+-Transports gemessen. In den Proteoliposomen konnte mit Hilfe von 22Na+ gezeigt werden, dass das Enzym Natriumionen translozieren kann. Während in Anwesenheit des Natriumionophors ETH 2120 kein 22Na+-Transport beobachtet werden konnte, führte die Anwesenheit des Protonophors TCS zu einer geringfügigen Stimulation der 22Na+-Translokation. Insgesamt konnte ein primärer Na+-Transport nachgewiesen werden, welcher von der A1AO-ATP-Synthase aus E. callanderi katalysiert wird.
6. Durch Rekonstitution der A1AO-ATP-Synthase aus E. callanderi in Liposomen konnte erstmals biochemisch nachgewiesen werden, dass ein solches Enzym trotz seiner V-Typ c-Untereinheit in der Lage ist, ATP zu synthetisieren. Durch die Zugabe von Ionophoren (ETH 2120 und TCS) konnte der elektrochemische Ionengradient aufgehoben werden, wodurch keine ATP-Synthese beobachtet werden konnte. Der erstmalige Nachweis der ATP-Synthese wurde bei einem ΔµNa+ von 270 mV erbracht.
7. Die ATP-Synthese zeigte sich ebenfalls abhängig von der Na+-Konzentration. Der KM-Wert lag bei 1,1 ± 0,4 mM und war vergleichbar mit dem für die ATP-Hydrolyse ermittelten Wert. Ebenso konnte für die ATP-Synthese-Richtung gezeigt werden, dass DCCD mit Na+ um die gemeinsame Bindestelle in der c-Untereinheit konkurriert.
8. Um den biochemischen Nachweis zu erbringen, dass die A1AO-ATP-Synthase auch unter physiologisch relevanten Potentialen zur ATP-Synthese befähigt ist, wurde der energetische Schwellenwert der ATP-Synthese bestimmt. Dieser betrug 87 mV als Triebkraft für ΔpNa, 94 mV als Triebkraft für Δψ und 90 mV als Triebkraft für ΔµNa+. Erstaunlicherweise konnte die ATP-Synthese der A1AO-ATP-Synthase aus E. callanderi KIST612 sowohl durch Δψ als auch ΔpNa angetrieben werden. Unterschiedliche Kombinationen von Δψ und ΔpNa führten zu dem gleichen energetischen Schwellenwert; Δψ und ΔpNa waren im Enzym aus E. callanderi KIST612 äquivalente Triebkräfte.
9. Der energetische Schwellenwert der A1AO-ATP-Synthase aus E. callanderi KIST612 wurde mit dem der F1FO-ATP-Synthasen aus A. woodii, E. coli und P. modestum verglichen. Dazu wurden die Enzyme im ATP-Synthase-defizienten E. coli-Stamm DK8 produziert und anschließend durch Ni2+-NTA-Affinitätschromatographie gereinigt. Nach Einbau der Enzyme in Liposomen waren alle Enzyme in der Lage, ATP als Reaktion auf ΔµNa+ (A. woodii und P. modestum) oder ΔµH+ (E. coli) zu synthetisieren. Im Vergleich zum Enzym aus E. callanderi zeigten sich zwei auffällige Unterschiede. Erstens war keine der F1FO-ATP-Synthasen in der Lage, ΔpNa/ΔpH als alleinige Triebkraft zu nutzen. Während die ATP-Synthese in den Enzymen aus E. coli und P. modestum nur durch ΔµH+ bzw. ΔµNa+ angetrieben werden konnte, konnte das Enzym aus A. woodii zusätzlich auch durch Δψ als einzige Triebkraft angetrieben werden.
...
This work comprises the investigation of four different biosynthesis gene clusters from Xenorhabdus. Xenorhabdus is an entomopathogenic bacterium that lives in mutualistic symbiosis with its Steinernema nematode host and together they infect and kill insect larvae. Xenorhabdus is well known for the production of so-called specialised metabolites and many of these compounds are synthesised by non-ribosomal peptide synthetases (NRPSs) or NRPS-polyketide synthase (PKS)-hybrids. These enzymes are organised in a modular manner and produce structurally very diverse molecules, often with the help of modifying domains and tailoring enzymes. In general, the genes involved in the biosynthesis are organised in so-called biosynthetic gene clusters (BGCs) in the genome of the producing strain. Exchanging the native promoter with an inducible promoter, e.g. PBAD, allows the targeted activation of the BGC and in turn the analysis of the biosynthesis product via LC-MS analysis.
The first BGC investigated in this work is responsible for the biosynthesis of xenofuranones. Based on gene deletions, this work shows that the NRPS-like enzyme XfsA produces a carboxylated furanone intermediate which is subsequently decarboxylated by XfsB to yield xenofuranone B. The next step in xenofuranone biosynthesis is the O-methylation of xenofuranone B to yield xenofuranone A. A comparative proteomics approach allowed the identification of four methyltransferase candidates and subsequent gene deletions confirmed one of the candidates to be responsible for methylation of xenofuranone B. The proteome analysis was based on the comparison of X. szentirmaii WT and X. szentirmaii Δhfq because distinct levels of the methylated xenofuranone A were observed when the xfs BGC was activated in either WT or Δhfq strain. Hfq is a global transcriptional regulator whose deletion is associated with the down regulation of natural product biosynthesis in Xenorhabdus. The strong PBAD activation of the xfs BGC also allowed the detection of two novel xenofuranone derivatives which arise from incorporation of one 4-hydroxyphenylpyruvic acid as first or second building block, respectively.
PBAD based activation of the second BGC addressed in this work lead to the detection of a novel metabolite and compound purification allowed NMR-based structure elucidation. The molecule exhibits two pyrrolizidine moieties and was named pyrrolizwilline (pyrrolizidine + twin (German: “Zwilling”)). The BGC comprises seven genes and single gene deletions as well as heterologous expression in E. coli and NRPS engineering were conducted to investigate the biosynthesis. The first two genes xhpA and xhpB encode a bimodular NRPS and a monooxygenase which synthesise a pyrrolizixenamide-like structure, similar to PxaA and PxaB in pyrrolizixenamide biosynthesis. It is suggested that the acyl side chain incorporated by XhpA is removed by the α,β-hydrolase XhpG. The keto function is then reduced by two subsequent two electron reductions catalysed by XhpC and XhpD. One of these two reduced pyrrolizidine units most likely is extended with glyoxalate prior to non-enzymatic dimerisation with the second pyrrolizidine moiety. To finally yield pyrrolizwilline, L-valine is incorporated, probably by the free-standing condensation domain XhpF.
The third BGC investigated is responsible for the production of a tripeptide composed of β-D-homoserine, α-hydroxyglycine and L-valine and is referred to as glyoxpeptide. This work demonstrates that the previously observed glyoxpeptide derivative is derived from glycerol present in the culture medium. Furthermore, this work shows that the monooxygenase domain, which is found in an unusual position between motifs A8 and A9 within the adenylation domain, is responsible for the α-hydroxylation of glycine. It is suggested that the α-hydroxylation of glycine renders the tripeptide prone to hydrolysis via hemiacetal formation. Hence, the XgsC_MonoOx domain might be an interesting candidate for further NRPS engineering.
The fourth BGC addressed is responsible for the production of xildivalines and this work describes two additional derivatives which are detected only when the promoter is exchanged and activated in the X. hominickii WT strain but not in X. hominickii Δhfq. Deletion of the methyltransferase encoding gene xisE results in the production of non-methylated xildivalines. It remains to be determined when the N-methylation of L-valine takes place. It is discussed that the methyltransferase could act on the NRPS released product but also during the assembly. The peptide deformylase is not involved in the proposed biosynthesis as xildivaline production is detected in a ΔxisD strain. The PKS XisB features two adjacent, so-called tandem T domains. The inactivation of the first or the second T domain by point mutation causes decreased production titres of detected xildivalines in the respective mutant strain when compared to the wild type.
Clean water is fundamental to human health and ecosystem integrity. However, water quality deteriorates due to novel anthropogenic pollutants present at microgram per liter concentrations in urban water cycles (termed micropollutants). Wastewater treatment plants (WWTP) have been identified as major point sources for aquatic (micro-)pollutants. Chemical and ecotoxicological analyses have shown that conventional biological WWTPs do not fully remove micropollutants and associated toxicities, which is often because of mobile, polar and/or recalcitrant compounds and transformation products (TPs). To minimize possible environmental risks, advanced wastewater treatment (AWWT) technologies could be a promising mitigation measure. Multiple processes are therefore being developed and evaluated such as ozonation and ozonation followed by granulated activated carbon (GAC) or biological filtration. Assessing the performance of these combined AWWTs was the focus the TransRisk project. Within this project, this thesis accomplished four major goals.
Firstly, the preparation of (waste)water samples was optimised for in vitro bioassays. Acidification, filtration and solid phase extraction (SPE) were tested for their impact on environmentally relevant in vitro endocrine activities, mutagenicity, genotoxicity and cytotoxicity. Significantly different outcomes of these assays were detected comparing neutral and acidified samples. Sample filtration had a lesser impact, but in some cases retention of particle-bound compounds could have caused significant toxicity losses. Out of three SPE sorbents the Telos C18/ENV at sample pH 2.5 extracted highest toxicity, some undetected in aqueous samples. These results indicate that sample preparation needs to be optimised for specific sample matrices and bioassays to avoid false-positive or -negative detects in effect-based analyses.
Secondly, the above listed in vitro toxicities were monitored in a protected region for drinking water production in South-West Germany (2012-2015). Out of 30 sampling sites surface water and groundwater were the least polluted. Nonetheless, a few groundwater samples induced high anti-estrogenic activity that prompted further monitoring. The latter included a waterworks in which no toxicity was detected. Hospital wastewater also had elevated in vitro toxicities and hospitals are, thus, relevant intervention points for source control. The biological WWTPs were effective in removing most of the detected toxicity, and the selected bioassays proved to be pertinent tools for water quality assessment and prioritisation of pollution hotspots.
Thirdly, the in vivo bioassay ISO10872 based on Caenorhabditis elegans (C. elegans) was adapted for this thesis. Using this model, a median effect concentration (EC50) for reproductive toxicity of the polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon β-naphthoflavone (β- NF) of 114 µg/L was computed which is slightly lower than reported in the scientific literature. β-NF induced cyp-35A3::GFP (a biomarker in transgenic animals) in a time and concentration dependent manner (≤ 21.3–24 fold above controls). β-NF spiked wastewater samples supported earlier hypotheses on particle-bound pollutants. Reproductive toxicity (96 h) and cyp-35A3 induction (24 h) of biologically treated and/or ozonated wastewater extracts and growth promoting effects of GAC/biologically filtered ozonated wastewater extracts were observed. This suggested the presence of residual bioactive/toxic chemicals not included in the targeted chemical analysis. It also highlighted the importance of integrating multiple (apical and molecular) endpoints in wastewater assessments.
Fourthly, five in vitro and the adapted C. elegans bioassay were integrated into a wastewater quality evaluation (developed within TransRisk). Out of the five AWWT options, ozonation (at 1 g O3,applied/g DOC, HRT ~ 18 min) combined with nonaerated GAC filtration was rated most effective for toxicity removal. All five AWWTs largely removed estrogenic and (anti-)androgenic activities, but not anti-estrogenic activity and mutagenicity, which even increased during ozonation. This has been observed in related studies and points towards toxic TPs. These results also emphasized the need for implementing an effective post-treatment for ozonation. The results from a parallel in vivo study with Lumbriculus variegatus and Potamopyrgus antipodarum conducted on site at the WWTP (using flow through systems) were in accordance with the C. elegans results. In this context, it is suggested to further implement C. elegans as sensitive, feasible and ecologically relevant model.
In conclusion, this thesis shows how optimised sample preparation, long-term (in vitro) environmental monitoring, sensitive and ecologically relevant (in vivo) bioassays as well as innovative evaluation concepts, are pivotal in improving the removal of micropollutants and their toxicities with AWWTs. Future research should further develop and evaluate measures at sewer systems, conventional biological, tertiary and other advanced treatment technologies, as well as sociopolitical strategies (e.g., source control or natural conservation) and restoration projects. The effect-based tools optimised in this thesis will support assessing their success.
Zur Evolution der Hirnmorphologie und Anpassungen an Extremhabitate im Taxon Poecilia (Teleostei)
(2020)
Diese Dissertation befasst sich mit den Auswirkungen kontrastierender Umweltbedingungen auf die Gehirnmorphologie von neotropischen Fischen der Gattung Poecilia, welche unterschiedlichen abiotischen sowie biotischen Stressoren ausgesetzt sind. Da das Gehirn der Teleostei ein energetisch kostspieliges Organ und viel plastischer ist als z. B. bei Säugetieren, stellt sich die Frage, wie die Gehirnanatomie durch divergierende ökologische Faktoren in verschiedenen Umgebungen geformt wird, die ´extreme´, ´ressourcenbeschränkte und günstige´ Umgebungen repräsentieren. Zur Beantwortung dieser Frage wurden intraspezifische Studien an freilebenden und Laborindividuen von Poecilia-Arten durchgeführt, um die evolutionäre und ökologische Formgebung des Gehirns besser verstehen zu lernen. Im ersten Teil der Arbeit wurden Gehirnvolumina verglichen zwischen reproduktiv isolierten Populationen des neotropischen Fisches Poecilia mexicana (Ntotal = 95), die in Dunkelheit leben (Cueva Luna Azufre), in einem nahegelegenen Oberflächenhabitat (El Azufre), welcher giftigen Schwefelwasserstoff enthält und einer Kombination aus beiden Stressoren Dunkelheit und H2S (Cueva del Azufre). In einer zweiten Studie wurde auf anatomische („konvergente“) Veränderungen im Teleost-Gehirn entlang eines natürlichen Gradienten von Sulfidkonzentrationen getestet. Hierfür wurden Gehirne (Ntotal = 100) von P. mexicana verglichen, die in drei Flusssystemen im Süden Mexikos unabhängig voneinander eine erhöhte Toleranz gegenüber Schwefelwasserstoff (H2S) entwickelt haben. Dazu gehörten eine phylogenetisch alte H2S-adaptierte Form (P. sulphuraria) und zwei P. mexicana Formen, welche frühere Stufen der Anpassung an H2S darstellen. Zur Überprüfung des Einflusses anderer abiotischer und biotischer Faktoren auf die Morphologie der Gehirnregionen wurde eine weitere Studie durchgeführt. Hierbei wurden die phänotypischen Variationen der Gehirnregionen und der Körpermorphologie von Poecilia vivipara-Populationen (Ntotal = 211) aus Lagunen des Restinga de Jurubatiba Nationalpark untersucht, die sich in abiotischen Umgebungsbedingungen, insbesondere in Salzgehalt, Wassertransparenz, Phosphat und Nitrat sowie biotischen Faktoren wie Prädatorendichte unterschieden. Die erste Studie zeigte lebensraumabhängige Unterschiede bei freilebenden Fischen. Bei Fischen, die in Dunkelheit ohne H2S (LA) oder in Oberflächenhabitaten mit H2S lebten, wurden vergrößerte telenzephale Lappen, kleinere Augen und optische Tekta gefunden. Fische aus der sulfidischen Höhle (CA) zeigten zusätzlich vergrößerte Corpus cerebelli. Der Vergleich mit den Gehirnen von Labor aufgezogenen weiblichen Fischen (Ntotal = 25) zeigt eine allgemeine Verringerung der Gehirngröße sowie eine geringe Abweichung der Gehirngröße zwischen Labor aufgezogenen und freilebenden Fischen. Auch in der zweiten Studie zeigten alle in H2S-haltigen Lebensräumen lebenden Fische kleinere Augen, ein kleineres optisches Tektum und ein kleineres Gehirnvolumen, jedoch größere Corpus cerebelli und Hypothalamusvolumen als Fische aus nicht-sulfidischen Lebensräumen. Flusssystem-spezifische Effekte wurden für die telenzephalen Lappen, das gesamte Gehirn und die Augengröße festgestellt, da die Geschlechter je nach Quelle des Flusssystems unterschiedlich auf das Vorhandensein von H2S reagierten. Die dritte Studie zeigt auch, dass andere Umwelteinflüsse bemerkenswerte Verschiebungen im Gehirn und in den Gehirnregionen verursachen können. Fische, die im Süßwasser leben, zeigten eine verringerte Gesamthirngröße, telenzephale Lappen, Corpus cerebelli und Hypothalamusvolumen. Darüber hinaus zeigten Fische aus Salzwasserlagunen (hypersalin), ein verringertes Volumen des optischen Tektum, während telenzephale Lappen, Corpus cerebelli und Hypothalamusvolumen im Vergleich zu Süßwasserfischen vergrößert waren. Im Brackwasser lebende Fische wiesen im Vergleich zu Süß- und Salzwasserfischen die größten Gehirnregion-Volumen auf. Darüber hinaus zeigten die Ergebnisse über die Lagunen hinweg auch Unterschiede in der Morphologie der Kopf- und Augendurchmesser. Bei Augengröße, Kopfgröße, optischem Tektum Volumen, Hypothalamusvolumen und dem Gesamthirnvolumen wurde ein sexueller Dimorphismus beobachtet. Die dargestellten Ergebnisse verdeutlichen, dass die gefundenen Muster nahezu mit denen von H2S-Fischen identisch sind. Die ausgeprägten Unterschiede in den Hirnregionen zwischen freilebenden Fischen können als Teil der Mosaikentwicklung interpretiert werden. Die Ergebnisse der Laborpopulation zeigen jedoch eine hohe phänotypische Plastizität. Diese Studie unterstreicht damit die Bedeutung der Kombination der Untersuchung von freilebenden mit im Labor lebenden Individuen zur Beantwortung von Fragen der Gehirnentwicklung. Kleinere Augen und ein kleineres optisches Tektum, aber größere telenzephale Lappen wurden auch bei Fischen aus einem sulfidischen Oberflächenhabitat in der Nähe einer der Höhlen gefunden und sind den Ergebnissen zufolge das Resultat begrenzter Sehkraft in trüben sulfidischen Lebensräumen.
...
Ziel dieser Arbeit war es, einen genaueren Einblick in die Rolle von PaCLPXP für den Energiemetabolismus von P. anserina zu erhalten und mögliche Komponenten zu identifizieren, welche wichtig für die Langlebigkeit der PaClpP-Deletionsmutante sind. Folgende neue Erkenntnisse konnten hierbei gewonnen werden:
1. Die Substrat-Analyse durch eine Cycloheximid-Behandlung und anschließender Proteom-Analyse legte erfolgreich eine Reihe potentieller bisher nicht bekannter Substrate von PaCLPP offen. Interessanterweise waren unter den identifizierten Proteinen viele ribosomale Untereinheiten und Komponenten verschiedener Stoffwechselwege des Energiemetabolismus zu finden. Am auffälligsten unter diesen Substraten war die extreme Anreicherung eines Retikulon-ähnlichen Proteins, das einen neuen Aspekt der möglichen molekularbiologischen Rolle von PaCLPP in P. anserina andeutet.
2. Durch die Zugabe von Butyrat zum Medium, konnte erfolgreich die Autophagie sowohl im P. anserina Wildtyp als auch in der PaClpP-Deletionsmutante reduziert werden. Diese Verminderung der Autophagie sorgt bei ΔPaClpP für eine Verkürzung der Lebensspanne. Dieser Effekt ist spezifisch für die PaClpP-Deletionsmutante, während die Auswirkung von Butyrat auf den Wildtyp nur marginal ist. Dieses Ergebnis untermauert frühere Analysen dieser Deletionsmutante, welche besagen, dass die Langlebigkeit von ΔPaClpP Autophagie abhängig ist (Knuppertz und Osiewacz, 2017).
3. Die Metabolom-Analyse von ΔPaClpP im Vergleich zum Wildtyp zeigt, dass das Fehlen der PaCLPP zu Veränderungen in der Menge der Metaboliten der Glykolyse und des Citratzyklus kommt. Außerdem sind die Mengen der meisten Aminosäuren und der Nukleotide betroffen. Diese Analyse beweist, dass das Fehlen dieser mitochondrialen Protease weitreichende Folgen für die ganze Zelle hat. Durch die signifikante Verringerung von ATP und die Anreicherung von AMP in jungen ΔPaClpP-Stämmen und durch den Umstand der gesteigerten Autophagie in dieser Mutante, fiel das Augenmerk auf die AMPK. Dieses veränderte AMP/ATP-Verhältnis ist ein Indiz für eine gesteigerte AMPK-Aktivität und könnte auch den Umstand der gesteigerten Autophagie in ΔPaClpP erklären.
4. Das Gen codierend für die katalytische α-Untereinheit der AMPK (PaSnf1) konnte erfolgreich in P. anserina deletiert werden. Das Fehlen von PaSNF1 führt zu einer reduzierten Wuchsrate, eine beeinträchtige weibliche Fertilität und eine verzögerte Sporenreifung. Es konnte gezeigt werden, dass die Autophagie infolge einer PaSnf1-Deletion nicht gänzlich unterdrückt wird, PaSNF1 allerdings für die Stress-induzierte Autophagie notwendig ist. Überraschenderweise führt die Abwesenheit von PaSNF1 zu einer verlängerten Lebensspanne im Vergleich zum Wildtyp. Die meisten Effekte infolge einer PaSnf1-Deletion konnten durch die Einbringung eines FLAG::PaSNF1-Konstrukts komplementiert werden.
5. Eine gleichzeitige PaSnf1 und PaClpP-Deletion führt zu eine unerwarteten, extremen Lebenspannenverlängerung, die die Verlängerung der Lebensspanne bei der PaClpP-Deletionsmutante noch übertrifft. Interessanterweise geht dieser Phänotyp nicht mit einer erhöhten Autophagie einher. Des Weiteren konnte beobachtet werden, dass das Fehlen von PaSNF1 sowohl in ΔPaSnf1 als auch in ΔPaSnf1/ΔPaClpP zu einer veränderten Mitochondrien-Morphologie im Alter führt. Die Abwesenheit von PaSNF1 verursacht, dass die Stämme auch im Alter (20d) noch überwiegend filamentöse Mitochondrien aufweisen. Zudem zeigen die drei analysierten Deletionsstämme (ΔPaSnf1, ΔPaClpP und ΔPaSnf1/ΔPaClpP) massive Einschränkungen wenn sie auf die mitochondriale Funktion angewiesen sind.
6. Auffallend war, dass bei ΔPaSnf1, ΔPaClpP und bei ΔPaSnf1/ΔPaClpP die Stämme mit dem Paarungstyp „mat-“ langlebiger sind als die Stämme mit dem Paarungstyp „mat+“. Dieser Effekt ist bei der ΔPaSnf1/ΔPaClpP-Doppelmutante am stärksten ausgeprägt. Weitere Untersuchungen dazu ergaben, dass die Paarungstypen immer dann eine Rolle spielen, wenn die Stämme mitochondrialem Stress ausgesetzt, oder aber auf die mitochondriale Funktion angewiesen sind. Verantwortlich für diese Unterschiede sind zwei rmp1-Allele, die mit den unterschiedlichen Paarungstyp-Loci gekoppelt sind und mit dem jeweiligen Paarungstyp-Locus vererbt werden (rmp1-1 mit „mat-“; rmp1-2 mit „mat+“).
Seit den 1950er Jahren hat sich Plastik als unverzichtbare Ressource im menschlichen Alltag etabliert. Als negative Folge dieses Booms wird seit einigen Jahrzehnten jedoch eine zunehmende Belastung aquatischer Ökosysteme mit Plastikmüll bzw. dessen Degradationsprodukten, sogenanntes „Mikroplastik“ (MP, < 5 mm) bzw. „Nanoplastik“ (NP, < 1 µm), beobachtet. Ziel dieser Arbeit war die Untersuchung des aktuellen Vorkommens von MP in limnischen Gewässern, die Analyse der Interaktion zwischen MP und limnischen Wirbellosenarten und der daraus resultierenden Toxizität sowie eine erste Risikoabschätzung.
Das Vorkommen von Mikroplastik in limnischen Gewässern wurde exemplarisch anhand der Elbe als großes Fließgewässer in Deutschland untersucht. Durch die Auswertung von elf Probestellen entlang des Verlaufs der Mittel- und Unterelbe konnte gezeigt werden, dass die MP-Konzentrationen im Sediment (2,26x10^4 – 2,27x10^7 P m^-3) im Mittel fast 150.000-fach höher sind als in der Wasserphase (0,88–13,24 P m^-3). Sedimente sind somit eine Senke für MP. Die Zusammensetzung der Polymerarten sowie MP-Formen deuten zudem an, dass die Partikel sowohl aus diffusen wie auch aus Punktquellen (z.B. Industrieabwässer) stammen. Im globalen Vergleich können die MP-Konzentrationen in deutschen Fließgewässern z. Z. als durchschnittlich betrachtet werden. Allerdings muss insgesamt davon ausgegangen werden, dass die bisher bestimmten MP-Umweltkonzentrationen die realen Konzentrationen möglicherweise unterschätzen. So zeigte die Elbestudie, dass die Sedimentfeinfraktion < 100 µm einen bedeutenden Polymeranteil enthielt. Die meisten bisher durchgeführten Studien zur Bestimmung von MP-Partikeln in Flüssen haben Partikel < 100 µm jedoch nicht in ihrer Analyse berücksichtigt.
Die Interaktion von MP mit limnischer Biota wurde anhand der Artgruppen der Muscheln (Bivalvia), Schnecken (Gastropoda) sowie Krebstiere (Crustacea) näher untersucht. Die Intensität der Interaktion ist maßgeblich von der Aufnahme von MP durch die verschiedenen Arten abhängig. Anhand von zahlreichen Aufnahmestudien mit verschiedenen limnischen Arten, darunter den Muschelarten Dreissena polymorpha, Sinanodonta woodiana und Anodonta anatina, der Lungenschnecke Lymnaea stagnalis sowie der Amphipodenart Gammarus pulex, wurde nachgewiesen, dass die MP-Aufnahme von den Eigenschaften der exponierten Arten bzw. Individuen, den MP-Charakteristika sowie den Expositionsbedingungen abhängt. Die Experimente mit Muscheln verdeutlichten die rasche Aufnahme, aber auch Exkretion von MP-Partikeln innerhalb weniger Stunden. In allen drei Artgruppen war die Aufnahme konzentrationsabhängig mit zunehmender Aufnahme bei steigenden MP-Konzentrationen. Die Muschelexperimente zeigten jedoch auch, dass eine gleichzeitige Exposition mit anderen Partikeln (z.B. Nahrung) zu einer reduzierten Aufnahme führt. Auch die Größe der Testorganismen beeinflusste die Aufnahme: So nahmen im Fall der Muscheln und Krebse kleinere Individuen (bzw. im Fall der Muscheln auch Arten) relativ pro Körpermasse mehr MP-Partikel auf als größere Individuen bzw. Arten. Für alle untersuchten Arten wurde darüber hinaus gezeigt, dass die MP-Größe relevanten Einfluss auf die Menge an aufgenommenen Partikeln hat.
Ein Vergleich zwischen den Artgruppen zeigte, dass Muscheln als filtrierende Organismen in den Laboruntersuchungen bei gleicher Expositionskonzentration mehr MP aufnahmen als Krebse (Zerkleinerer) und Schnecken (Weidegänger). Im Gegensatz zu Muscheln nutzen Krebstiere und Schnecken allerdings die Grenzschicht zwischen Wasser- und Sedimentphase als Suchraum für ihre Nahrung und sind in der Umwelt (auf Grund des höheren MP-Vorkommens in Sedimenten) somit möglicherweise gegenüber höheren MP-Konzentrationen exponiert als Muscheln. Die Extrapolation der gewonnenen Labordaten sowie der Vergleich mit publizierten Umweltdaten legen allerdings nahe, dass das MP-Vorkommen in Individuen aller drei Artgruppen bisher auf einige wenige MP-Partikel begrenzt ist. Ausgeprägte Unterschiede zwischen den Artgruppen sind bisher nicht erkennbar.
MP-Toxizitätsstudien mit G. pulex, L. stagnalis sowie D. polymorpha konnten trotz der Berücksichtigung einer Vielzahl an Endpunkten (Mortalität, Reproduktion, Nahrungsaufnahme, oxidativer Stress, Energiereserven, Immunzellaktivität) und trotz des Einsatzes zum Teil sehr hoher MP-Konzentrationen weit oberhalb aktueller Umweltkonzentrationen nur sehr wenige MP-induzierte Effekte nachweisen, darunter eine Steigerung der Filtrationsaktivität (D. polymorpha) bzw. Veränderung der Immunfunktion von Hämolymphzellen (L. stagnalis).
Zur weiteren Risikoabschätzung wurden diese Studienergebnisse mit publizierten Daten für marine und limnische Muschel- und Krebsarten in Artenempfindlichkeitsverteilungen (Species Sensitivity Distributions, SSD) zusammengeführt und jeweils eine SSD für Muscheln und Krebstiere erstellt. Die Erstellung einer SSD nur für limnische Arten ist zum jetzigen Zeitpunkt auf Grund der geringen Datenlage noch nicht möglich.
...
Human GLUTs represent a family of specialized transporters that facilitate the diffusion of hexoses through membranes along a concentration gradient. The 14 isoforms share high sequence identity but differ in substrate specificity and affinity, and tissue distribution. According to their structure similarity, GLUTs are divided into three classes, with class 1 comprising the most intensively studied isoforms GLUTs1 4. An abnormal function of different GLUT members has been related to the pathogenesis of various diseases, including cancer and diabetes. Hence, GLUTs are the subject of intensive research, and efforts concentrate on identifying GLUT-selective ligands for putative medical purposes and their application in studies aiming to further unravel the metabolic roles of these transporters.
The hexose transporter deficient (hxt0) yeast strain EBY.VW4000 is devoid of all its endogenous hexose transporters and unable to grow on glucose or related hexoses. This strain has proven to be a valuable platform to investigate heterologous transporters due to its easy handling, increased robustness, and versatile applications. However, the functional expression of GLUTs in yeast requires certain modifications. Single point mutations of GLUT1 and GLUT5 led to their functional expression in EBY.VW4000, whereas the native GLUT1 was actively expressed in EBY.S7, a hxt0 strain carrying the fgy1 mutation that putatively reduces the phosphatidylinositol-4-phosphate (PI4P) content in the plasma membrane. GLUT4 was only actively expressed in the hxt0 strain SDY.022, which also contains the fgy1 mutation and in which ERG4 is additionally deleted. Erg4 is one of the late enzymes in the ergosterol pathway, and therefore SDY.022 probably has an altered sterol composition in its membrane.
The goal of this thesis was to actively express GLUT2 and GLUT3 in a hxt0 yeast strain, providing a convenient system for their ligand screening. A PCR-derived amino acid exchange in the sequence of GLUT3 enabled its functional expression in EBY.VW4000 and the unmodified GLUT3 protein was active in EBY.S7. Functional expression of GLUT2 was achieved by rational design. The extracellular loop between the transmembrane regions 1 and 2 is significantly larger in GLUT2 than in other class 1 GLUTs. By truncating this loop by 34 amino acids and exchanging an alanine for a serine, a GLUT3-like loop was implemented. The resulting construct GLUT2∆loopS was functional in EBY.S7. With an additional point mutation in the transmembrane region 11, GLUT2∆loopS_Q455R was also actively expressed in EBY.VW4000. Inhibition studies with the known GLUT inhibitors phloretin and quercetin showed a reduced transporter activity for GLUT2 and GLUT3 in uptake assays and growth tests when inhibitors were present, demonstrating that both systems are amenable for ligand screening experiments.
The newly established GLUT2 yeast system was then used to screen a library of compounds pre-selected by in silico screening. Thereby, eleven identified GLUT2 inhibitors exhibited strong potencies with IC50 values ranging from 0.61 to 19.3 µM. By employing the other yeast systems, these compounds were tested for their effects on GLUT1, and GLUTs3-5, revealing that nine of the identified ligands were GLUT2-selective. In contrast, one was a pan-class 1 inhibitor (inhibiting GLUTs1-4), and one affected GLUT2 and GLUT5, the two fructose transporting isoforms. These compounds will serve as useful tools for investigations on the role of GLUT2 in metabolic diseases and might even evolve into pharmaceutical agents targeting GLUT2-associated diseases.
Due to the beneficial effect of the putatively changed sterol composition in SDY.022 (by ERG4 deletion) on the functional expression of GLUT4, it was hypothesized that the presence of the human sterol cholesterol, or cholesterol-like sterols, might have a beneficial effect on GLUT expression, too. Thus, it was attempted to generate hxt0 strains that synthesize these sterols by genetic modifications targeting the ergosterol pathway. In the scope of these experiments, several strains with different sterol compositions were generated. Drop tests on glucose medium with the different strains expressing GLUT1 or GLUT4 revealed that the deletion of ERG6 is clearly advantageous for a functional expression of GLUT1 (but not GLUT4). This indicates that the methyl group at the ergosterol side chain (introduced by Erg6 and reduced by Erg4) negatively influences GLUT1 activity. However, this effect on GLUT1 activity was less pronounced than the putative altered PI4P content in EBY.S7.
Additionally, in this thesis, a new tool to measure glucose transport rates of transporters expressed in the hxt0 yeast system was developed to facilitate their kinetic characterization. For this, the pH-sensitive GFP variant pHluorin was employed as a biosensor for the cytosolic pH (pHcyt) by measuring the ratio (R390/470) of emission intensities at 512 nm from two different excitation wavelengths (390 and 470 nm). Sugar-starved cells exhibit a slightly acidic pHcyt because ATP production is depleted, reducing the activity of ATP-dependent proton pumps.
...
My PhD work employed genetic and pharmacological manipulations, coupled with highresolution live imaging, to understand intercellular communications during zebrafish cardiovascular development. The heart is the first organ to form, and it is composed of several tissues, among which interactions are crucial. I identified two important interactions between muscular and non-muscular tissues in poorly characterized contexts, and the molecules required for the signalling. First, I discovered an important cellular and molecular crosstalk orchestrating the development of the cardiac outflow tract (i.e., the aortic root in mammals).
Endothelial-derived TGF-beta signalling controls the generation of the local extracellular matrix (ECM). The ECM in turn affects endothelial proliferation as well as smooth muscle cell organization (Boezio et al, 2020; Bensimon-Brito*, Boezio* et al, 2020). In my second project, I investigated the crosstalk between the epicardial layer and the myocardial wall. By generating epicardial-impairment models, I identified a novel role for the epicardium in regulating cardiomyocyte volume during heart development (Boezio et al, 2021). Ultimately, this research contributed to our understanding of how paracrine signalling controls the multicellular interactions integral to organogenesis.
Die Bildung von Blutgefäßen ist essentiell für die Entwicklung und Homöostase von Wirbeltieren und die Endothelzellspezifikation ist ein wichtiger erster Schritt in diesem Prozess. Das früheste bekannte Ereignis bei der Endothelzellspezifikation im Zebrafisch ist die Expression des bHLH-PAS-Transkriptionsfaktor-Gens npas4l. Ich habe eine transgene V5-Linie zum Nachweis des markierten Npas4l auf Proteinebene und eine Gal4-VP16-Reporterlinie zur Visualisierung und Verfolgung von npas4l exprimierenden Zellen in vivo generiert. Beide Linien können bereits in frühen Entwicklungsstadien nachgewiesen werden und komplementieren auch starke npas4l-Mutanten Allele. Um npas4l Reporter exprimierende Zellen in npas4l Mutanten zu verfolgen, habe ich anschließend eine mutierte Variante der Gal4-Reporterlinie erzeugt. Diese Mutante trägt eine Insertion in der Region, die die DNA-Bindedomäne kodiert. Dadurch stört sie die Npas4l-Funktion, aber nicht die Reporterexpression. Dieses mutierte Reporterallel komplementiert nicht die npas4l-Mutanten und zeigt einen starken Phänotyp, was darauf hindeutet, dass es sich um ein funktionelles Nullallel handelt. Phänotypische Analysen zeigten, dass npas4l-Reporter positive Zellen in npas4l-Mutanten nicht spezifizieren oder zur Mittelachse wandern. Stattdessen tragen sie zu den vom intermediären Mesoderm abgeleiteten pronephrischen Tubuli und dem vom paraxialen Mesoderm abgeleiteten Skelettmuskel bei. Ich habe diese Phänotypen durch Einzelzell-RNAseq an den npas4l-Reporter positiven Zellen in npas4l+/- und npas4l-/- Embryonen bestätigt. Zusammen erklären diese beiden alternativen Zellschicksale den Großteil der beobachteten Veränderungen zwischen den Genotypen. Npas4l ist dafür bekannt die Expression der drei Transkriptionsfaktorgene etsrp, tal1 und lmo2 zu fördern. Ich stellte die Hypothese auf, dass das Fehlen jedes dieser Transkriptionsfaktoren in npas4l-Mutanten verschiedene Aspekte des npas4l-Phänotyps verursacht. Daher habe ich Mutantenlinien für alle drei Gene generiert und sie sowohl in vaskulären Reporterlinien als auch im npas4l-Reporterhintergrund analysiert. Die Daten legen nahe, dass verschiedene Gene unterschiedliche Prozesse während der frühen Endothelentwicklung regulieren. In npas4l-/- und etsrp-/- Embryonen differenzieren npas4l-Reporter exprimierende Zellen nicht zu Endothelzellen und tragen stattdessen zur Skelettmuskelzellpopulation bei. In npas4l-/- und tal1-/- Embryonen können npas4l-Reporter exprimierende Zellen nicht migrieren und tragen stattdessen zu der Bildung der pronephrischen Tubuli bei. Um die Beziehung zwischen diesen Faktoren besser zu verstehen, habe ich getestet, ob die Injektion von etsrp-, tal1- oder lmo2-mRNA verschiedene Aspekte des npas4l-Phänotyps retten würde. npas4l-, etsrp- und tal1-Mutanten zeigen alle schwere vaskuläre Phänotypen. Einige Endothelzellen und vaskuläre Strukturen bleiben jedoch in jeder Mutante erhalten. Der Phänotyp ist am stärksten in npas4l-/- Embryonen, aber selbst in diesen Embryonen können einige fli1a-positive Endothelzellen in der Schwanzregion beobachtet werden. Es war unklar, ob sich diese Population von Endothelzellen unabhängig von der Npas4l-, Tal1- und Etsrp-Funktion entwickelt oder als Folge einer restlichen tal1- oder etsrp-Expression unabhängig von Npas4l. Um diese Frage zu untersuchen, habe ich Doppelmutanten generiert und nach dem Vorhandensein von fli1a-positiven Endothelzellen in diesen Mutanten gesucht. Während fli1a-positive Endothelzellen in npas4l-/- und npas4l-/-;tal1-/- Embryonen deutlich vorhanden sind, können keine solchen Zellen in npas4l-/-;etsrp-/- oder etsrp-/-;tal1-/- Embryonen beobachtet werden. Diese Daten deuten darauf hin, dass sich im Zebrafisch keine Endothelzellen entwickeln können, wenn zugleich npas4l und etsrp oder etsrp und tal1 gestört sind. Während der Verlust von etsrp zu stärkeren Defekten in npas4l-Mutanten führt, gibt es keinen zusätzlichen Phänotyp, der durch den Verlust von tal1verursacht wird, was darauf hindeutet, dass die Expression von etsrp, aber nicht die von tal1, unabhängig von Npas4l auftreten kann. Diese Idee wird durch die Beobachtung unterstützt, dass etsrp, aber nicht tal1-Expression in den meisten fli1a-exprimierenden Zellen in npas4l-/- Embryonen beobachtet wird. Dennoch wird der Großteil -Expression durch Npas4l reguliert. tal1-mRNA-Injektionen reichten aus, um eine Wildtyp-ähnliche vaskuläre Musterbildung im Bauchbereich der npas4l-/- Embryonen wiederherzustellen, einschließlich der Rettung sowohl der Zellmigration als auch der Differenzierung. Da Npas4l mehrere unterschiedliche transkriptionelle Effektoren hat, war eine so starke Rettung durch nur einen dieser Effektoren unerwartet. In den geretteten Mutanten wurde die bilaterale Population von npas4l-Reporter-positiven pronephrischen Tubuluszellen nicht entdeckt, aber die Anzahl der ektopischen npas4l-Reporter exprimierenden Muskelzellen war im Vergleich zu nicht injizierten npas4l-Mutanten gleichbleibend.
...
Tissue translocation, multigenerational and population effects of microplastics in Daphnia magna
(2021)
The last century saw the widespread adoption of plastic materials throughout nearly every aspect of our lives. Plastics are synthetic polymers that are made up of monomer chains. The properties of the monomer in conjunction with chemical additives allow plastics to have a sheer endless variety of features and use cases. They are cheap, lightweight, and extremely durable. Plastic materials are often engineered for single-use and in conjunction with high production volumes and insufficient waste management and recycling across the globe, this leads to a large number of plastics entering the environment. Marine ecosystems are considered sinks. However, freshwater ecosystems as entry pathways are highly affected by plastic waste as well. Throughout the past decade, the impact of plastic waste on human and environmental health has received a lot of attention from the ecotoxicological community as well as the public. Small plastic fragments (< 1 mm called microplastics) are a large part of this emerging field of research. Within this, the water flea Daphnia magna is probably the most common organism that is used to assess microplastics toxicity. As a filter-feeding organism, it indiscriminately ingests particles from the water column and is thus highly susceptible to microplastics. For this thesis, we identified some gaps in the available data on the ecotoxicity of microplastics to daphnids. To illuminate some of those gaps the present thesis was aimed at five main aspects:
(1) Tissue translocation of spherical microplastics in Daphnia magna
(2) Investigation of the toxicity of irregularly shaped microplastics
(3) Multigenerational and population effects of microplastics
(4) Comparison of the toxicity of microplastics and natural particles
(5) Effects of particle-aging on microplastics toxicity
The thesis is comprised of three peer-reviewed articles and one so-far unpublished study as “additional results”. The first study was aimed at understanding tissue translocation of spherical microplastics to lipid storage droplets of daphnids. The crossing of biological membranes is discussed as a prerequisite to eliciting tissue damage and an inflammatory response. Previously, researchers reported the translocation of fluorescently labeled spherical microplastics to lipid storage droplets of daphnids, even though no plausible biological mechanism to explain this occurrence. Therefore, in order to learn more about this process and potentially illuminate the mechanism we replicated the study. We were able to observe a fluorescence signal inside the lipid droplets only after increasing the exposure concentrations. Nonetheless, it appeared to be independent of particles. This led to the hypothesis, that the lipophilic fluorescent dye uncoupled from the particles and subsequently accumulated in lipid storage droplets. The hypothesis was further confirmed through an additional experiment with a silicone-based passive sampling device showing that the fluorescence occurred both independent of particles and digestive processes. Accordingly, we concluded that the reported findings were a microscopic artifact caused by the uncoupling of the dye from the particles. Therefore, a fluorescence signal alone is not a sufficient proxy to assume that particles have translocated. It needs to be coupled with additional methods to ensure that the observation is indeed caused by the translocation of particles.
It is still unclear whether the toxicity profile of microplastics is different from that of naturally occurring particles or if they are “just another particle”, as there are innumerable amounts in the natural environment surrounding an organism. The goal of the second study was to compare the toxicity of irregularly shaped polystyrene microplastics to that of the natural particle kaolin. The environment is full of natural non-food particles that daphnids ingest more or less indiscriminately and therefore are well adapted to deal with. Daphnids have a short generation time and usually experience food limitation in nature. Therefore, short-term studies only looking at acute toxicity with ad libitum food availability are not representative of the exposure scenario in nature. For a more realistic scenario, we, therefore, used a four-generation multigenerational design under food limitation to investigate how effects translate from one generation to the next. We observed concentration-dependent effects of microplastics but not of natural particles on mortality, reproduction, and growth. Some of the effects increased from generation to generation, leading to the extinction of two treatment groups. Here, microplastics were more toxic than natural particles. At least part of this difference can be explained by physical properties leading to the quick sedimentation of the kaolin, while microplastics remained in the water column. Nonetheless, buoyancy and sedimentation would also affect exposure in the environment and are likely different for most microplastics than for most naturally occurring particle types.
...
In order to form an organ, cells need to take up specialized functions and tasks. Cellular specialization is guided by an interplay of chemical signals and physical forces, where one influences the other. One aspect in cellular identity is its shape, which e.g. defines how susceptible the cell may be to intercellular signaling or in which section of the cell cycle it is and therefore can tell us about its current state. Shape changes are introduced by motor proteins that are controlled and activated in a locally confined manner. For my thesis, I was interested to understand better how cellular shape and geometry impacts downstream cell and organ development. What happens if a cell cant transition to a specific shape? How does it affect tissue structure? How does it affect further development?
One regulator of motor proteins like non-muscle myosin is Shroom3, which recently has been been shown to be expressed and involved in the development of the zebrafish lateral line organ (1 ). Development of the lateral line occurs through a migrating cluster of initially about 150 cells, the posterior lateral line primordium (pLLP), which migrates from the anterior (head) to the posterior (tail) while depositing cell clusters in a regular pattern. Literature on development of the lateral line suggests that in order for a cell cluster to be deposited from the pLLP, rosette formation is a key requirement. Therefore our expectation from the shroom3 mutant was that the number of clusters deposited was significantly reduced. To our surprise, when we first inspected the end of migration lateral line phenotype we found many individuals with a significant increase in cell clusters deposited.
This made us re-think the role of Shroom3 during rosette assembly and the processes its involved in.
To study the effects of Shroom3 on lateral line development, a mutant line was generated and crossed with various transgenic lines which express fluorescently labeled proteins that locate to organelles such as the plasmamembrane or the nucleus. Following, the mutant with its fluorescent labels was microscopically imaged under different conditions to quantify and analyze various cell-morphometric features. Even though the zebrafish is a popular model organism and its perfectly suited for developmental biology and advanced microscopy, there were no methods that would allow for a standardized and more automated pipeline of data acquisition and processing.
Therefore, in order to accurately quantify the morphogenic processes Shroom3 is involved in, I developed a new toolset that significantly improved and facilitated my research. The toolset consists of (1) a new sample mounting method that is based on a 3D agarose gel that increases the number of embryos that can be mounted and imaged at once and speeds up the imaging process significantly (2) for subseqent image analysis I developed four programs that automate the process and therefore make the results much more reproducible and the analysis much more efficient. The first program is used for end of migration analyses, to deduce the pattern, count and size of Lateral Line cell clusters. The second is used not for end of migration, but for migration analyses (on timelapse recordings). Besides this it also prepares the images for more advanced downstream migration analyses and allows to analyse fluorescence signal on a second channel. The third program is used to analyse the pLLP only at high spatial resolution and to deduce the cell count, 3D cell morphometrics (like the volume) and cell orientation. The fourth program finally is used downstream of the second and third program and is capable of detecting and comparing them with the look of wildtype rosettes.
Here I show that in absence of Shroom3 rosette formation in the migrating pLLP is destabilized leading to facilitated cell cluster deposition and I show how this might be related to traction forces due to a possible interdependence of pLLP acceleration and speed of migration. Furthermore I show that apical constriction and rosette formation is not blocked in Shroom3 deficient embryos, but that larger rosettes are fragmented into many smaller ones. Finally, I give an outlook on how the absense of Shroom3 and hence the absense of morphological changes may deregulate gene transcription by elevating the levels Atoh1a, a transcription factor necessary for hair cell development.
My results and methodology demonstrate the importance of morphology in guiding developmental processes and how rather small morphological changes on the cellular level can impact further development significantly. My work also shows how powerful modern genetics, imaging and image analysis are and how diverse they are in terms of range of questions they are capable of answering. The methods and tools I developed prepare the ground for at least three quarters of the analyses I carried out and together with the documentation and data I provide, they are highly reproducible. In that regard I am especially happy that one of my developments, an improved sample preparation method, is already used by many different labs all over the world helping them to make their results more reproducible.
Across the entire animal kingdom, sociality, i.e. the tendency of individual animals to form a group with conspecifics, is a common trait. Environmental changes have to be met with corresponding, quick adaptations. For social species, the presence of conspecifics is important for survival and if social animals are deprived of access to conspecifics, this can lead to strong and lasting changes on a physiological level as well as behaviour. Gene expression changes responsible for these adaptations have so far not been understood in detail. As social isolation leads to changes on a neuronal level, it is important to investigate the gene expression changes that are induced in the brain. In this thesis, next-generation RNA-sequencing was applied to zebrafish, a well-established model organism characterized by its high degree of companionship. Within the entire brain, gene expression was analysed in zebrafish that were raised either with conspecifis or in isolation, ranging from 5 to 21 days post fertilization. Using this approach, several genes were identified that were downregulated by social isolation. In this thesis, I focused on one of these consistently downregulated genes, parathyroid hormone 2 (pth2). The expression of pth2 was demonstrated to be bidirectionally regulated by the number of conspecifics present and to be responsive to changes in the social environment within 30 minutes. Regulation of pth2 does not occur by visual or chemosensory access to conspecifcs, but is mediated by mechanosensory perception of other fish via the lateral line. In an experiment using an artificial mechanical stimulation paradigm, it was shown that the features necessary to elicit pth2 transcription closely mimick the locomotion of actual zebrafish. Other, similar stimulation paradigms are not capable to induce this transcriptional response.
Terpenes are one of the largest and most diverse class of natural products, produced by organisms from all kingdoms of life and with important applications in the pharma, flavor and fragrance industries. Well-known examples of terpenes are the pharmaceuticals artemisinin and taxol, the flavor and fragrance compounds menthol, santalol and sclareol, the structural material polyisoprene and the biofuel precursor farnesene. The methods and results presented in this work offer a variety of ways to modify terpene precursors for the creation of new terpene molecules. The application of these methodologies in well-established production systems could lead to the production of new substances, with applications in the industrial fields of pharmaceuticals, flavors and fragrances, and biofuels.
Global biodiversity is changing rapidly and contemporary climate change is an important driver of this change. As climate change continues, the challenge is to understand how it may affect the future of biodiversity. This is relevant to informing policy and conservation, but it requires reliable future projections of biodiversity. Biodiversity is the variety of life on Earth which includes the diversity of species. The species on Earth are linked in diverse networks of biotic interactions. Interacting species can respond differently to climate change. This can cause spatial or temporal mismatches between interacting species and result in secondary extinctions of species that lose obligate interaction partners. Yet, accounting for biotic interactions in biodiversity projections remains challenging. One way to address this challenge is the use of trait-based approaches because the impact of climate change on interacting species is influenced by species’ functional traits, i.e., measurable characteristics of the species that influence their abiotic and biotic interactions. First, species’ functional traits influence how species respond to climate change. Second, they influence whether the species find compatible interaction partners in reshuffled species assemblages under climate change. Thus, the overarching aim of this dissertation was to explore how trait-based approaches can increase our understanding of how climate change might affect interacting species. For this, I focussed on interactions between fleshy-fruited plants and avian frugivores along a tropical elevational gradient.
I investigated three principal research questions. First, I investigated how traits related to the sensitivity of avian frugivores to climate change and their adaptive capacity vary along elevation and covary across species. I combined estimates of species’ climatic niche breadth (approximating species’ sensitivity) with traits influencing species’ dispersal ability, dietary niche breadth and habitat niche breadth (aspects of species’ adaptive capacity). Species’ climatic niche breadth increased with increasing elevation, while their dispersal ability and dietary niche breadth decreased with increasing elevation. Across species, there was no significant relationship of the sensitivity of the avian frugivores to climate change and their adaptive capacity. The opposing patterns of species’ sensitivity to climate change and their adaptive capacity along elevation imply that species from assemblages at different elevations may respond differently to climate change. The independence between species’ sensitivity and adaptive capacity suggests that it is important to account for both sensitivity and adaptive capacity to fully understand how climate change might affect biodiversity.
Second, I assessed how climate change might influence the co-occurrence of interaction partners with compatible traits, i.e., the functional correspondence of interacting species. I integrated future projections of species’ elevational ranges considering different vertical dispersal scenarios with analyses of the functional diversity of interacting species assemblages. The functional correspondence of fleshy-fruited plants and avian frugivores was lowest if plant and bird species were projected to contract their ranges towards higher elevations in response to increasing temperatures. Contrastingly, if species were projected to expand their ranges upslope, the functional correspondence remained close. The low functional correspondence under a scenario of range contraction indicates that plant species with specific traits might miss compatible interaction partners in future assemblages. This could negatively affect their seed dispersal ability. These results suggest that ensuring the integrity of biotic interactions under climate change requires that species can shift their ranges upslope unlimitedly.
Third, I examined whether avian seed dispersal is sufficient for plants to track future temperature change along the elevational gradient. With a trait-based modelling approach, I simulated seed-dispersal distances avian frugivores can provide to fleshy-fruited woody plant species and quantified the number of long-distance dispersal events the plant species would require to fully track projected temperature shifts along elevation. Most plant species were projected to require several long-distance dispersal events to fully track the projected temperature shifts in time. However, the number of required long-distance dispersal events varied with the degree of trait matching and plant species’ traits. These findings suggest that avian seed dispersal is insufficient for plants to track future temperature change along the elevational gradient as woody plant species might not be able to undergo several consecutive long-distance dispersal events within a short time window, due to their long maturation times. These results also imply that the ability of bird-dispersed plant species to track climate change is associated with the specialization of the seed dispersal system and with plant species’ traits.
Trait-based approaches are promising tools to study impacts of climate change on interacting species. The trait-based approaches that I have developed in this thesis are applicable more widely, e.g., to other types of biotic interactions, or to assess the effects of other drivers of global change. Moreover, these approaches may be further developed to model changes in biotic interactions under global change more dynamically. Taken together, I have shown how a trait-based perspective could help to account for biotic interactions in biodiversity projections. The development of such approaches and the gained knowledge are urgently needed to facilitate the conservation of biodiversity in a rapidly changing world.
Genetic and genomic tools have provided researchers with the opportunity to address fundamental questions regarding the reintroduction of species into their historical range with greater precision than ever before. Reintroduction has been employed as a conservation method to return locally extinct species to their native range for decades. However, it remains unknown how genetic factors may impact population establishment and persistence at the population and metapopulation level in the short- and long-term. Genetic methods are capable of producing datasets from many individuals, even when only low quality DNA can be collected. These methods offer an avenue to investigate unanswered questions in reintroduction biology, which is vital to provide evidence based management strategies for future projects. The Eurasian lynx (Lynx lynx) and European wildcat (Felis silvestris) are elusive carnivores native to Eurasia and have been the subject of multiple reintroduction attempts into their native range. During the 19th and 20th century, the Eurasian lynx was extirpated from West and Central Europe due to increasing habitat fragmentation and persecution. Similarly, the European wildcat was the subject of human persecution, residing in a few refugia in West and Central Europe. After legal protection in the 1950s, subsequent reintroduction projects of both species began in the 1970s and 1980s and continue to the present. Despite this large focus on species conservation, little attention has been given to the consequences these reintroductions have on the genetic composition of the reintroduced populations and if the populations have a chance of persisting in the long term. These species have not yet benefited from the large range of genetic and genomic techniques currently available to non-model organisms, leaving many fundamental aspects of their reintroduction poorly understood. In my dissertation, I investigate demography, population structure, genetic diversity and inbreeding at the population and metapopulation level in both species. In the introduction, which lays the foundation for the subsequent chapters of this PHD, I provide background on reintroduction, its role in conservation and the genetic consequences on populations, especially populations of apex and mesocarnivores. In Publication I, I investigated the reemergence of the European wildcat in a low mountain region in Germany using fine-scale spatial analysis. I found that the reintroduced population has persisted and merged with an expanding natural population. The reintroduced population showed no genetic differentiation from the natural population suggesting there is a good chance this population has retained sufficient genetic diversity despite reintroduction. In Publication II, I tracked population development and genetic diversity over 15 years in a reintroduced lynx population to determine the genetic ramifications on a temporal scale. I found slow genetic erosion after a period of outbreeding, which fits in line with other reintroduced taxa sharing similar demographic histories. I also found the number of genetic founders to be a fraction of the total released individuals, indicating that reintroduced populations of elusive carnivores may have fewer founder individuals than previously thought. In Publication III, I sampled all surviving lynx reintroductions in West and Central Europe as well as 11 natural populations to compare levels of genetic diversity and inbreeding across the species distribution. I found that all reintroduced populations have lower genetic variability and higher inbreeding than natural populations, which urgently requires further translocations to mitigate possible negative consequences. These translocations could stem from other reintroduced populations or from surrounding natural populations. The results contribute to a growing body of evidence indicating that inbreeding is likely to be more prevalent in wild populations than previously understood. Finally, in the discussion I explore how genetic methods can be applied to post-reintroduction monitoring of felid species to illuminate questions relating to genetic composition after release. The methods employed in these studies and in future work will be highly dependent on the research questions posed. Additionally, I investigate the drivers of the observed genetic patterns including founder size, source population, environmental factors, and population growth. I found that genetic diversity loss patterns across these two felid species are not clearly defined, however, management actions can be taken to mitigate the negative effects of reintroductions. These management actions include further translocation, introducing a sufficient number of released individuals and situating reintroductions adjacent to natural populations. All of these actions can minimize genetic drift and inbreeding, two factors which negatively impact small populations. This thesis further supports mounting evidence that genetic considerations should be assessed before releasing individuals, which allows for incorporation of scientific evidence into the planning process thereby increasing the overall success of reintroduction projects. Ultimately, the resources developed during this dissertation provide a solid baseline and foundation for future work regarding the consequences of reintroductions. This is especially important as an increasing number of species are at risk of extinction and reintroductions of both the European wildcat and Eurasian lynx, as well as many others, are planned in the coming years.
Morbus Parkinson (abgekürzt als PD vom Englischen Parkinson’s disease) ist nach Alzheimer die zweithäufigste neurodegenerative Erkrankung. Die Hauptmerkmale sind Rigidität und Bradykinesie, sowie Tremor und posturale Instabilität. Im Gehirn lässt sich bei Parkinsonpatienten post mortem ein Verlust an Neuronen in der Substantia nigra feststellen, was zu den ersten beiden Anzeichen führt. Zudem gibt es intrazelluläre Einschlüsse in den betroffenen Nervenzellen – Lewy-Körperchen genannt – die aus Alpha-Synuklein und anderen Proteinen wie Ubiquitin zusammengesetzt sind. Außerdem ist der Eisenmetabolismus in Gehirnen von Parkinsonpatienten gestört und man findet Eisen-Ablagerungen, vor allem im Mittelhirn. Die Ursachen für PD sind bislang nicht abschließend geklärt. Der Großteil der Fälle ist sporadischer Natur mit unbekannter Ursache und nur bei einem geringen Anteil liegt eine Mutation in einem einzelnen Gen zugrunde. Die häufigsten Mutationen tritt in den Genen für Alpha-Synuklein (SNCA), PINK1 und PARKIN auf.
Die Serin-Threonin-Kinase PINK1 und die E3-Ubiquitin-Protein-Ligase PARKIN sind zwei Proteine, die in Stresssituationen an der Mitochondrien-Außenmembran am Abbau von alten oder nicht richtig funktionierenden Mitochondrien beteiligt sind. Dieser Vorgang nennt sich Mitophagie.
Die dieser Arbeit zugrunde liegenden Publikationen gehen den Zusammenhängen zwischen mitochondrialen Fehlfunktionen und der Pathogenese von PD nach. Da die Krankheit meist erst im hohen Alter auftritt, davon größtenteils ohne direkte Ursache, liegt der Schluss nahe, dass neben genetischen Ursachen auch Umweltfaktoren eine größere Rolle spielen könnten. Um dies näher zu analysieren, wurden experimentell verschiedene Stressoren eingesetzt.
Insgesamt wurden folgende Aspekte untersucht:
I. Welche Auswirkungen hat das Fehlen von PINK1 auf die Zelle? Gibt es einen Biomarker, der mit höherem Alter immer stärker verändert ist?
II. Welchen Einfluss haben Umweltfaktoren wie veränderte Eisen-Exposition auf die Zelle und was verändert sich beim Fehlen von PINK1?
III. Wie können mitochondriale Fehlfunktionen präferentiell das Nervensystem betreffen, wenn es nicht um respiratorische Insuffizienz geht?
Die einzelnen Studien zeigten folgende Ergebnisse:
Torres-Odio/Key et al. 2017 widmete sich der Suche nach molekularen Biomarkern, wodurch PD präsymptomatisch erkannt und die Progression der Erkrankung eingeschätzt werden kann. Die Transkriptom-Analyse der Kleinhirne von Mäusen mit Pink1-/--Mutation in drei verschiedenen Altersstufen zeigte eindrücklich, dass nicht ein einzelner Faktor immer stärker verändert war, sondern, dass immer mehr Faktoren und daher auch eine steigende Zahl an
Signalwegen mit höherem Alter beteiligt waren. Diese Veränderungen betrafen inflammatorische Signalwege, insbesondere Faktoren, die mit der Erkennung und Verarbeitung von zellfremden Nukleinsäuren assoziiert sind. Aufgrund der evolutionären Herkunft von Mitochondrien als frühere Protobakterien haben mitochondriale Nukleinsäuren und Proteine zum Teil bakterielle Ähnlichkeiten, und könnten bei Fehlfunktionen ins Zytosol gelangen. Vor diesem Hintergrund lassen die Ergebnisse der Studie den Schluss zu, dass das angeborene Immunsystem in Neuronen durch eine PINK1-assoziierte mitochondriale Störung aktiviert wird.
In der Publikation Key et al. 2020 wurde Eisen als ein im täglichen Leben vorkommender Stressor eingesetzt und es wurden systematisch Faktoren des Eisenstoffwechsels bei hohen und niedrigen Eisenspiegeln im Zusammenhang mit Parkinson-Mutationen untersucht. Da Eisen für die Gesundheit von Mitochondrien eine große Rolle spielt und Eisen-Chelatoren als Therapie bei PD Patienten bereits diskutiert werden, haben die molekularen Befunde große Relevanz. Die Ergebnisse zeigen, dass unter niedrigen Eisenspiegeln Proteine reduziert waren, die am Nukleotid-Stoffwechsel beteiligt sind, sowie Faktoren, die Eisen-Schwefel-Cluster als Cofaktoren haben und wichtig für die Nukleotid-Qualitätskontrolle sind. Das Fehlen von Eisen führte zu einer Induktion von Pink1 und Prkn, was auf verstärkte Mitophagie hindeutet. Insgesamt konnte gezeigt werden, dass die mitochondriale Eisen-Schwefel-Cluster Biogenese und die post-transkriptionelle Eisenregulation entscheidend für die Pathogenese von PD, bzw. das gesunde Fortbestehen einer Zelle und letztlich auch eines Organismus sind.
In Key et al. 2019 wurde erstmalig das Gesamt-Ubiquitylom aus Gehirnen von gealterten Parkin-knockout (KO) Mäusen erhoben und analysiert, um Ubiquitylierungs-Substrate von PARKIN zu identifizieren. Hierbei zeigte sich eine veränderte Ubiquitylierung von mehreren Faktoren, die an der zellulären Calcium-Homöostase beteiligt sind. Weitere elektrophysiologische Experimente in Gehirnen von gealterten Parkin-/--KO Mäusen ergaben, dass in Nervenzellen im Locus coeruleus die Geschwindigkeit der spontanen Taktgeber erhöht, dass die langsame Nachhyperpolarisation reduziert und, dass die Dauer der Aktionspotentiale erniedrigt war, ohne Veränderung der Kaliumkanal-Ströme.
Insgesamt geht aus den drei Studien hervor, dass mitochondriale Fehlfunktionen bei dauerhaftem Bestehen weitreichende Folgen für die Gesundheit des Nervensystems haben können, denn auch kleine Veränderungen, seien es durch Mutationen oder Umweltfaktoren wie Eisen, können in einer so großen Lebensspanne wie der des Menschen über Krankheit oder Gesundheit entscheiden!
In allen drei Domänen des Lebens ist in der Translation die Initiation der geschwindigkeits-bestimmende Schritt. Die Effizienz der Translationsinitiation und ihre unterschiedliche Regula-tion ist von Translationsinitiationsfaktoren (IFs) abhängig. Bakterien enthalten nur drei IFs, während die Anzahl bei Archaeen (aIFs) und Eukaryoten (eIFs) deutlich höher ist.
Das Archaeon Haloferax volcanii beispielsweise besitzt 14 Gene, die für aIFs bzw. deren Untereinheiten kodieren. Eine Deletionsanalyse ergab, dass fünf aIFs essenziell und neun aIFs nicht essenziell sind. Um einen Einblick in die Funktions- und Interaktionsbereiche der aIFs in H. volcanii zu erhalten, wurden die aIFs mit einem His-Tag versehen und überexpri-miert. Die Überexpression erfolgte in der jeweiligen Deletionsmutante. Für essenzielle aIFs fand sie im Wildtyp statt. Durch Affinitätsaufreinigungen wurden die aIFs und ihre Bindungs-partner isoliert und mittels Massenspektrometrie (MS) identifiziert. Für den Ausschluss unspe-zifischer Proteine dienten zwei stringente Kontrollen als Referenz, das Reportergen Dihydro-folatreduktase (HVO_1279) mit His-Tag und das Expressionsplasmid ohne Gen.
Die ersten Arbeiten konzentrierten sich auf den heterotrimeren Faktor aIF2. Er bindet die Ini-tiator-tRNA und ist damit für die Bildung des Präinitiationskomplexes von zentraler Bedeu-tung. Der Faktor aIF2 besteht aus jeweils einer α-, β- und γ-Untereinheit. In H. volcanii existie-ren zwei Orthologe für aIF2β. Die Überexpressionen der α-, β1-, β2- und γ-Untereinheiten führten zur Co-Isolation der jeweils anderen Untereinheiten des aIF2 (α, β1/ β2, γ).
Die Strategie der Co-Affinitätsaufreinigung und MS wurde auf alle weiteren annotierten aIFs ausgedehnt, um mögliche Funktionen zu identifizieren und ein potenzielles Interaktionsnetz-werk der aIFs zu erstellen. Für alle aIFs konnte ein unterschiedliches Muster an co-gereinigten Proteinen festgestellt werden. Mitgereinigte Proteine waren aIFs, Proteine der Translation, Transkription, Replikation und ribosomale Proteine. Auch RNA-Polymerase-Untereinheiten (RNAPUs) konnten co-isoliert werden. Mit 13 der 14 aIFs konnten andere Ini-tiationsfaktoren co-gereinigt werden. Sechs aIFs konnten zu Beginn bei keinem weiteren Initi-ationsfaktor mitgereinigt werden. Einer dieser Faktoren war aIF2β-1, der jedoch in den Affini-tätsaufreinigungen mit nachfolgender FPLC von aIF2β-2 identifiziert werden konnte. Der Fak-tor aIF1 konnte nur in der stationären Phase von aIF2α mitgereinigt werden.
Die am häufigsten co-gereinigten Proteine waren aIF2Bδ-1 und aIF5B. Für aIF2Bδ-1 kam dies überraschend, da er bereits als Translationsinitiationsfaktor ausgeschlossen wurde. Mit dem Faktor aIF2Bδ-1 selbst konnten fünf aIFs co-gereinigt werden.
Da mit den aIFs auch RNAPUs co-gereinigt werden konnten, wurden sieben RNAPUs ebenfalls mit einem His-Tag versehen und überexprimiert. Auch mit den RNAPUs konnten aIFs, sowie weitere Proteine der Translation mitgereinigt werden.
Diese Umstände legen nahe, dass es möglicherweise eine engere Verbindung der Tran-skription und Translation in H. volcanii geben könnte, als bisher angenommen.
Fatty acids in oomycetes
(2021)
The central dogma of biology is based on the concatenated transfer of information from DNA, via transcribed mRNA, to the translated protein. In eukaryotes, transcription and translation are separated locally as well as temporally by cellular compartmentalization. Prior to active export factor-dependent transport from the nucleus to the cytosol, the newly formed pre-mRNA must mature. This involves 5'capping, splicing, and endonucleolytic cleavage and polyadenylation (CPA).
Transcription of a new pre-mRNA is terminated by hydrolytic cleavage in the 3'-UTR, and the newly formed 3'-end is protected from premature degradation by synthesis of a poly(A) tail. These processes are catalyzed by four multi-protein complexes (CFIm, CFIIm, CPSF, and CsTF) and poly(A) polymerase (PAP). CPA is sequence-specific and dependent on RNA-binding proteins (RBPs). APA-specific sequences include the poly(A) motif ('AAUAAA' and certain motif variants), the UGUA motif, and U/GU-rich sequences upstream and downstream of the poly(A) signal, respectively. About 70% of mammalian genes have more than one polyadenylation site (PAS) and express transcripts of different lengths by a mechanism called alternative polyadenylation (APA). This can affect the length of the 3'UTR (3'UTR-APA) or the coding sequence of the transcript (CDS-APA) if the alternative PAS is upstream of the STOP codon. The length of the 3'UTR affects the stability, export efficiency, subcellular localization, translation rate, and local translation of the nascent transcript. 3'UTR-APA is regulated in the interplay of the cis-elements (poly(A) motif, UGUA and U/GU) and trans-elements (expression of CPA factors). In this context, the functions of the individual cis and trans elements have been extensively studied, yet the regulation of alternative polyadenylation-the decision whether to use the proximal or distal PAS-is less deciphered and requires additional study.
In murine P19 cells, we were able to demonstrate for the first time a direct link between 3'UTR-APA and nuclear export of mature mRNA by the splicing factors SRSF3 and SRSF7 and decipher the mechanism. At the core here is the direct recruitment of the export factor NXF1 by SRSF3 and SRSF7 to transcripts with 3'UTRs of different lengths.
The primary goal of the thesis presented here was to decipher the function of SRSF3 and SRSF7 in the regulation of 3'UTR-APA and to determine the basic mechanism. For this purpose, various genome-wide methods, such as RNA-Seq, MACE-Seq, and iCLIP-Seq, were integrated and the findings were supported by reporter gene and mutation studies.
Initial determination of the poly(A)-tome in P19 cells by MACE-Seq yielded approximately 16,000 PAS and showed that slightly less than 50% of all genes used two or more PAS and expressed alternative 3'UTR isoforms. Further DaPARS analyses after knockdown of Srsf3 or Srsf7 confirmed that SRSF3 affected more transcripts than SRSF7 and led primarily to the expression of long 3'UTRs, whereas SRSF7 promoted the expression of short 3'UTRs. Integration of SRSF3- and SRSF7-specific iCLIP data suggested a possible competition between SRSF3 and SRSF7 at the proximal PAS (pPAS), which could thus act as a hotspot of 3'UTR regulation.
Experiments with intron-free reporter genes revealed that SRSF3- and SRSF7-dependent regulation of 3'UTR-APA is independent of splicing. With respect to SRSF7, a concentration dependence was demonstrated. Mutation experiments involving the SRSF3- and SRSF7-specific binding motifs in the 3'UTR also confirmed the hypothesis of competition between the two SR proteins.
Extensive Co-IP experiments clearly demonstrated that only SRSF7, but not SRSF3, can interact with CFIm and FIP1 (a subunit from the CPSF complex) in an RNA-independent manner. In addition, we showed that these interactions exhibited some phosphorylation dependence, such that the interaction to FIP1 arose primarily in the semi- to hypophosphorylated state of SRSF7. Whereas the interaction to CFIm was mainly detected in the hyperphosphorylated state. The differential affinity between SRSF3 and SRSF7 for polyadenylation factors could be attributed to two SRSF7-specific domains in subsequent mutation experiments: A CCHC-type Zn finger between the RRM and the RS domain, and a hydrophobic 27 amino acid long region in the middle of the RS domain. Together, this suggested that SRSF3 could block the utilization of pPAS, whereas SRSF7 could activate it by directly recruiting polyadenylation factors.
Interestingly, we showed that knockdown of Srsf3 also negatively regulates the expression of Cpsf6 (a subunit of CFIm) through alternative splicing, which subsequently leads to decreased expression of CPSF6 and of CFIm. Reduction of CFIm led to increased expression of transcripts with short 3'UTR, analogous to knockdown of Srsf3. This mirrors the results of previous studies. A direct comparison between SRSF3- and CPSF6-specific transcripts revealed that not all targets were congruent. In addition, we found preliminary evidence for CFIm-related masking of essential cis-pPAS elements by bimodal UGUA motifs at the pPAS. In summary, we present a novel mechanism of indirect 3'UTR-APA regulation through SRSF3-conditional expression of the CFIm subunit CPSF6.
...
Cellular communication is a concept that can be explained as the transfer of signals or material (such as cytokines, ions, small molecules) between cells from the same or different type, across either short or long distances. Once this signal or material is received, it will, as a rule, promote a functional effect. Several routes, involved in this transfer, are well described and are of global importance for organ/tissue communication in an organism.
The brain interacts dynamically with the immune system, and the main route known to mediate this communication, is via the release of cytokines (by peripheral blood cells), which can then activate certain brain cell types, such as microglia, directly, or activate the vagus nerve transferring signals to neuronal populations in the brain. The communication between these two systems plays a key role in the pathophysiology of neurodegenerative diseases, and the mechanisms involved in this interaction are of central importance for understanding disease initiation and progression and search for therapeutic models.
The Momma lab previously addressed the mechanisms of interaction between the peripheral immune system and the brain by investigating cellular fusion of haematopoietic cells with neurons after inflammation. They addressed the question of whether this phenomenon also occurs under non-invasive conditions. To approach this problem, a genetic tracing model that relies on the Cre-Lox recombination system was used. Transgenic mice expressing Cre recombinase specifically in the haematopoietic lineage were crossed into a Cre-reporter background, thus all haematopoietic cells irreversibly express the reporter marker-gene EYFP. Using this model, EYFP was detected in non-haematopoietic tissues, suggesting the existence of a communication mechanism never described before. As cells containing two nuclei were never detected, fusion as a mechanism was excluded, suggesting that Cre reaches non-haematopoietic cells via a different signalling pathway. The Momma lab investigated whether the transfer of material through extracellular vesicles (EVs) could be behind this periphery-to-brain communication. Using the genetic mouse model, they were able to trace the transfer of Cre RNA via EVs between cells in vivo, generating the first in vivo evidence of functional RNA transfer by EVs between blood and brain.
The last decade has witnessed a rapid expansion of the field of EVs. Initially considered as waste disposal material, recent evidence has challenged this view. EVs are currently considered as a widespread intercellular communication system that can transport and transfer all types of biomolecules, from nucleic acids to lipids and proteins. However, several important questions are still under investigation. One of them is whether EVs are involved in brain pathophysiology, as inflammation plays an important role in onset and progression of neurodegenerative diseases and is well described in Parkinson Disease (PD). Based on preliminary data in a mouse, peripherally injected with a low dose of Lipopolysaccharide (LPS, an endotoxin found in the outer-membrane of Gram-negative bacteria, which causes an immune response), neurons and other cell population in the brain take up EVs from the periphery. Particularly, dopaminergic neurons from Substantia Nigra and Ventral Tegmental Area have been shown to receive functional RNA, transported through EVs, which can lead up to 20% of recombination. Furthermore, different neuronal populations from Hippocampus, Cortex and Cerebellum exhibit recombination, indicating a widespread signalling from blood to the brain. Therefore, the goal of my PhD thesis was to investigate the mechanisms of this transfer and the triggers that lead to EV uptake by neural cells in vivo both in pathological and physiological conditions.
In this project, the extent and function of EV-mediated signalling from blood to brain is explored in the context of peripheral inflammation and neurodegenerative diseases. Firstly, EVs isolated from WT mice were further characterized using size-exclusion chromatography (SEC), Western Blot (WB) and electron microscopy in order to extend the knowledge from previous work done in the Momma lab. Secondly, to expand on the biological relevance of the fact that inflammation is correlated with an increase in EV uptake, different approaches using the genetic murine tracing model were used. Recombination events from haematopoietic cells to the brain have been followed after peripheral injection of LPS. Peripheral inflammation caused by LPS injection led to widespread recombination events in the brain, specifically in microglia and neurons, including dopaminergic (DA) neurons. In contrast, astrocytes, oligodendrocytes and endothelial cells were never or very rarely recombined. Additionally, peripheral LPS injection in a murine model, where Cre is expressed only in erythrocytes, led to recombination events only in microglia, suggesting that the type of EV-secreting cell plays a role in the targeting of EVs to a specific cell population.
Der Verzehr von radioaktiv belasteten Pilzfruchtkörpern stellt ein Gesundheitsrisiko für den Menschen dar und auch fast 35 Jahre nach der Reaktorkatastrophe von Tschernobyl im Jahr 1986 sind Pilze aus Waldökosystemen zum Teil noch stark durch das ausgetretene radioaktive 137Cs belastet. Die Einschätzung der Belastung und somit des Gesundheitsrisikos ist aufgrund einer Vielzahl von Einflussfaktoren, wie z. B. der Pilzart, der Tiefe des Myzels, der Bodenkontamination und der Feuchtigkeit des Bodens, schwierig. Ziel dieser Arbeit war es die Variabilität, den Einfluss verschiedener Faktoren sowie die effektive Halbwertszeit der 137Cs-Aktivität in Pilzfruchtkörpern zu ermitteln. Des Weiteren wurde überprüft, ob die Bodenkontamination für eine Abschätzung der 137Cs-Aktivität von Pilzfruchtkörpern herangezogen werden kann. Für die Untersuchungen wurden über mehrere Jahre Proben von Maronenröhrlingen (Imleria badia) und Steinpilzen (Boletus edulis) aus vier Waldgebieten in Mittel- und Süddeutschland mit unterschiedlichem Aktivitätseintrag nach der Reaktorkatastrophe von Tschernobyl im Jahr 1986 analysiert. Die Gebiete waren Eichenzell, Wülfersreuth, Oberschönenfeld und der Nationalpark Bayerischer Wald. Als Ergänzung dienten zugesendete Proben derselben Pilzarten von Mitgliedern aus Pilzvereinen aus ganz Deutschland. Zusätzlich zu den Pilzproben wurden Bodenproben gemessen, um zum einen die aktuelle Bodenkontamination zu bestimmen und zum anderen zu überprüfen, ob der Großteil des 137Cs weiterhin im Bereich des Pilzmyzels zu finden ist.
Für die Untersuchung der örtlichen Variabilität der 137Cs-Aktivität wurden Maronenröhrlinge (Imleria badia) aus dem Waldgebiet Eichenzell in den Jahren 2017 bis 2019 analysiert. Innerhalb eines Sammeltages variierten die Messwerte verschiedener Proben innerhalb des Waldgebietes teilweise um den Faktor sechs. Dabei ist die Variabilität innerhalb eines Teilgebietes größer als zwischen beiden Teilgebieten des Waldgebietes Eichenzell. Für ein repräsentatives Ergebnis eines Gebietes ist es aufgrund der Variabilität erforderlich, eine ausreichende Menge an Fruchtkörpern zu analysieren.
Um die effektive Halbwertszeit der 137Cs-Aktivität in Maronenröhrlingen (Imleria badia) zu ermitteln, wurden Proben aus drei Waldgebieten über fünf bis neun Jahre analysiert. Die Wahl der drei Waldgebiete erfolgte anhand des 137Cs-Aktivitätseintrags nach der Reaktorkatastrophe von Tschernobyl im Jahr 1986. Die Bodenkontaminationswerte variieren von 3.000 Bq/m² in Eichenzell über 12.500 Bq/m² in Wülfersreuth bis 35.000 Bq/m² in Oberschönenfeld. Die effektiven Halbwerts-zeiten liegen in einem engen Bereich von 5,2 bis 5,8 Jahre mit einem Mittelwert von 5,4 ± 0,3 Jahren. Damit reduziert sich die radioaktive Belastung der Pilzfruchtkörper in etwa fünfmal schneller als durch die rein physikalische Halbwertszeit des 137Cs von 30,08 Jahren. Durch die Hinzunahme von bereits im Jahr 1990 veröffentlichten Daten ergab sich eine längere effektive Halbwertszeit von 7,7 ± 0,6 Jahren.
Für die Untersuchung der zwei Einflussfaktoren Exposition des Sammelgebiets (Hangausrichtung nach Ost oder West) und Höhenlage wurden sowohl Maronenröhrlinge (Imleria badia) als auch Steinpilze (Boletus edulis) hinsichtlich der 137Cs-Aktivität gemessen, um die Auswirkung auf Pilzarten mit unterschiedlichem Akkumulationsvermögen zu analysieren. Als Untersuchungsgebiet diente der Nationalpark Bayerischer Wald, da dieser ein großes Gebiet umfasst und verschiedene Ausprägungen der beiden Faktoren abbildet. Zudem wurde das Gebiet in Folge der Reaktorkatastrophe von Tschernobyl stark kontaminiert und der Park ist ein beliebtes Pilzsammelgebiet. Anhand der 137Cs-Aktivität von Bodenproben konnte das Gebiet in zwei Regionen (Cluster) eingeteilt werden: eine Region mit hohem und eine mit niedrigem Aktivitätseintrag. Im Vergleich wiesen Maronenröhrlinge (Imleria badia) durchschnittlich eine um den Faktor fünf höhere 137Cs-Aktivität als Steinpilze (Boletus edulis) auf. Der Faktor Höhenlage zeigte im Gegensatz zur Exposition einen Einfluss auf die Kontamination der Pilzfruchtkörper. In Bezug auf die Höhenlage war der Einfluss nur im Falle eines hohen Aktivitätseintrags signifikant, wobei die Pilzproben aus der niedrigsten Höhenlage am höchsten belastet waren.
Zur Ermittlung der vertikalen Verteilung des 137Cs im Boden wurden in den Waldgebieten Eichenzell und Nationalpark Bayerischer Wald Proben bis zu einer Tiefe von 24 cm entnommen und anschließend in 2 cm Schichten analysiert. Alle Verteilungen konnten mit einem Gauß-Fit oder einem multiplen Gauß-Fit mit 2 bis 3 Maxima abgebildet werden. Das erste Maximum lag in allen Fällen in den organischen Horizonten oder im Übergangsbereich zum Ah-Horizont. Folglich befindet sich der Großteil des 137Cs fast 35 Jahre nach der Reaktorkatastrophe von Tschernobyl immer noch im Bereich des Pilzmyzels und kann somit von den Pilzen aufgenommen und in den Fruchtkörpern angereichert werden.
Der Vergleich der 137Cs-Aktivität der Pilz- und Bodenproben aus dem Nationalpark Bayerischer Wald ergab sowohl für Maronenröhrlinge (Imleria badia) als auch für Steinpilze (Boletus edulis) eine positive Korrelation. Nach Unterteilung der Proben anhand der Höhenlage zeigte sich eine noch stärkere Korrelation. Dies zeigt, dass neben der Bodenkontamination auch die Höhenlage einen Einfluss auf die 137Cs-Aktivität der Fruchtkörper hat.
...
Despite constant progress in basic and translational research, cancer is still one of the leading cause of death. In particular, tumors of the central nervous system (CNS) are usually associated with dismal prognosis. Although about 100 distinct subtypes of primary CNS tumors have been classified molecularly, metastases derived from primaries outside the CNS (= brain metastases, BrM) are more frequently observed across brain tumor patients. It is estimated that approximately 20 - 40 % of all cancer patients will develop BrM during their course of disease, and basically every tumor type is able to metastasize to the brain. Nevertheless, BrM are most frequently derived from primaries of the lung, breast, and skin (melanoma). Treatment options for patients with BrM are very limited, and standard of care therapies include surgery, ionizing radiation (e.g. whole brain radio-therapy, WBRT), and some systemic and immuno-therapeutic approaches.
The brain represents a unique organ, which in part is due to the presence of the blood-brain barrier, a unit of the neuro-vascular interface ensuring tightly regulated exchange of nutrients, molecules, and cells. Furthermore, apart from microglia the brain parenchyma does not harbor other immune cells. Those cells however can be found at the borders of the CNS residing in the meninges, for instance. Based on recent insight on the immune landscape in the CNS, a paradigm shift occurred after which the brain is no longer regarded as immune-privileged but rather immune distinct. The phenomenon of immune cell infiltration has been described before in the context of neurological disorders including Multiple Sclerosis, as well as in brain tumors.
Since the development of immune-therapeutic approaches for tumors outside the CNS that aim to evoke sustainable anti-tumor effects, it became increasingly interesting to understand and harness the immune landscape (= tumor microenvironment, TME) of brain tumors, as well. Interestingly, most of the knowledge about the TME is based on studies of primary brain tumors. However, it is known that BrM compared to primary brain tumors induce a different TME like e.g. the recruitment of much more lymphocytes, which is one of the reasons primary brain tumors are considered immunologically “cold” and poorly respond to immuno-therapies. Previous insight into the functional contribution of tumor-associated cells in BrM progression revealed for example that brain-resident cell types (e.g. astrocytes or microglia) promote BrM development and outgrowth. However, until recently a comprehensive view on the cellular composition and functional role of the brain metastases-associated TME was missing and little was known how it changes during tumor progression or standard therapy.
Hence, within this thesis it was sought to describe novel aspects of the TME of preclinical BrM models, which include two xenograft and one syngeneic mouse model. BrM was induced via intra-cardiac injection of tumor cells with a high brain tropism. Both xenograft models were based on immuno-compromised nude mice (Balb/c nude) and included the melanoma-to-brain (M2B) model H1_DL2, and the lung-to-brain (L2B) model H2030. In addition the breast-to-brain model 99LN-BrM was used in wild-type mice (BL6), and therefore represented an immuno-competent, syngeneic model. First BrMs could be detected in the xenograft models at 3 weeks after injection, whereas first 99LN BrMs were detected at 5 weeks. BrM development and progression were monitored by bioluminescence imaging once per week in the xenograft models. Tumor progression in the 99LN model was examined by magnetic resonance imaging. Based on the measurement methods, and for further histologic and cytometric experiments, mice were stratified into groups with small or large BrMs, respectively. Some initial immuno-stainings confirmed previous findings, showing that brain-resident cells like astrocytes and microglia become activated in the presence of tumor cells, whereas neurons for example rather give the impression of passive bystanders. Importantly, an accumulation of IBA1+ cells was observed during BrM progression. IBA1 is a pan-macrophage marker that stains all tumor-associated macrophages (TAMs). However previous work suggested that the TAM population consists of at least two main subpopulations in BrM as well: the resident-infiltrating microglia (MG, TAM-MG), as well as the peripheral and monocytic-derived macrophages (TAM-MDM). Since both cell types within the tumor share morphological traits, and due to the lack of markers to distinguish them, an exact discrimination of both cell types was complicated in the past. Recently, an integrative lineage-tracing-based study identified the integrin CD49d as MDM-specific in the context of brain tumor-associated myeloid cells, hence enabling a reliable dissection of both TAM populations in e.g. flow cytometric experiments.
One of the main aims of this thesis was to dissect the myeloid TME in the three different BrM models during tumor progression. Using a 5-marker flow cytometry (FCM) (CD45/CD11b/Ly6C/Ly6G/CD49d) approach, the following cell populations were examined in more detail: granulocytes, inflammatory monocytes, MDM, and MG.
...
Non-ribosomal peptide synthetase docking domains : structure, function and engineering strategies
(2021)
Non-ribosomal peptide synthetases (NRPSs) are known for their capability to produce a wide range of natural compounds and some of them possess interesting bioactivities relevant for clinical application like antibiotics, anticancer, and immunosuppressive drugs. The diverse bioactivity of non-ribosomal peptides (NRPs) originates from their structural diversity, which results not only from the incorporation of non-proteinogenic amino acids into the growing peptide chain, but also the formation of heterocycles or further peptide modifications like methylation, hydroxylation and acetylation.
The biosynthesis of NRPs is achieved via the orchestrated interplay of distinct catalytic domains, which are grouped to modules that are located on one or more polypeptide chains. Each cycle starts with the selection and activation of a specific amino acid by the adenylation (A) domain, which catalyzes the aminoacyl adenylate formation under ATP consumption. This activated amino acid is then bound via a thioester bond to the 4’-phosphopantetheine cofactor (PPant-arm) of the following thiolation (T) domain. Before substrate loading, the PPant-arm is post-translationally added to the T domain by a phosphopantetheinyl transferase (PPTase), which converts the inactive apo-T domain in its active holo-form. In the last step of the catalytic cycle, two T domain bound peptide building blocks are connected by the condensation (C) domain, resulting in peptide bond formation and transfer of the nascent peptide chain to the following module. Each catalytic cycle is performed by a C-A-T elongation module until the termination module with a C-terminal thioesterase (TE) domain is reached. Here, the peptide product is released by hydrolysis or intramolecular cyclisation.
In comparison to single-protein NRPSs, where all modules are encoded on a single polypeptide chain, multi-protein NRPS systems must also maintain a specific module order during the peptide biosynthesis. Therefore, small C-terminal and N-terminal communication-mediating (COM) domains/docking domains (DD) were identified in the C- and N-terminal regions of multi-protein NRPSs. It was shown that these domains mediate specific and selective non-covalent protein-protein interaction, even though DD interactions are generally characterized by low affinities.
The first publication of this work focuses on the Peptide-Antimicrobial-Xenorhabdus peptide-producing NRPS called PaxS, which consists of the three proteins PaxA, PaxB and PaxC. Here, in particular the trans DD interface between the C-terminal attached DD of PaxB and N-terminal attached DD of PaxC was structurally investigated and thermodynamically characterized by isothermal titration calorimetry (ITC), yielding a dissociation constant (KD) of ~25 µM, which is a DD typical affinity known from further characterized DD pairs. The artificial linking of the PaxB/C C/NDD pair via a glycine-serine (GS) linker facilitated the structure determination of the DD complex by solution nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In comparison to known docking domain structures, this DD complex assembles in a completely new fold which is characterized by a central α-helix of PaxC NDD wrapped in two V-shaped α-helices of PaxB CDD.
The first manuscript of this work focuses on the application of synthetic zippers (SZ) to mimic natural docking domains, enabling the easy assembly of NRPS building blocks encoded on different plasmids in a functional way. Here, the high-affinity interaction of SZs unambiguously defines the order of the synthetases derived from single-protein NRPSs in the engineered NRPS system and allows the recombination in a plug-and-play manner. Notably, the SZ engineering strategy even facilitates the functional assembly of NRPSs derived from Gram-positive and Gram-negative bacteria. Furthermore, the functional incorporation of SZs into NRPS modules is not limited to a specific linker region, so we could introduce them within all native NRPS linker regions (A-T, T-C, C-A).
The second publication and the second manuscript of this thesis again focus on the multi-protein PaxS, in particular on the trans interface between the proteins PaxA and PaxB on a molecular level by solution NMR. Therefore, the PaxA CDD adjacent T domain was included into the structural investigation besides the native interaction partner PaxB NDD. Before a three-dimensional structure could be obtained from NMR data, the NH groups located in the peptide bonds had to be assigned to the respective amino acids of the proteins (backbone assignment). Based on these backbone assignments, the secondary structure of PaxA T1-CDD and PaxB NDD in the absence and presence of the respective interaction partner were predicted.
The structural and functional characterization of the PaxA T1-CDD:PaxB NDD complex is summarized in manuscript two. The thermodynamic analysis of this complex by ITC determined a KD value of ~250 nM, whereas the discrete DDs did not interact at all. The high-affinity interaction allowed to determine the solution NMR structure of the PaxA T1-CDD:PaxB NDD complex without the covalent linkage of the interaction partners and an extended docking domain interface could be determined. This interface comprises on the one hand α-helix 4 of the PaxA T1 domain together with the α-helical CDD, and on the other hand the PaxB NDD, which is composed of two α-helices separated by a sharp bend.
...
Most cellular processes are regulated by RNA-binding proteins (RBPs). These RBPs usually use defined binding sites to recognize and directly interact with their target RNA molecule. Individual-nucleotide resolution UV crosslinking and immunoprecipitation (iCLIP) experiments are an important tool to de- scribe such interactions in cell cultures in-vivo. This experimental protocol yields millions of individual sequencing reads from which the binding spec- trum of the RBP under study can be deduced. In this PhD thesis I studied how RNA processing is driven from RBP binding by analyzing iCLIP-derived sequencing datasets.
First, I described a complete data analysis pipeline to detect RBP binding sites from iCLIP sequencing reads. This workflow covers all essential process- ing steps, from the first quality control to the final annotation of binding sites. I described the accurate integration of biological iCLIP replicates to boost the initial peak calling step while ensuring high specificity through replicate re- producibility analysis. Further I proposed a routine to level binding site width to streamline downstream analysis processes. This was exemplified in the re- analysis of the binding spectrum of the U2 small nuclear RNA auxiliary factor 2 (U2AF2, U2AF65). I recaptured the known dominance of U2AF65 to bind to intronic sequences of protein-coding genes, where it likely recognizes the polypyrimidine tract as part of the core spliceosome machinery.
In the second part of my thesis, I analyzed the binding spectrum of the serine and arginine rich splicing factor 6 (SRSF6) in the context of diabetes. In pancreatic beta-cells, the expression of SRSF6 is regulated by the transcription factor GLIS3, which encodes for a diabetes susceptibility gene. It is known that SRSF6 promotes beta-cell death through the splicing dysregulation of genes essential to beta-cell function and survival. However, the exact mechanism of how these RNAs are targeted by SRSF6 remains poorly understood. Here, I applied the defined iCLIP processing pipeline to describe the binding landscape of the splicing factor SRSF6 in the human pancreatic beta-cell line EndoC-H1. The initial binding sites definition revealed a predominant binding to coding sequences (CDS) of protein-coding genes. This was followed up by extensive motif analysis which revealed a so far, in human, unknown purine-rich binding motif. SRSF6 seemed to specifically recognize repetitions of the triplet GAA. I also showed that the number of contiguous triplets correlated with increasing binding site strength. I further integrated RNA-sequencing data from the same cell type, with SRSF6 in KD and in basal conditions, to analyze SRSF6- related splicing changes. I showed that the exact positioning of SRSF6 on alternatively spliced exons regulates the produced transcript isoforms. This mechanism seemed to control exons in several known susceptibility genes for diabetes.
In summary, in my PhD thesis, I presented a comprehensive workflow for the processing of iCLIP-derived sequencing data. I applied this pipeline on a dataset from pancreatic beta-cells to unveil the impact of SRSF6-mediated splicing changes. Thus, my analysis provides novel insights into the regulation of diabetes susceptibility genes.
Die Physiologie des Schmerzes umfasst komplexe immunologische, sensorische und inflammatorische Prozesse im Rückenmark, im Gehirn und in der Peripherie. Wiederholte nozizeptive Stimulation induziert pathophysiologische Veränderungen bei der Schmerzweiterleitung, aus denen eine periphere oder zentrale Sensibilisierung resultiert. Diese kann bei dafür anfälligen Patienten zu der Ausbildung von chronischen Schmerzzuständen führen. Obwohl das Wissen über die genauen molekularen Vorgänge der Schmerz-Chronifizierung noch immer unvollständig ist, sind die Identifizierung von Risikofaktoren vernünftige Schritte, um die individuelle Anfälligkeit für die Entwicklung chronischer Schmerzen zu bestimmen. Das Hauptziel dieser Doktorarbeit bestand daher in der Identifikation humaner genetischer Biomarker für chronische Schmerzzustände.
Octanoic acid (C8 FA) is a medium-chain fatty acid which, in nature, mainly occurs in palm kernel oil and coconuts. It is used in various products including cleaning agents, cosmetics, pesticides and herbicides as well as in foods for preservation or flavoring. Furthermore, it is investigated for medical treatments, for instance, of high cholesterol levels. The cultivation of palm oil plants has surged in the last years to satisfy an increasing market demand. However, concerns about extensive monocultures, which often come along with deforestation of rainforest, have driven the search for more environmentally friendly production methods. A biotechnological production with microbial organisms presents an attractive, more sustainable alternative.
Traditionally, the yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae has been utilized by mankind in bread, wine, and beer making. Based on comprehensive knowledge about its metabolism and genetics, it can nowadays be metabolically engineered to produce a plethora of compounds of industrial interest. To produce octanoic acid, the cytosolic fatty acid synthase (FAS) of S. cerevisiae was utilized and engineered. Naturally, the yeast produces mostly long-chain fatty acids with chain lengths of C16 and C18, and only trace amounts of medium-chain fatty acids, i.e. C8-C14 fatty acids. To generate an S. cerevisiae strain that produces primarily octanoic acid, a mutated version of the FAS was generated (Gajewski et al., 2017) and the resulting S. cerevisiae FASR1834K strain was utilized in this work as a starting strain.
The goal of this thesis was to develop and implement strategies to improve the production level of this strain. The current mode of quantification of octanoic acid includes labor-intensive, low-throughput sample preparation and measurement – a main obstacle in generating and screening for improved strain variants. To this end, a main objective of this thesis was the development of a biosensor. The biosensor was based on the pPDR12 promotor, which is regulated by the transcription factor War1. Coupling pPDR12 to GFP as the reporter gene on a multicopy plasmid allowed in vivo detection via fluorescence intensity. The developed biosensor enabled rapid and facile quantification of the short- and medium-chain fatty acids C6, C7 and C8 fatty acids (Baumann et al., 2018). This is the first biosensor that can quantify externally supplied octanoic acid as well as octanoic acid present in the culture supernatant of producer strains with a high linear and dynamic range. Its reliability was validated by correlation of the biosensor signal to the octanoic acid concentrations extracted from culture supernatants as determined by gas chromatography. The biosensor’s ability to detect octanoic acid in a linear range of 0.01-0.75 mM (≈1-110 mg/L), which is within the production range of the starting strain, and a response of up to 10-fold increase in fluorescence after activation was demonstrated.
A high-throughput FACS (fluorescence-activated cell sorting) screening of an octanoic acid producer strain library was performed with the biosensor to detect improved strain variants (Baumann et al., 2020a). For this purpose, the biosensor was genomically integrated into an octanoic acid producer strain, resulting in drastically reduced single cell noise. The additional knockout of FAA2 successfully prevented medium-chain fatty acid degradation. A high-throughput screening protocol was designed to include iterative enrichment rounds which decreased false positives. The functionality of the biosensor on single cell level was validated by adding octanoic acid in the range of 0-80 mg/L and subsequent flow cytometric analysis. The biosensor-assisted FACS screening of a plasmid overexpression library of the yeast genome led to the detection of two genetic targets, FSH2 and KCS1, that in combined overexpression enhanced octanoic acid titers by 55 % compared to the parental strain. This was the first report of an effect of FSH2 and KCS1 on fatty acid titers. The presented method can also be utilized to screen other genetic libraries and is a means to facilitate future engineering efforts.
In growth tests, the previously reported toxicity of octanoic acid on S. cerevisiae was confirmed. Different strategies were harnessed to create more robust strains. An adaptive laboratory evolution (ALE) experiment was conducted and several rational targets including transporter- (PDR12, TPO1) and transcription factor-encoding genes (PDR1, PDR3, WAR1) as well as the mutated acetyl-CoA carboxylase encoding gene ACC1S1157A were overexpressed or knocked out in producer or non-producer strains, respectively. Despite contrary previous reports for other strain backgrounds, an enhanced robustness was not observable. Suspecting that the utilized laboratory strains have a natively low tolerance level, four industrial S. cerevisiae strains were evaluated in growth assays with octanoic acid and inherently more robust strains were detected, which are suitable future production hosts.
...
The oleochemical and petrochemical industries provide diverse chemicals used in personal care products, food and pharmaceutical industries or as fuels, oils, polymers and others. However, fossil resources are dwindling and concerns about these conventional production methods have risen due to their strong negative impact on the environment and contribution to climate change.
Therefore, alternative, sustainable and environmentally friendly production methods for oleochemical compounds such as fatty acids, fatty alcohols, hydroxy fatty acids and dicarboxylic acids are desired. The biotechnological production by engineered microorganism could fulfill these requirements. The concept of metabolic engineering, which is the modification of metabolic pathways of a host organism for increased production of a target compound, is a widely used strategy in biotechnology to generate cell factories or chassis strains for robust, efficient and high production. In this work, the versatile model and industrial yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae was manipulated by metabolic engineering strategies for increased production of the medium-chain fatty acid octanoic acid and de novo production the derived 8-hydroxyoctanoic acid.
Octanoic acid production was enabled by the fatty acid biosynthesis pathway by use of a mutated fatty acid synthase (FASRK) in a wild type FAS deficient strain. The yeast fatty acid synthase (FAS) consists of two polypeptides, α and β, which assemble to a α6β6 complex in a co-translational manner by interaction of the subunits. Because this step might be subject to cellular regulation, the α- and β- subunits of fatty acid synthase were fused to form a single-chain construct (fusFASRK), which displayed superior octanoic acid production compared with split FASRK. Thus, FASRK expression was identified as a limiting step of octanoic acid production. But the strains that produce octanoic acid have a severe growth defect that is undesirable for biotechnological applications and could lead to lower production titers. One reason is the strong
inhibitory effect of octanoic acid. Another possibility is that the mutant FAS no longer produces enough essential long-chain fatty acids. To compensate for this, the mutated split and fused FAS variants were co-expressed individually in a strain harboring genomic wild type FAS alleles. In
addition, mutant and wild type variants of fused and split FAS were co-expressed together in a FAS deficient strain. However, both cases resulted in decreased octanoic acid titers potentially by physical and/or metabolic crosstalk of the FAS variants.
The fatty acid biosynthesis relies on cytosolic acetyl-CoA for initiation and derived malonyl-CoA for elongation and requires NADPH for reductive power. To increase production of octanoic acid, engineering strategies for increased acetyl-CoA and NADHP supply were investigated. First, the flux through the native cytosolic acetyl-CoA and NADPH providing pyruvate dehydrogenase bypass was enhanced by overexpression of the target genes ADH2, ALD6 and ACSL461P from Salmonella enterica in combination or individually. Next, the acety-CoA forming heterologous phosphoketolase/phosphotransacetylase pathway was expressed and NADPH formation was increased by redirecting the flux of glucose-6-phosphate into the NADPH producing oxidative branch of the pentose phosphate pathway. In particular, the flux through glycolysis and pyruvate dehydrogenase bypass was reduced by downregulating the expression of the phosphoglucose isomerase PGI1 and deleting the acetaldehyde dehydrogenase ALD6. Glucose-6-phosphate was guided into the pentose phosphate pathway by overexpressing the glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase ZWF1. The first approach did not influence octanoic acid production but the latter increased yields in the glucose consumption phase by 65 %. However,
combining the superior fusFASRK with acetyl-CoA and NADPH supply engineering strategies did not result in additive production effects, indicating that other limitations hinder high octanoic acid accumulation. Limitations could be caused in particular by the strong inhibitory effects of octanoic acid or by intrinsic limitations of the FASRK mutant. To enlarge the octanoic acid production platform towards other derived valuable oleochemical compounds the de novo production of 8-hydroxyoctanoic acid was targeted. Since short- and medium-chain fatty acids have a strong inhibitory effect on Saccharomyces cerevisiae, the inhibitory effect of hydroxy fatty acid and dicarboxylic with eight or ten carbon atoms were compared and revealed only little or no growth impairment. Subsequently, the formation of 8-hydroxyoctanoic acid was targeted by a terminal hydroxylation of externally supplied octanoic acid in a bioconversion. For that, three heterologous genes, encoding for cytochromes P450 enzymes and their cognate cytochrome P450 reductases were expressed and 8-hydroxyoctanoic acid production was compared. In addition, the use of different carbon sources was compared.
...
Exploring the in vivo subthreshold membrane activity of phasic firing in midbrain dopamine neurons
(2021)
Dopamine is a key neurotransmitter that serves several essential functions in daily behaviors such as locomotion, motivation, stimulus coding, and learning. Disrupted dopamine circuits can result in altered functions of these behaviors which can lead to motor and psychiatric symptoms and diseases. In the central nervous system, dopamine is primarily released by dopamine neurons located in the substantia nigra pars compacta (SNc) and ventral tegmental area (VTA) within the midbrain, where they signal behaviorally-relevant information to downstream structures by altering their firing patterns. Their “pacemaker” firing maintains baseline dopamine levels at projection sites, whereas phasic “burst” firing transiently elevates dopamine concentrations. Firing activity of dopamine neurons projecting to different brain regions controls the activation of distinct dopamine pathways and circuits. Therefore, characterization of how distinct firing patterns are generated in dopamine neuron populations will be necessary to further advance our understanding of dopamine circuits that encode environmental information and facilitate a behavior.
However, there is currently a large gap in the knowledge of biophysical mechanisms of phasic firing in dopamine neurons, as spontaneous burst firing is only observed in the intact brain, where access to intrinsic neuronal activity remains a challenge. So far, a series of highly-influential studies published in the 1980s by Grace and Bunney is the only available source of information on the intrinsic activity of midbrain dopamine neurons in vivo, in which sharp electrodes were used to penetrate dopamine neurons to record their intracellular activity. A novel approach is thus needed to fill in the gap. In vivo whole-cell patch-clamp method is a tool that enables access to a neuron’s intrinsic activity and subthreshold membrane potential dynamics in the intact brain. It has been used to record from neurons in superficial brain regions such as the cortex and hippocampus, and more recently in deeper regions such as the amygdala and brainstem, but has not yet been performed on midbrain dopamine neurons. Thus, the deep brain in vivo patch-clamp recording method was established in the lab in an attempt to investigate the subthreshold membrane potential dynamics of tonic and phasic firing in dopamine neurons in vivo.
The use of this method allowed the first in-depth examination of burst firing and its subthreshold membrane potential activity of in vivo midbrain dopamine neurons, which illuminated that firing activity and subthreshold membrane activity of dopamine neurons are very closely related. Furthermore, systematic characterization of subthreshold membrane patterns revealed that tonic and phasic firing patterns of in vivo dopamine neurons can be classified based on three distinct subthreshold membrane signatures: 1) tonic firing, characterized by stable, non-fluctuating subthreshold membrane potentials; 2) rebound bursting, characterized by prominent hyperpolarizations that initiate bursting; and 3) plateau bursting, characterized by transient, depolarized plateaus on which bursting terminates. The results thus demonstrated that different types of phasic firing are driven by distinct patterns of subthreshold membrane activity, which may potentially signal distinct types of information. Taken together, the deep brain in vivo patch-clamp technique can be used for the investigation of firing mechanisms of dopamine neurons in the intact brain and will help address open questions in the dopamine field, particularly regarding the biophysical mechanisms of burst firing in dopamine neurons that control behavior.
Plastics contain a complex mixture of chemicals including polymers, additives, starting substances and side-products of processing. These plastic chemicals are prone to leach into the packaged goods, in the case of food contact materials (FCMs), or into the natural environment, in the case of plastic debris. Thus, plastics represent an exposure source of chemicals for humans and wildlife alike. While it is widely known that individual plastic chemicals, such as bisphenol A and phthalates, are hazardous, little is known on the overall chemical composition and toxicity of plastics. When fragmented into smaller particles, referred to as microplastics (< 5 mm), the plastic itself can be ingested by many species. It is well established that microplastic ingestion can have negative consequences for a wide range of organisms including invertebrates, but the contribution of plastic chemicals to the toxicity of microplastics is unclear.
Given the above, the present thesis aimed at a comprehensive toxicological, ecotoxicological and chemical characterization of everyday plastics. For a comparative evaluation, 77 plastic products were selected covering 16 material types (e.g., polyethylene) made from petroleum or renewable feedstocks. These products included biodegradable products, FCMs and non-FCMs, as well as raw materials and final products, respectively. In the first two studies, the chemical mixtures contained in the 77 products were extracted with methanol and extracts were analyzed in a set of four in vitro bioassays and by non-target high-resolution gas or liquid chromatography mass spectrometry. Since an exposure only occurs if chemicals actually leach under realistic conditions, in a third study migration experiments with water were conducted for 24 out of the 77 products. The aqueous migrates were assessed in the same way as the methanolic extracts. In addition, the freshwater invertebrate Daphnia magna was exposed chronically to microplastics made of polyvinylchloride (PVC), polyurethane (PUR) and polylactic acid (PLA) to investigate the contribution of chemicals in microplastic toxicity, in a fourth study.
The experimental findings demonstrate that a wide variety of chemicals is present in plastics. A single plastic product can contain up to several thousand chemical features, most of which unique to that product and at the same time unknown. The results also indicate that the majority of these chemical mixtures are toxic in vitro. Accordingly, 65% of the plastic extracts induced baseline toxicity and 42% an oxidative stress response, while 25% had an antiandrogenic and 6% an estrogenic activity. This implies that chemicals causing unspecific toxicity are more prevalent in plastics than such with endocrine effects. These chemicals can also leach from plastics under realistic conditions. Between 17 and 8936 chemical features were detected in a single migrate sample and all 24 tested migrates induced in vitro toxicity. This means that humans and wildlife can actually be exposed to toxic plastic chemicals under realistic conditions. Generally, each product has its individual toxicological and chemical fingerprint. Thus, neither material type, feedstock, biodegradability nor the food contact suitability of a product can serve as a predictor for the toxicity, the chemical composition or complexity of a product. Likewise, this means that bio-based and biodegradable materials are not superior to their petroleum-based counterparts from a toxicological perspective despite being promoted as sustainable alternatives to conventional plastics.
Moreover, the present thesis demonstrates that plastic chemicals can be the main driver for microplastic toxicity. Irregular microplastics made of PVC, PUR and PLA adversely affected life-history traits of D. magna in a polymer type- and endpoint-dependent manner at concentrations between 100 and 500 mg L-1 and with a higher efficiency than natural kaolin particles. While the toxicity of PVC was triggered by the chemicals used in the material, the effects of PUR and PLA were induced by the physical properties of the particle.
In addition, in the fifth study, results and observations made during this thesis were integrated inter- and transdisciplinarily with the perspectives of a social scientist and a product manufacturer. This elucidated that knowledge on plastic ingredients is often concealed, is lacking or not applicable in practice. These intransparencies hinder the safety evaluation of plastic products as well as the choice and sale of the least toxic packaging material.
Overall, the present thesis highlights that the chemical safety of plastics and their bio-based and biodegradable alternatives is currently not ensured. Thus, chemicals require more consideration in the toxicity and risk assessment of plastics and microplastics. Product-specific and complex chemical compositions, including unknown compounds, pose a challenge here. Two essential steps towards non-toxic products are to increase transparency along the product life cycle and to reduce the chemical complexity of plastics by communication and regulation. The results of the present thesis indicate that products exist which do not contain toxic chemicals. These can serve to direct the design of safer plastics. Since toxicity and chemical complexity seem to increase with processing, the integration of toxicity testing during the production steps would further support the safe and sustainable production and use of plastic products.
Sympathetic influences on articular cartilage regeneration capacity and osteoarthritis manifestation
(2021)
The pathogenesis of osteoarthritis (OA) involves articular cartilage, synovial tissue and subchondral bone and is therefore a disease of the whole joint. OA is characterized by progressive degradation of cartilage, synovial inflammation, osteophyte formation and subchondral bone sclerosis. Cartilage-surrounding tissues are innervated by tyrosine hydroxylase (TH)-positive sympathetic nerve fibers with the most important sympathetic neurotransmitter norepinephrine (NE) detected in the synovial fluid of OA patients. Furthermore, adrenergic receptors are expressed in different knee joint tissues. Most in vitro studies indicate a potential role of the β2-adrenergic receptor, which has been not investigated during OA pathogenesis in vivo. The role of the sympathetic nervous system (SNS) in OA progression has not yet been studied. Therefore, the objective of this study was to analyze how the SNS and NE influence the MSC dependent cartilage regeneration in vitro and the OA pathogenesis and manifestation in vivo.
In the first part of this study, the effect of NE on the chondrogenesis of sASC, which are known to play an important role in cartilage regeneration was analyzed in vitro. In the second part of this study, the role of the SNS was studied in vivo in mice that were sympathectomized chemically followed by surgically induced OA. The specific focus was on the β2-adrenergic receptor effects on OA pathogenesis, which were analyzed in β2-adrenergic receptor-deficient mice.
The in vitro experiments have shown that NE reduced the chondrogenic potential of sASCs by decreasing the expression of type II collagen and sGAG. NE mediated these effects mainly by the α2-AR signalling. Furthermore, NE treatment led to activation of the ERK1/2 signal pathway. These findings suggested that the sympathetic neurotransmitter NE might suppress the chondrogenic capacity of MSC and their dependent cartilage regeneration and may also play a role in OA progression and manifestation.
The in vivo study has shown that sympathectomy reduced synovial TH-positive nerve fibers in the synovium and the NE concentration in the spleen significantly. In WT mice, DMM leads to increased NE concentrations in the spleen compared to sham mice indicating an increased SNS activity after mechanical stress or inflammation due to DMM. Sympathectomy leads to less pronounced cartilage degeneration (OARSI score) after DMM compared to DMM in WT mice. Furthermore, the release of the type II collagen degradation fragment CTX-II was abolished in Syx DMM mice compared to WT DMM mice, suggesting that less SNS activity due to sympathectomy reduced the cartilage degeneration during OA pathogenesis. Similarly, sympathectomy decreased the synovitis score significantly after DMM compared to DMM in
WT mice. Synovitis in WT mice was accompanied by increased MMP-13 expression in the synovium after DMM, compared to Syx mice. Cartilage degeneration seemed to be driven mainly by the increased synovial inflammation accompanied by an increased MMP13 expression in synoviocytes and not in chondrocytes. The pathological changes in synovium and cartilage might also be linked to each other, as indicated by the moderate correlation between the synovial inflammation (synovitis score) and cartilage degeneration (OARSI score). Subchondral bone volume as well the thickness of the subchondral bone plate (SCBP) and calcified cartilage (CC) were increased in Syx mice compared to WT after DMM. The data on DMM induction in β2-AR deficient mice revealed that the β2-AR signaling is involved in cartilage degeneration and the aggravated subchondral bone changes as these mice had less pronounced cartilage degeneration compared to WT mice. While the cartilage degeneration was similar, the subchondral bone changes were more pronounced in β2-AR deficient mice compared to the Syx mice.
Overall, the SNS had differential effects in cartilage, synovium and subchondral bone. A reduced SNS activity by sympathectomy attenuated cartilage degeneration and synovitis but aggravated the OA specific subchondral bone changes. These findings provide new insights into the development of novel therapeutic strategies for OA by targeting the SNS in a tissue- specific manner.
A large number of chemicals are constantly introduced to surface water from anthropogenic and natural sources. Although substantial efforts have been made to identify these chemicals (e.g potentially anthropogenic contaminants) in surface waters using liquid chromatography coupled to high resolution mass spectrometry (LC-HRMS), a large number of LC-HRMS chemical signals often with high peak intensity are left unidentified. In addition to synthetic chemicals and transformation products, these signals may also represent plant secondary metabolites (PSMs) released from vegetation through various pathways such as leaching, surface run-off and rain sewers or input of litter from vegetation. While this may be considered as a confounding factor in screening of water contaminants, it could also contribute to the cumulative toxic risk of water contamination. However, it is hardly known to what extent these metabolites contribute to the chemical mixture of surface waters. Thus, reducing the number of unknowns in water samples by identifying also PSMs in significant concentrations in surface waters will help to improve monitoring and assessment of water quality potentially impacted by complex mixtures of natural and synthetic compounds. Therefore, the main focus of the present study was to identify the occurrence of PSMs in river waters and explore the link between the presence of vegetation along rivers and detection of their corresponding PSMs in river
water.
In order to achieve the goals of the present thesis, two chemical screening approaches, namely, non-target and target screening using LC-HRMS were implemented. (1) Non-target analysis involving a novel approach has been applied to associate unknown peaks of high intensity in LC-HRMS to PSMs from surrounding vegetation by focusing on peaks overlapping between river water and aqueous plant extracts (Annex A1). (2) LC–HRMS target screening in river waters were performed for about 160 PSMs, which were selected from a large phytotoxin database (Annex A2 and A3) considering their expected abundance in the vegetation, their potential mobility, persistence and toxicity in the water cycle and commercial availability of standards.
In non-target screening (Annex A1), a high number of overlapping peaks has been found in between aqueous plant extracts and water from adjacent location, suggesting a significant impact of vegetation on chemical mixtures detectable in river waters. The chemical structures were assigned for 12 pairs of peaks while several pairs of peaks
whose MS/MS spectra matched but no structure suggestion were made by the implemented software tools for retrieving possible chemical structure. Nevertheless, the pairs of peaks with matching spectra represented the same chemical structure. The identified compound belonged to different compound classes such as coumarins, flavonoids besides others. For the identified PSMs individual concentration up to 5 µg/L were measured. The concentration and the number of detected PSMs per sample were correlated with the rain event and vegetation coverage.
Target screening unraveled the occurrence of 33 out of 160 target compounds in river waters (Annex A2 and A3). The identified compounds belonged to different classes such as alkaloids, coumarins, flavonoids, and other compounds. Individual compound concentrations were up to several thousand ng/L with the toxic alkaloids narciclasine and
lycorine recording highest maximum concentrations. The neurotoxic alkaloid coniine from poison hemlock was detected at concentrations up to 0.4 µg/L while simple coumarins
esculetin and fraxidin occurred at concentrations above 1 µg/L. The occurrence of some PSMs in river water were correlated to the specific vegetation growing along the rivers while the others were linked to a wide range of vegetation. As an example, narciclasine and lycorine was emitted by the dominant plant species from Amaryllidaceae family (e.g. Galanthus nivalis (snow drop), Leucojum vernum and Anemone nemorosa) while intermedine and echimidine were from Symphytum officinale. The ubiquitous occurrence of simple coumarins fraxidin, scopoletin and aesculetin could be linked to their presence in a wide range of vegetation.
Due to lack of aquatic toxicity data for the identified PSMs (in both target and non-target) and extremely scarce exposure data, no reliable risk assessment was possible.
Alternatively, risk estimation was performed using the threshold for toxicological concern (TTC) concept developed for drinking water contaminants. Many of the identified PSMs
exceeded the TTC value (0.1 µg/L) thus caution should be taken when using such surface waters for drinking water abstraction or recreational use.
This thesis provides an overview of the occurrence of PSMs in river water impacted by the massive presence of vegetation. Concentration for many of the identified PSMs are well within the range of those of synthetic environmental contaminants. Thus, this study adds to a series of recent results suggesting that possibly toxic PSMs occur in relevant concentrations in European surface waters and should be considered in monitoring and risk assessment of water resources. Aquatic toxicity data for PSMs are extensively lacking but are required to include these compounds in the assessment of risks to aquatic organisms and for eliminating risks to human health during drinking water production.
In der vorliegenden Arbeit wurde das Zinkfinger-µ-Protein HVO_2753 des halophilen Archaeons Haloferax volcanii hinsichtlich seiner biologischen Funktion und seiner Struktur charakterisiert.
Zinkfinger-µ-Proteine wurden bisher nur sehr wenig untersucht, während ihnen jedoch in den letzten Jahren steigendes Interesse entgegengebracht wird. Im Genom von H. volcanii sind mehr als 40 solcher Zinkfinger-µ-Proteine codiert. Von diesen besitzt mit HVO_2753 lediglich eines nicht nur zwei, sondern vier der charakteristischen C(P)XCG-Muster, was für die Anwesenheit von zwei Zinkfinger-Motiven spricht. Während Homologe von HVO_2753 in vielen Euryachaeota vorkommen und manche davon als Zink-Ribbon RNA-Bindeproteine annotiert sind, ist über ihre Funktion jedoch nichts bekannt. Zur Charakterisierung des Proteins wurde zunächst eine in frame-Deletionsmutante seines Gens erstellt und diese einer phänotypischen Charakterisierung unterzogen. Die Mutante wies, verglichen mit dem Wildtyp, keine Unterschiede im Wachstum in Komplexmedium oder in synthetischem Medium mit Glukose als Kohlenstoffquelle auf. Ein schweres Defizit konnte jedoch sowohl bei der Adhäsion und Biofilmbildung als auch der Schwärmfähigkeit der Deletionsmutante festgestellt werden. Während die Schwärmfähigkeit des Wildtyps durch plasmidische Expression von HVO_2753 in der Deletionsmutante teilweise wiederhergestellt werden konnte, war eine solche Komplementation bei der Biofilmbildung nicht möglich. Die Analyse der Relevanz ausgewählter Aminosäuren, wie beispielsweise das jeweils erste Cystein in jedem C(P)XCG-Muster zeigte, dass die Substitution jeder einzelnen der getesteten Aminosäuren einen Funktionsverlust des Proteins nach sich zieht. Die Untersuchung des HVO_2753-Transkripts mittels Northern Blot-Analyse bestätigte erste Hinweise aus vorangegangenen dRNA- und RNA-Seq-Studien, die eine Co-Transkription von HVO_2753 mit dem Nachbargen HVO_2752, das für den Translations-Elongationsfaktor aEF-1 beta codiert, aufzeigten. Daraufhin erfolgte eine Untersuchung des Ribosomenprofils, bei der keine Unterschiede zwischen der Deletionsmutante und der Überexpressionsmutante von HVO_2753 festgestellt werden konnten.
Eine Variante von HVO_2753 mit N-terminalem Hexahistidin-Tag wurde homolog überproduziert und aufgereinigt. Die Überproduktion und Aufreinigung wurden im Zuge dieser Arbeit weiter, speziell für HVO_2753, optimiert. So konnten große Mengen von HVO_2753n überproduziert und bei nativen Salzbedingungen mittels Nickel-Affinitätschromatographie und anschließender Größenausschlusschromatographie aufgereinigt werden. Eine massenspektrometrische Analyse bestätigte sowohl das Molekulargewicht als auch die Abwesenheit posttranslationaler Modifikationen. Die Untersuchung der Menge an gebundenem Zink im Protein erfolgte beim Zink-Assay mit Hilfe des hochsensitiven und hochspezifischen Fluorophors ZnAF-2F. Dabei konnte gezeigt werden, dass überraschenderweise lediglich ein Zink-Ion in HVO_2753 gebunden vorliegt.
Zur weiteren Funktionsaufklärung erfolgte eine Interaktionspartnersuche. Hierfür wurde HVO_2753 überproduziert, ein in vivo-Crosslink und anschließend eine native Aufreinung durchgeführt. Die massenspektrometrische Analyse ausgewählter Fraktionen nach der Größenausschlusschromatographie ergaben eine Vielzahl an möglichen Bindepartnern. Besonders häufig wurde hier die GalE family Epimerase/Dehydratase gefunden. Eine weitere Methode zur Suche nach Interaktionspartnern richtete sich auf RNAs. Hier konnten mittels eines eigens entwickelten Protokolls neben RNAs des Translationsapparates auch mehrfach die tRNA(Glu) gefunden werden.
Zusätzlich sollte die Transkriptomanalyse mittels RNA-Sequenzierung Unterschiede zwischen Wildtyp, Deletionsmutante und Komplementationsmutante aufzeigen. Hier wurden weitreichende Auswirkungen der Deletion von HVO_2753 gefunden. Zahlreiche Gene in mehreren Operons zur Motilität und Chemotaxis lagen in der Deletionsmutante stark herunterreguliert vor, während die Gene einiger Metallionen-Transporter und der Eisen(III)-Siderophor-Biosynthese hochreguliert vorlagen. In der Komplementationsmutante konnten nur von den letzteren Genen Transkriptlevel vergleichbar mit denen des Wildtyps wiedergefunden werden.
In dieser Arbeit konnte gezeigt werden, dass das kleine Zinkfinger-Protein HVO_2753 eine essenzielle Rolle in der positiven Regulation der Motilität, Chemotaxis und der Adhäsion bzw. Biofilmbildung spielt. Gleichzeitig übt HVO_2753 eine negative Regulation auf den Metallionen-Transport und die Biosynthese des Eisen(III)-Siderophors aus.
Photorhabdus and Xenorhabdus are Gram-negative, entomopathogenic bacteria, living in endosymbiosis with the soil-dwelling nematode of the genera Steinernema and Heterorhabditis. The life cycle of these nematodes consists of non-feeding infective juvenile (IJ) stage, which actively searches for insects in the soil. After penetrating the insect prey, Photorhabdus and Xenorhabdus bacteria are released from the nematode gut. The bacteria proliferate and produce toxins to kill the insect. Photorhabdus and Xenorhabdus support nematode development throughout the life cycle and to get rid of food competitors by providing a wide variety of specialized metabolites (SMs). However, little is known about which SMs function as so called “food signals” to trigger the development process.
The IJs develop into adult, self-fertilizing hermaphrodites in a process called recovery, while feeding on cadaver and bacterial biomass. Heterorhabditis and Steinernema proceed to breed until nutrients are exhausted. Next generation IJs (NG-IJs) develop and leave the cadaver to search for another insect prey.
Photorhabdus and Xenorhabdus can be cultivated in defined medium under laboratory conditions. By placing IJs on a plate containing their respective bacterial symbiont, the complete life cycle of the nematodes can be observed in vitro. The in vitro nematode bioassay was used as a tool to investigate the development of the nematode.
The aim of this study was to find the food signals responsible for nematode development. Different Photorhabdus deletion strains unable to produce one or several SMs were co-cultivated with nematodes in the nematode bioassay. Subsequently, two aspects of the life cycle were investigated: recovery and NG-IJ development.
As isopropyl stilbene (IPS) is postulated to function as a food signal to support nematode recovery, it was used as a starting point for investigations. This study was focused on the biosynthetic pathway of IPS, including intermediates, side products and derivatives to investigate which one is in fact responsible for supporting nematode development.
The biosynthesis of IPS requires two precursors, phenylalanine and leucine (Figure 5). The first topic was focused on the phenylalanine derived pathway. Photorhabdus laumondii deletion mutants, defective in intermediate steps of this pathway, were created. The deletion of the genes coding for the phenylalanine ammonium lyase (stlA), converting phenylalanine into cinnamic acid (CA), the coenzyme A (CoA) ligase (stlB) and the operon coding for a ketosynthase and aromatase (stlCDE), were used. These strains were used for nematode bioassay including complementation of mutant phenotypes by feeding experiments. Recovery of nematodes grown on the deletion strains was always lower than recovery of nematodes grown on wild type bacteria. Feeding IPS to a deletion strain did not restore wild type level nematode recovery, thus IPS cannot be the food signal. Instead, the food signal must be another compound derived from this part of biosynthetic pathway. Lumiquinone and 2,5-dihydrostilbene are suggested to function as food signals and need to be investigated in future work.
The second part of this study was focused on the leucine derived pathway, which involved the Bkd complex forming the iso-branched part of IPS. A deletion of bkd was created and phenotypically analysed, subsequently performed with the nematode bioassay. Not only IPS but also other branched SMs, like photopyrones and phurealipids are synthetised by the Bkd complex. Deletions strains defective in producing photopyrones and phurealipids were also performed in nematode bioassays to investigate effects of these SMs individually. Branched SMs did not have an impact on nematode development, but nematodes grown on the ΔbkdABC strain showed a reduced nematode recovery and almost diminished NG-IJs development. As the Bkd complex also produces branched chain fatty acids (BCFAs), feeding experiments were performed with lipid extracts of wild type and mutant strain. All lipid extracts improved recovery, but only wild type lipids could complement NG-IJ development. This strongly indicates that BCFAs play an important role in NG-IJ development, which needs to be proven with purified BCFA feeding. This is an interesting finding, which could improve nematode production for biocontrol agent usage.
The role of IPS derived to epoxy stilbene (EPS) for nematode development, was another focus in the nematode life cycle. Recently it was demonstrated that EPS does not support nematode development. However, EPS forms adducts with amino acids. In my thesis, novel adducts containing the amino acid phenylalanine or a tetrapeptide were characterized. Another adduct, most likely being an EPS dimer, was also characterized. The biological role of such adducts was discussed to be potentially important for insect weakening and the structure of the novel compounds need to be structure elucidated and tested for bioactivity.
Operons wurden zuerst im Jahre 1961 beschrieben. Bis heute ist bekannt, dass die prokaryotischen Domänen Bacteria und Archaea Gene sowohl in monocistronischen als auch in bi- oder polycistronischen Transkripten exprimieren können. Häufig überlappen Gene sogar in ihren Sequenzen. Diese überlappenden Genpaare stehen nicht in Korrelation mit der Kompaktheit ihres Genoms. Das führt zu der Annahme, dass eine Art der Regulation vorliegt, welche weitere Proteine oder Gene nicht benötigt. Diese könnte eine gekoppelte Translation sein. Das bedeutet die Translation des stromabwärts-liegenden Gens ist abhängig von der Translation eines stromaufwärts-liegenden Gens. Diese Abhängigkeit kann zum Beispiel durch lang reichende Sekundärstrukturen entstehen, bei welchen Ribosomenbindestellen (RBS) des stromabwärts-liegenden Gens blockiert sind. Die de novo-Initiation am stromabwärts-liegenden Gen kann nur stattfinden, wenn das erste Gen translatiert wird und dabei die Sekundärstruktur an der RBS aufgeschmolzen wird. Für Genpaare in E. coli ist dieser Mechanismus gut untersucht. Ein anderes Beispiel für die Translationskopplung ist die Termination-Reinitiation, bei welcher ein Ribosom das erste Gen translatiert bis zum Stop-Codon, dort terminiert und direkt am stromabwärts-liegenden Start-Codon reinitiiert. Der Mechanismus via Termination-Reinitiation ist bis jetzt nur für eukaryontische Viren beschrieben worden. Im Gegensatz zu einer Kopplung über Sekundärstrukturen kommt es bei der Termination-Reinitiation am stromabwärts-liegenden Gen nicht zu einer de novo-Initiation sondern eine Reinitiation des Ribosoms findet statt. Diese Arbeit analysiert jene Art der Translationskopplung an Genen polycistronischer mRNAs in jeweils einem Modellorganismus als Vertreter der Archaea (Haloferax volcanii) und Bacteria (Escherichia coli). Hierfür wurden Reportergenvektoren erstellt, welche die überlappenden Genpaare an Reportergene fusionierten. Für diese Reportergene ist es möglich die Transkriptmenge zu quantifizieren sowie für die exprimierten Proteine Enzymassays durchgeführt werden können. Aus beiden Werten können Translationseffizienzen berechnet werden indem jeweils die Enzymaktivität pro Transkriptmenge ermittelt wird. Durch ein prämatures Stop-Codon in diesen Konstrukten ist es möglich zu unterscheiden ob es für die Translation des zweiten Gens essentiell ist, dass das Ribosom den Überlapp erreicht. Hiermit konnte für neun Genpaare in H. volcanii und vier Genpaare in E. coli gezeigt werden, dass eine Art der Kopplung stattfindet bei der es sich um eine Termination-Reinitiation handelt. Des Weiteren wurde analysiert, welche Auswirkungen intragene Shine-Dalgarno Sequenzen bei dem Event der Translationskopplung besitzen. Durch die Mutation solcher Motive und dem Vergleich der Translationseffizienzen der Konstrukte, mit und ohne einer SD Sequenz, wird für alle analysierten Genpaare beider Modellorganismen gezeigt, dass die SD Sequenz einen Einfluss auf diese Art der Kopplung hat. Zwischen den Genpaaren ist dieser Einfluss jedoch stark variabel. Weiterhin wurde der maximale Abstand zwischen zwei bicistronischen Genen untersucht, für welchen Translationskopplung via Termination-Reinitiation noch stattfinden kann. Hierfür wird durch site-directed mutagenesis jeweils ein prämatures Stop-Codon im stromaufwärts-liegenden Gen eingebracht, welches den intergenen Abstand zwischen den Genen in den jeweiligen Konstrukten vergrößert. Der Vergleich aller Konstrukte eines Genpaars zeigt in beiden Modellorganismen, dass die Termination-Reinitiation vom intergenen Abstand abhängig ist und die Translationseffizienz des stromabwärts-liegenden Reporters bereits ab 15 Nukleotiden Abstand abnimmt.
Eine weitere Fragestellung dieser Arbeit war es, den genauen Mechanismus der Termination-Reinitiation zu analysieren. Für Ribosomen gibt es an der mRNA nach der Termination der Translation zwei Möglichkeiten: Entweder als 70S Ribosom bestehen zu bleiben und ein weiteres Start-Codon auf der mRNA zu suchen oder in seine beiden Untereinheiten zu dissoziieren, während die 50S Untereinheit die mRNA verlässt und die 30S Untereinheit über Wechselwirkungen an der mRNA verbleiben kann. Um diesen Mechanismus auf molekularer Ebene zu untersuchen, wird ein Versuchsablauf vorgestellt. Dieser ermöglicht das Event bei der Termination-Reinitiation in vitro zu analysieren. Eine Unterscheidung von 30S oder 70S Ribosomen bei der Reinitiation der Translation des stromabwärts-liegenden Gens wird ermöglicht. Die Idee dabei basiert auf einem ribosome display, bei welchem Translationskomplexe am Ende der Translation nicht in ihre Bestandteile zerfallen können, da die eingesetzte mRNA kein Stop-Codon enthält Der genaue Versuchsablauf, die benötigten Bestandteile sowie proof-of-principal Versuche sind in der Arbeit dargestellt und mögliche Optimierungen werden diskutiert.
Viele Gruppen der Lebewesen, insbesondere Insekten breiten sich durch steigende Temperaturen zunehmend in Gebieten aus, in denen sie ursprünglich nicht vorkommen(Novikov und Vaulin 2014; Bebber 2015). Hierbei ist die steigende Temperatur in
verschiedenen Gebieten der Hauptfaktor für Expansionen dieser Arten in Richtung des nördlichen Polarkreises. Einige dieser Arten sind sehr tolerant für verschiedene Variablen und können damit ihr Verbreitungsgebiet deutlich nach Norden hin ausdehnen. Aufgrund steigender Temperaturen werden jedoch andere Arten in ihrem Verbreitungsgebiet eingeschränkt oder ihre Verbreitung verschiebt sich in nördliche Richtung (Ogden und Lindsay 2016; Lawler et al. 2009). Auch für die Verbreitung von Krankheiten spielen Temperaturen, Ausbreitungen oder Verbreitungsverschiebungen eine wichtige Rolle (Mordecai et al. 2019).
So können, durch die Etablierung der passenden Vektoren, bisher nur in wärmeren Gebieten auftretende Krankheiten zukünftig auch in unseren Breitengraden eingeschleppt und
verbreitet werden. Bremsen, invasive Stechmücken aber auch einheimische Mücken tragen alle ein Potential,verschiedenste Krankheitserreger zu verbreiten, auch wenn die Eignung als
Vektor für jede Art unterschiedlich groß ausfällt und manche Arten daher kaum beobachtet und untersucht werden. Mit dem Augenmerk auf sich ändernde Verbreitungsgebiete hinsichtlich zukünftigen klimatischen Veränderungen und sich wandelnden anthropogenen Einflüssen sollten jedoch auch Arten mit bisher geringem Vektorpotential mit in Beobachtungsprogramme aufgenommen werden.
Wir untersuchten in Projekt I auf kontinentaler Skala die Verbreitung von sechs verschiedenen Bremsenarten und konnten sowohl Rückschlüsse auf eine mangelhafte Beobachtung der
Arten ziehen als auch Artpräferenzen hinsichtlich der Landschaftsnutzung, Auswirkungen des Klimas auf die Verbreitung der Art und bisher unbekannte Toleranzen hinsichtlich tiefen Temperaturen und äußerst verkürzten Wärmeperioden aufdecken. Eine Größenordnung niedriger wurde in Projekt II, basierend auf aktuellen und Vergangenen Klimadaten, die zukünftige und aktuelle Verbreitung einer invasiven, sich zukünftig ausbreitenden Stechmückenart innerhalb Deutschlands modelliert. Durch bisherig im Untersuchungsgebiet nur begrenztes Auftreten konnten noch keine Rückschlüsse auf die unterschiedlichen Präferenzen für das Habitat gezogen werden, es können jedoch für zukünftige Berechnungen Habitatpräferenzen aus anderen Gebieten hinzugezogen werden um die Art und ihre fortschreitende Ausbreitung genauer zu beobachten. Auf der kleinsten untersuchten Ebene konnten in Projekt III innerhalb eines Mikrohabitates verschiedenste Rückschlüsse auf limitierende oder förderliche abiotische Faktoren, die teilweise bisherig nicht oder nur geringfügig beobachtet wurden, gezogen werden. Ebenfalls konnten Auswirkungen der umgebenden Landschaft auf die Abundanzen der Tiere beobachtet werden. Mithilfe von verschiedenen Modellen und in Abhängigkeit von Klimakarten, Landbedeckungsdaten und Landnutzung sowie Eigenschaften und Toleranzen der untersuchten Arten lassen sich in verschiedenen Größenordnungen geeignete Habitate von einheimischen sowie invasiven Arten identifizieren und zukünftige Verbreitungen effizient vorhersagen.
Insgesamt können, basierend auf all diesen Daten, dadurch für alle untersuchten Faktoren Modelle auf andere Gebiete übertragen werden um somit potentielle Verbreitungen dort
vorherzusagen. Auf unseren Daten basierend können so zum Beispiel Modellierungen für die potentielle Ausbreitung der untersuchten Tabaniden innerhalb anderer Kontinente berechnet werden und Monitoringprogramme können die Ergebnisse unserer Studie als Startpunkt aufgreifen, um durch Beprobung an modellierten Standorten die Korrektheit unserer Modelle zu überprüfen und sowohl Landschaftstypen als auch Artzusammensetzung aufzunehmen um das Modell zu bestätigen oder zu verbessern. Die Modellierung der invasiven Art Aedes albopictus bietet die Möglichkeit, diese Art in Zukunft innerhalb der möglichen Ausbreitungskorridore genauer zu beobachten um ihre fortschreitende Verbreitung zu
verifizieren oder eventuelle Änderungen des klimatischen Verlaufes mit einzubinden und das Modell anzupassen. Die Untersuchung des Mikrohabitats von Culex pipiens pipiens und Culex torrentium bietet, auch hinsichtlich anderer Arten in diesem Habitat, eine potente Methode, Vorhersagen für Artvorkommen innerhalb anderer Unterirdischen Objekte zu berechnen. Hier können, bei ausreichend großer Datenlage, eine Vielzahl von Faktoren in die Auswertung mit einfließen.
Die durchgeführten Studien bestätigen die Notwendigkeit für verbesserte Monitoringkonzepte für alle vektorkompetenten Tiergruppen hinsichtlich der sich ändernden klimatischen Bedingungen, des globalen Handels und die sich wandelnde Nutzung der Landschaften durch den Menschen und darin begründete Veränderungen der Artenzusammensetzung eines Habitates, zeigen Möglichkeiten, diese Konzepte mit bisher
ungenutzten Daten aufzubauen und zu verbessern und können gleichzeitig zu deren Verbesserung herangezogen werden.
Nature and its constituents are known to affect human well-being in positive and negative ways. Nature can be beneficial for humans by providing, for instance, food, recreation or inspiration. Natural disasters or transmitted diseases are, on the other hand, examples of nature’s detrimental or harmful contributions to human well-being. Such positive as well as negative effects have been termed Nature’s Contributions to People (NCP) by the Intergovernmental Science-Policy Platform for Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services (IPBES) and can be categorized into three different types of contributions: regulating, material and non-material NCP. While regulating and material NCP have been studied extensively, research on the non-material NCP is less common in comparison, especially regarding non-material NCP of biodiversity and wildlife. This dissertation therefore aims at shedding light on the non-material links between biodiversity, wildlife and human well-being. The thesis presents the results of three individual research studies in three separate chapters (CH1, 2 & 3).
In the first chapter (CH1) I conduct a systematic literature review on the non-material contributions of wildlife. Several previous reviews have published overviews on the non-material contributions of wildlife. However, only a few of these reviews examine both the positive and negative effects of wildlife in combination. These reviews usually cover few aspects of human well-being (e.g. recreation, health, psychological well-being) or just focus on a specific group of wildlife species (e.g. carnivores, scavengers). In addition, the pathways determining how wildlife affects human well-being are yet little understood. The aim of this review is therefore to create a holistic overview of the current knowledge on non-material contributions of wildlife (WCP), by summarising research on positive and negative effects and disentangling potential channels of human-wildlife experiences.
My results show that most studies in scientific literature report negative WCP. However, over the last decade the number of publications on positive WCP has increased, mainly in the Global North. This change in research focus, at the turn of the century, may be related to the newly emerging ideas and perspectives on nature during that time (e.g. Ecosystem Services and NCP). The results may also indicate different research interests across global regions and a focus on positive WCP (especially in the Global North). Surprisingly, the review identifies a lack of joint systematic assessments of positive and negative WCP across taxa, human well-being dimensions and ways (channels) of wildlife experiences. Studies show taxon-specific differences, with predominantly positive WCP reported for birds and predominantly negative WCP published for mammals and reptiles. Physical health was the most examined human well-being dimension, while many others, such as subjective well-being, social well-being, learning, identity or sense of place were rarely studied in comparison. The two channels of wildlife experiences that have been mainly studied or reported are Interaction and Knowing. While Interaction describes multisensory experiences in which people physically interact with wildlife. Knowing describes the metaphysical connection between humans and wildlife that arises through thinking or remembering experiences from wildlife encounters (including knowledge about wildlife).
To date, only few published studies examine the relationship between biodiversity and human well-being across larger spatial scales. For instance, little is known about how biodiversity is related to human well-being on the national or continental level. The second and third chapter (CH2 & 3) are thus comprised of two empirical case studies which examine the relationship between biodiversity and human well-being across Germany and Europe, respectively. As indicator for biodiversity, I use different species diversity measures including species richness and abundance. In the second chapter (CH2) I analyse the association between species richness and human health across Germany. The results demonstrate a significant positive relationship between plant and bird species richness and mental health while controlling for a multitude of socio-economic and demographic factors as well as other nature characteristics. In the third chapter (CH3) I conduct the first study on the relationship between species diversity and subjective well-being on the continental level. The results show that bird species richness (unlike mammal, megafauna and tree richness) is positively associated with life-satisfaction, a measure for subjective well-being across Europe. These results are robust while accounting for socio-economic and macro-economic factors. The results of both empirical studies are in correspondence with previous research, conducted on the local and national level.
Overall, my dissertation shows that wildlife and biodiversity greatly affect human well-being and provide substantial non-material NCP.
...
Taxa under scrutiny in this thesis are Halophytophthora-like oomycetes. The genus Halophytophthora, proposed in 1990, is an assemblage of unrelated species grouped together on the basis habitat preference, i.e. the mangrove or saltmarsh biome, and morphological similarity to Phytophthora. The premise “Phytophthora-like species from the mangrove environment” became the genus concept for Halophytophthora and lasted for almost 2 decades which resulted to the addition of several species (i.e. H. elongata, H. exoprolifera, H. porrigovesica, H. kandeliae, H. masteri, and H. tartarea). At the onset of molecular phylogenetics, Halophytophthora was inferred as a highly polyphyletic taxon and the genus concept was found to be unsuitable. This thesis adds to this, since six Phytophthora spp. were isolated from the mangrove environment, two of which were found in the Philippines (Phytophthora elongata and Phytophthora insolita). After a thorough assessment of the morphologic and phylogenetic data of taxa included in this thesis, several taxonomic novelties were introduced – a new family (Salispinaceae), a new genus (Calycofera), new species (Calycofera cryptica, Phytopythium dogmae, Phytopythium leanoi, Salisapilia coffeyi, and Salispina hoi), and new combinations (Calycofera operculata, Salisapilia bahamensis, S. elongata, S. epistomia, S. masteri, S. mycoparasitica). In addition, Salisapiliaceae and Salisapilia were emended.
Nematophilic bacteria as a source of novel macrocyclised antimicrobial non-ribosomal peptides
(2020)
A solution to ineffective clinical antimicrobials is the discovery of new ones from under-explored sources such as macrocyclic non-ribosomal peptides (NRP) from nematophilic bacteria. In this dissertation an antimicrobial discovery process –from soil sample to inhibitory peptide– is demonstrated through investigations on six nematophilic bacteria: Xenorhabdus griffiniae XN45, X. griffiniae VH1, Xenorhabdus sp. nov. BG5, Xenorhabdus sp. nov. BMMCB, X. ishibashii and Photorhabdus temperata. To demonstrate the first step of bacterium isolation and species delineation, endosymbionts were isolated from Steinernema sp. strains BG5 and VH1 that were isolated directly from soil samples in Western Kenya. After genome sequencing and assembly of novel Xenorhabdus isolates VH1 and BG5, species delineation was done via three overall genome relatedness indices. VH1 was identified as X. griffiniae VH1, BG5 as Xenorhabdus sp. nov. BG5 and X. griffiniae BMMCB was emended to Xenorhabdus sp. nov. BMMCB. The nematode host of X. griffiniae XN45, Steinernema sp. scarpo was highlighted as a putative novel species. To demonstrate the second step of genome mining and macrocyclic non-ribosomal peptide structure elucidation, chemosynthesis and biosynthesis, the non-ribosomal peptide whose production is encoded by the ishA-B genes in X. ishibashii was investigated. Through a combination of refactoring the ishA-B operon by a promoter exchange mechanism, isotope labelling experiments, high resolution tandem mass spectrometry analysis, bioinformatic protein domain analysis and chemoinformatic comparisons of actual to hypothetical mass spectrometry spectra, the structures of Ishipeptides were elucidated and confirmed by chemical synthesis. Ishipeptide A was a branch cyclic depsidodecapeptide macrocyclised via an ester bond between serine and the terminal glutamate. It chemosynthesis route was via a late stage macrolactamation and linearised Ishipeptide B was synthesised via solid phase iterative synthesis. Ishipeptides were not N-terminally acylated despite being biosynthesised from the IshA protein that had a C-starter domain. It was highlighted that more than restoration of the histidine active site of this domain is required to restore N-terminal acylation activity.
To demonstrate the final step of determination of antimicrobial activity, minimum inhibitory concentrations of Ishipeptides and Photoditritide from Photorhabdus temperata against fungi and bacteria were determined. None were antifungal while only the macrocyclic compounds were inhibitory, with Ishipeptide A inhibitory to Gram-positive bacteria at 37 µM. The cationic Photoditritide, a cyclic hexapeptide macrocyclised via a lactam bond between homoarginine and tryptophan, was 12 times more inhibitory (3.0 µM), even more effective than a current clinical compound, Ampicillin (4.2 µM). For both, macrocyclisation was hypothesised to contribute to antimicrobial activity. Ultimately, this dissertation demonstrated not only nematophilic bacteria as a source of novel macrocyclic antimicrobial non-ribosomal peptides but also a process of antimicrobial discovery–from soil sample to inhibitory peptide– from these useful bacteria genera. This is significant for the fight against antimicrobial resistance.
Spinocerebellar ataxia type 2 (SCA2) is an autosomal dominant neurodegenerative movement disorder caused by expansion of CAG repeats in the ATXN2 gene beyond 33 units, while healthy individuals carry 22-23 repeats. First symptoms of SCA2 include uncoordinated movement, ataxic gait and slowing of the saccadic eye movements in line with the early pronounced atrophy of cerebellum, spinal cord and brainstem. Cerebellar Purkinje cells and spinal cord motor neurons are the most affected cells from ATXN2 expansions. Later on, patients manifest distal amyotrophy, problems in breathing and swallowing, depression and cognitive decline caused by widespread degeneration throughout the brain. The striking loss of mass in the brain, due to severe myelin fat atrophy, is accompanied by a similar reduction in the peripheral fat stores. After the devastating progression of disease, the severity and duration of which depends on the CAG repeat size, genetic background and environmental factors, patients succumb to SCA2 mostly because of respiratory failure at the terminal stage. Larger repeat sizes lead to an earlier manifestation of the disease and a more rapid progression. Aside from SCA2, intermediate-length and short pathogenic CAG expansions in ATXN2 between 26-39 repeats significantly increase the risk of developing other neurodegenerative disorders, such as amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), fronto-temporal lobar dementia (FTLD) or Parkinson plus tauopathies like progressive supranuclear palsy (PSP) in various cohorts across the world.
Ataxin-2 (ATXN2) is a ubiquitously expressed cytosolic protein most famous for its involvement in neurodegenerative disease caused by the expanded poly-glutamine (polyQ) domain corresponding to a genomic (CAG)n tract. This N-terminal polyQ domain has no known function, other than increasing the aggregation propensity of mutant ATXN2 and facilitating interaction with other polyQ containing proteins, leading to their sequestration. The progressive accumulation of ATXN2 into cytosolic foci, and also that of its interaction partners over time, underlies the molecular pathomechanism. Next to polyQ domain, ATXN2 also contains a Like-Sm domain (Lsm), an Lsm-associated domain (LsmAD), multiple proline-rich domains (PRD) and a Poly(A)-Binding-Protein (PABP)-interacting motif (PAM2).
Through its Lsm/LsmAD domains, ATXN2 directly binds to a large number of transcripts, regulating their quality and translation rate. In a similar fashion, through its direct interaction with PABP via PAM2 motif, ATXN2 indirectly modifies the fate of even larger number of transcripts and global translation. Several PRDs scattered across the protein help ATXN2 associate with growth factor receptors and other endocytosis factors, modulating nutrient uptake and downstream signaling.
ATXN2 is a stress response factor. Therefore, its involvement in nutrient uptake plays a crucial part in cell’s capability to overcome non-permissive conditions. Upon nutrient deprivation, oxidative stress, proteotoxicity, heat stress or Ca2+ imbalance, ATXN2 relocalizes into cytosolic ribonucleoprotein particles known as stress granules (SGs), together with PABP, several eukaryotic translation initiation factors, many other RNA-binding proteins (RBP) with their target transcripts and the small ribosomal subunit. Collectively, they modulate the stability of the trapped transcripts, favoring the maturation and translation of IRES-dependent stress response proteins instead, according to the specific need. Many RBPs interact either directly or in an RNA-dependent manner in the SGs, and due to the large number of ALS-causing mutations identified in them (such as TDP-43, FUS, TIA-1, hnRNPA2/B1), SGs became a hot topic in neuropathology. Acute SGs serve to halt translation and growth, and to spend energy only for survival until stress disappears. However, chronic SG assembly eventually activates apoptotis leading to cell death. While the polyQ expansions in ATXN2 enhance SG stability, reduce their dissociation rate after stress, and lead to aberrant post-translational modifications of other SG components like TDP-43, complete loss of ATXN2 delays SG formation and results in easily dissolvable foci.
Most of the stressors that induce SG formation eventually converge on energetic deficit. Therefore, it is logical that the ultimate task of SGs is to stop further growth when it cannot be afforded. In yeast, the molecular mechanism underlying this growth arrest was explained as sequestration of the master growth regulator complex, Target-of-Rapamycin Complex 1 (TORC1), into SGs in an ATXN2-dependent manner. The repressor effect of ATXN2 on mammalian TORC1 (mTORC1) and global protein translation had already been documented in earlier studies; complete loss of ATXN2 function in knock-out mouse (Atxn2-KO) resulted in mTORC1 hyperactivity and transcriptional upregulation of multiple ribosomal subunits indicating an increased need for these machines. ...
The blood-brain barrier (BBB) protects the brain microenvironment from external damage. It is formed by endothelial cells (ECs) lining the brain vessels, expressing tight junctions and having reduced transcytosis, resulting in a very low paracellular and transcellular passage of substances, respectively (low permeability). The specific BBB phenotype is maintained by Wnt molecules secreted by astrocytes (ACs) that bind to receptors in ECs, and start a molecular cascade that leads to β-catenin translocating to the nucleus and activating the transcription of BBB genes.
An increasing number of studies report BBB dysfunction in Alzheimer’s disease (AD), although the topic is currently under debate. AD is a neurodegenerative condition characterized by brain depositions of Aβ aggregates and Tau neurofibrillary tangles. The aetiology of AD is unknown, although round 5% of all AD cases have a genetic origin. Mutations in APP or PSEN1/2 can lead to Aβ over-production and accumulation, causing familiar AD. There is no cure for AD, as all clinical trials failed during the past years. Consequently, I studied the role of the BBB in AD, aiming to investigate if a BBB dysfunction occurs in AD, and to identify by transcriptomic analysis novel gene regulations happening at the BBB in AD. The final objective was to evaluate the potential of identified BBB genes as therapeutical target.
I used transgenic mice expressing the human APP mutations Swiss, Dutch and Iowa under the control of the neuronal promoter Thy1 (Thy1-APPSwDI) as AD model. In this AD mouse model, I could detect Aβ deposits and memory loss by immunofluorescence (IF) and behavioural tests. Importantly, I identified an increase of BBB permeability to 3-4 kDa dextrans in 6 months, 9-12 months, and 18 months or older AD mice compared to age-matched control wild types (WT), indicating BBB dysfunction in AD mice.
In order to study the BBB transcriptional changes in AD, I sequenced the RNA from 6 and 18 months old AD and WT mouse brain microvessels (MBMVs), as well as of FACS-sorted ECs, mural cells (MuCs), ACs, and microglia (MG) in collaboration with GenXPro, a company specialized in 3’ RNA sequencing. Currently, no transcriptomic datasets of ECs and MuCs are publicly available, suggesting that this is the first study sequencing those cell types in the context of AD.
The analysis of sequencing data from MBMVs and ECs revealed a Wnt/β-catenin repression, and an increase of inflammatory genes like Ccl3 in ECs, that could explain the BBB dysfunction observed in AD mice. Furthermore, the sequencing data from MuCs identified a set of 11 genes strongly regulated in both 6 and 18 month AD groups. Three of those 11 genes are known to be involved in inflammatory processes, demonstrating that inflammation affects and plays an important role in MuCs and ECs during AD.
Thanks to published sequencing data, some up-regulated MG genes in AD are well known and recognized, such as Trem2 and Apoe. Those genes were found in the FACS-sorted MG data as well, validating the AD model and with it, the other novel sequenced datasets. Importantly, one of the most strongly AD-regulated genes in MBMV and MG samples was Dkk2, a member of the Dickkopf family of secreted proteins known to be involved in Wnt signalling modulation. Importantly, a dual luciferase reporter assay proved that Dkk2 is a Wnt inhibitor. A preliminary immunohistochemistry examination of DKK2 in human brain autopsy tissue from an AD patient and age-matched control revealed a stronger DKK2 immunoreactivity in the AD brain.
In order to answer the question whether a rescue of BBB function would ameliorate AD symptoms, I made use of a tamoxifen-inducible transgenic mouse line to activate the Wnt/β-catenin pathway specifically in ECs, leading to a gain of function (GOF) condition (Cdh5-CreERT2+/–/Ctnnb1(Ex3)fl/fl). This mouse line was then crossed with the AD line, creating AD/GOF and AD/control groups.
AD/GOF mice performed better in a Y-Maze memory test than AD/controls when the Wnt/β-catenin pathway was induced before AD onset, indicating a protective effect. Moreover, the finding implies that shielding BBB functioning in AD further protects the brain from AD toxic effects, suggesting an important role of brain vasculature in AD and its potential as therapeutic target.
Synaptic plasticity is the activity dependent alteration of the composition, form and strength of synapses and believed to be the underlying mechanism of learning and memory formation. While initial changes in synaptic transmission are caused by second messenger signaling pathways and rapid modifications in the cytoskeleton, to achieve stable and persistent changes at individual synapses, the expression of new mRNAs and proteins is required. The central dogma postulated that the cell body is the only source of newly synthesized proteins. For neurons, with their unique morphology, this meant that proteins would need be transported long distances, often hundreds of microns, to reach their destined locations in dendrites and at spines. To overcome this limitation, neurons have developed a strategy to regulate protein synthesis locally by distributing thousands of mRNAs into neuronal processes and use them for local protein synthesis. Ample research has demonstrated the importance of local protein synthesis to many forms of long-term synaptic plasticity. One potential regulator of mRNA localization and local translation in neurons are non-coding RNAs. Intensive work over the past decades has highlighted the importance of non-coding RNAs in many aspects of brain function. The aim of this thesis is to obtain a better understanding of the role of non-coding RNAs in synaptic function and plasticity in the murine hippocampus. For this, we focused our studies on two classes of non-coding RNAs.
In the first part of my thesis, I describe our efforts on characterizing circular RNAs, a novel and peculiar family of non-coding RNAs, in the murine hippocampus by combining high throughput RNA-Sequencing with fluorescence in situ hybridization. Furthermore, we investigated the mechanisms of circular RNA biogenesis in hippocampal neurons by temporarily inhibiting spliceosome activity and analyzing the differentially regulated circular RNAs.
Nematophilic bacteria as a source of novel macrocyclised antimicrobial non-ribosomal peptides
(2020)
A solution to ineffective clinical antimicrobials is the discovery of new ones from under-explored sources such as macrocyclic non-ribosomal peptides (NRP) from nematophilic bacteria. In this dissertation an antimicrobial discovery process –from soil sample to inhibitory peptide– is demonstrated through investigations on six nematophilic bacteria: Xenorhabdus griffiniae XN45, X. griffiniae VH1, Xenorhabdus sp. nov. BG5, Xenorhabdus sp. nov. BMMCB, X. ishibashii and Photorhabdus temperata. To demonstrate the first step of bacterium isolation and species delineation, endosymbionts were isolated from Steinernema sp. strains BG5 and VH1 that were isolated directly from soil samples in Western Kenya. After genome sequencing and assembly of novel Xenorhabdus isolates VH1 and BG5, species delineation was done via three overall genome relatedness indices. VH1 was identified as X. griffiniae VH1, BG5 as Xenorhabdus sp. nov. BG5 and X. griffiniae BMMCB was emended to Xenorhabdus sp. nov. BMMCB. The nematode host of X. griffiniae XN45, Steinernema sp. scarpo was highlighted as a putative novel species. To demonstrate the second step of genome mining and macrocyclic non-ribosomal peptide structure elucidation, chemosynthesis and biosynthesis, the non-ribosomal peptide whose production is encoded by the ishA-B genes in X. ishibashii was investigated. Through a combination of refactoring the ishA-B operon by a promoter exchange mechanism, isotope labelling experiments, high resolution tandem mass spectrometry analysis, bioinformatic protein domain analysis and chemoinformatic comparisons of actual to hypothetical mass spectrometry spectra, the structures of Ishipeptides were elucidated and confirmed by chemical synthesis. Ishipeptide A was a branch cyclic depsidodecapeptide macrocyclised via an ester bond between serine and the terminal glutamate. It chemosynthesis route was via a late stage macrolactamation and linearised Ishipeptide B was synthesised via solid phase iterative synthesis. Ishipeptides were not N-terminally acylated despite being biosynthesised from the IshA protein that had a C-starter domain. It was highlighted that more than restoration of the histidine active site of this domain is required to restore N-terminal acylation activity.
To demonstrate the final step of determination of antimicrobial activity, minimum inhibitory concentrations of Ishipeptides and Photoditritide from Photorhabdus temperata against fungi and bacteria were determined. None were antifungal while only the macrocyclic compounds were inhibitory, with Ishipeptide A inhibitory to Gram-positive bacteria at 37 µM. The cationic Photoditritide, a cyclic hexapeptide macrocyclised via a lactam bond between homoarginine and tryptophan, was 12 times more inhibitory (3.0 µM), even more effective than a current clinical compound, Ampicillin (4.2 µM). For both, macrocyclisation was hypothesised to contribute to antimicrobial activity. Ultimately, this dissertation demonstrated not only nematophilic bacteria as a source of novel macrocyclic antimicrobial non-ribosomal peptides but also a process of antimicrobial discovery–from soil sample to inhibitory peptide– from these useful bacteria genera. This is significant for the fight against antimicrobial resistance.
The compound class of the fabclavines was described as secondary or specialized metabolites (SM) for Xenorhabdus budapestensis and X. szentirmaii. Their corresponding structure was elucidated by NMR and further derivatives could be identified in both strains. Biochemically, fabclavines are hybrid SMs derived from two non-ribosomal-peptide-synthetases (NRPS), one type I polyketide-synthase (PKS) and polyunsaturated fatty acid (PUFA) synthases. In detail, a hexapeptide is connected via partially reduced polyketide units to an unsual polyamine. Structurally, they are related to the (pre-)zeamines, described for Serratia plymuthica and Dickeya zeae. Fabclavines exhibit a broad-spectrum bioactivity against a variety of different organisms like Grampositive and Gram-negative bacteria, fungi, protozoa but also against eukaryotic celllines.
In this work, the fabclavine biosynthesis was elucidated and assigned to two independently working assembly lines. The NRPS-PKS-pathway is initiated by the first NRPS FclI via generation of a tetrapeptide, which is elongated by the second NRPS FclJ, leading to a hexapeptide. Alternatively, FclJ can also act as direct start of the biosynthesis, resulting in the final formation of shortened fabclavine derivatives with a diinstead of a hexapeptide. In both cases, the peptide moiety is transferred to the iterative type I PKS FclK, leading to an elongation with partially reduced polyketide units. The resulting NRPS-PKS-intermediate is still enzyme-bound. The PUFA-homologues FclC, FclD and FclE in combination with FclF, FclG and FclH belong to the polyamine-forming pathway. Briefly, repeating decarboxylative Claisen thioester condensation reactions of acyl-coenzym A building blocks lead to the generation of an acyl chain in a PKS- or fatty acid biosynthesis-like manner. The corresponding β-keto-groups are either completely reduced or transaminated in a specific and repetitive way, resulting in the concatenation of so-called amine-units. The final β-keto-group is reduced to a hydroxy-group and the intermediate is reductively released by the thioester reductase FclG. A subsequent transamination step leads to the final polyamine. The NRPS-PKS- as well as the polyamine-pathway are connected by FclL. This condensation domain-like protein catalyzes the condensation of the polyamine with the NRPS-PKS-part, which results in the release of the final fabclavine. The results are described in detail in the first publication (first author).
Fabclavine biosynthesis gene cluster (BGC) are widely spread among the genus Xenorhabdus and Photorhabdus. In Xenorhabdus strains a high degree of conservation regarding the BGC synteny as well as the identity of single proteins can be observed. However, Photorhabdus strains harbor only the PUFA-homologues. While in Photorhabdus no product could be detected, our analysis revealed that the Xenorhabdus strains produce a large chemical diversity of different derivatives. Briefly, the general backbone of the fabclavines is conserved and only four chemical moieties are variable: The second and last amino acids of the NRPS-part, the number of incorporated polyketide units as well as the number of amine units in the polyamine. In combination with the elucidated biosynthesis, these variables could be assigned to single biosynthesis components as diversity mechanisms. Together with the 10 already described derivatives, a total of 32 derivatives could be detected. Interestingly, except for taxonomic closely related strains, all analyzed strains produce their own set of derivatives. Finally, we could confirm that the fabclavines are the major bioactive compound class in the analyzed strains under laboratory conditions. The results are described in detail in the second publication (first author).
Together with our collaboration partner Prof. Selcuk Hazir a potent bioactivity against Enterococcus faecalis, which is associated with endodontic infections, could be contributed to X. cabanillasii. Here, we could confirm that this bioactivity can be assigned to the fabclavines. The results are described in detail in the third publication(co-author).
Among the genus Xenorhabdus, X. bovienii represents an exception as its NRPS and PKS genes of the fabclavine BGC are missing or truncated, resulting in the exclusive production of polyamines. Furthermore, its PUFA-homologue FclC harbors an additional dehydratase (DH) domain. Upon extensive analysis a yet unknown deoxy-polyamine was identified and assigned to this additional domain. Finally, the DH domain was transferred into other polyamine pathways. Regardless of an in cis or in trans integration, the chimeric pathways produced deoxy-derivatives of its naturally occurring polyamines, suggesting that this represents another diversification mechanism. The results are described in detail in the attached manuscript (first author).
Monoterpenes and their monoterpenoid derivatives form a subclass of terpene(oid)s. They are widely used in medicines/pharmaceuticals, as flavor and fragrance compounds, or in agriculture and are also considered as future biofuels. However, for many of these substances, the extraction from natural sources poses challenges such as occurring at low concentrations in their raw material or because the natural sources are diminishing. Furthermore, many of the structurally more complex terpenoids cannot be chemically synthesized in an economic way. Therefore, microbial production provides an attractive alternative, taking advantage of the often distinct regio- and stereoselectivity of enzymatic reactions. However, monoterpenes and monoterpenoids are challenging products for industrial biotechnology processes due to their pronounced cytotoxicity, which complicates the production in microorganisms compared to longer-chain terpenes (sesquiterpenes, diterpenes, etc.).
The aim of this thesis was to generate a biotechnological complement to fossil-resources-based chemical processes for industrial monoterpenoid production. Therefore, a starting point for the further development of a microbial cell factory based on the microbe Pseudomonas putida KT2440 was aimed to be created. This production organism should be able to conduct a whole- cell biocatalysis to selectively oxyfunctionalize monoterpene hydrocarbons using renewable industrial by-products and waste streams as raw material for monoterpenoid production (Figure 1). As a model substance, the production of (-)-menthol should be addressed due to its industrial significance. (-)-Menthol is one of the world’s most widely-used flavor and fragrance compounds by volume as well as a medical component, having an annual production volume of over 30,000 tons. An approach for (-)-menthol production from renewable resources could be a biotechnological(-chemical) two-step conversion (Figure 1), starting from (+)-limonene, a by-product of the citrus fruit processing industry.
The thesis project was divided into three parts. In the first part, enzymes (limonene-3- hydroxylases) were to be identified that can convert (+)-limonene into the precursor of (-)-menthol, (+)-trans-isopiperitenol. To counteract product toxicity, in the second part, the tolerance of the intended production organism P. putida KT2440 towards monoterpenes and their monoterpenoid derivatives should be increased. Finally, in the third part, the identified hydroxylase enzymes would be expressed in the improved P. putida KT2440 strain to create a whole-cell biocatalyst for the first reaction step of a two-step (-)-menthol production, starting from (+)-limonene.
To achieve these objectives, different genetic/molecular biology and analytical methods were applied. In this way, two cytochrome P450 monooxygenase enzymes from the fungi Aureobasidium pullulans and Hormonema carpetanum could be identified and functionally expressed in Pichia pastoris, which can catalyze the intended hydroxylation reaction on (+) limonene with high stereo- and regioselectivity. A further characterization of the enzyme from A. pullulans showed that apart from (+) limonene the protein can also hydroxylate ( ) limonene, - and -pinene, as well as 3-carene.
Furthermore, within this thesis, mechanisms of microbial monoterpenoid resistance of P. putida could be identified. It was shown that the different monoterpenes and monoterpenoids tested have very different toxicity levels and that mainly the Ttg efflux pumps of P. putida GS1 are responsible for the tolerance to many of these compounds. Based on these results, a P. putida KT2440 strain with increased resistance to various monoterpenoids, including isopiperitenol, could then be generated, which can be used as a host organism for the further development of monoterpenoid-producing cell factories.
While within the scope of this work the heterologous expression of the fungal gene in prokaryotic cells in a functional form could not be realized despite different approaches, the identified enzymes, the monoterpenoid-tolerant P. putida strain and a plasmid developed for heterologous gene expression in P. putida provide a starting point for the further design of a microbial cell factory for biotechnological monoterpenoid production.
Evidence is increasingly pointing towards a significant global decline in biodiversity. The drivers of this decline are numerous, including habitat change and overexploitation, rapid deforestation, pollution, exotic species and disease, and finally climate change as an emerging driver of biodiversity change (Nakamura, et al., 2013; Hancocks, 2001; Pereira, Navarro & Martins, 2012). Raising public awareness of the need to conserve biological diversity is essential to safeguard the richness of life forms all over the world (Lindemann-Matthies, 2002). In this regard, institutions such as science museums, zoos and aquariums have the potential to play an important role (Rennie & Stocklmayer, 2003). Especially, zoos can provide a productive learning environment (Miles & Tout, 1992), facilitating the promotion of public conservation awareness and the adoption of pro-environmental behaviours that would reduce negative human impacts on biodiversity (Barongi, et al., 2015).
Based on these concepts, my study contributes to the developing field of visitor studies. Taking as reference non-zoo visitors and zoo visitors, I have focused on reviewing some aspects of conservation education, such as people's awareness of conservation, people's interest in animals and people's feelings towards animals and attitudes towards zoos. The study identified differences between non-regular and regular zoo visitors in interests in animals, as well as visitor attitudes towards conservation issues and zoos. Therefore, the present study indicated that positive emotional reactions and, in particular, a perceived sense of connection to the animal were linked and depended on the frequency of zoo visits. It was as well remarkable, that conservation awareness was influenced by the interest in animals, the interest in visiting zoos, the attitudes towards these institutions, and the age and the country of origin. All these variables had a greater effect in the conservation consciousness of the participants. Additionally interestingly, the main reason for visiting zoos in every country was to learn something about animals. This highlights the educational role of zoos and broadly supports the idea that people want to visit zoos to learn something about animals, in turn facilitating pro-conservation learning and changes in attitude. They are uniquely positioned to interact with visitors, communities, and society and to contribute by providing an informative and entertaining environment. Visiting zoos could led to contribute to promoting animal connectedness and interest in species.
Carotinoide sind Pigmente, die in Pflanzen, Algen, einigen Pilzen und Bakterien vorkommen. Sie spielen eine wichtige Rolle bei der Photosynthese durch Absorption von Licht und beim Lichtschutz. Sie sind verantwortlich für die braunen, roten, orangen und gelben Farben von Obst, Gemüse, Herbstblättern und die Farbe einiger Blumen und Algen. Tiere können keine Carotinoide synthetisieren, daher ist ihre Anwesenheit auf die Nahrungsaufnahme zurückzuführen. Carotinoide sind Tetraterpenoide (40C), die aus Isoprenoidmolekülen (5C) synthetisiert werden. Der Methylerythritol-phosphatweg ist der Carotinoid-Vorläuferweg, der die Isoprenoideinheiten bildet. Carotinoide haben aufgrund ihrer gesundheitlichen Vorteile das Interesse der Nutrazeutika-Industrie geweckt.
Fucoxanthin ist ein Carotinoid, das nur in Kieselalgen, Braunalgen, Haptophyten und einigen Dinoflagellaten vorkommt. Aufgrund seiner Vorteile zur Vorbeugung von Krebs, kognitiven Erkrankungen und Fettleibigkeit sowie seiner antioxidativen Eigenschaften ist Fucoxanthin ein sehr interessantes Molekül fur die Nutrazeutikabranche.
Fucoxanthin hat eine komplexe chemische Struktur mit einer Allenbindung und einer Epoxyketogruppe. Daher wäre seine chemische Synthese kompliziert, da es auch eine stereokontrollierte Synthese erfordert86. Aus diesem Grund ist die Extraktion aus Makroalgen oder Mikroalgen die Methode der Wahl für die kommerzielle Herstellung von Fucoxanthin.
In dieser Arbeit bestand das Ziel darin, die Fucoxanthin-Produktivität in Kieselalgen mit gentechnischen Methoden zu steigern, damit die Zellen mehr Fucoxanthin produzieren. Zu diesem Zweck wurde der Effekt der Insertion zusätzlicher Kopien von Genen in das Genom untersucht, die für geschwindigkeitsbestimmende oder Schlüsselenzyme im Carotinoid- und MEP-Weg kodieren.
Zu Beginn wurden diese Effekte bei einzelnen Mutanten beobachtet. Letztendlich ist es jedoch das Ziel, eine Mutante zu erzeugen, die mehrere geschwindigkeitsbestimmende Enzyme überexprimiert, um auf diese Weise Engpässe zu vermeiden. In früheren Studien erreichten Eilers et al.54 durch die einmalige Überexpression der psy- und dxs-Gene in der Kieselalge P. tricornutum einen 2.4- und 1.8-fachen Anstieg der Fucoxanthin-Spiegel.
In dieser Arbeit führte die Insertion zusätzlicher Kopien der Gene idi und pds2 nicht dazu, dass die Zellen mehr Fucoxanthin produzieren. Im Gegensatz dazu erreichten die Mutanten mit zusätzlichen Kopien der Gen ggpps und mit zusätzlichen Kopien sowohl von psy als auch von dxs seine um 28% bzw. 10% höhere Fucoxanthin-Produktivität pro Million Zellen. Bei diesen Mutanten ist die Gesamtproduktivität jedoch geringer als beim Wildtyp, da ihr Wachstum langsamer als beim Wildtyp ist.
Unter Berücksichtigung der besten Zielgene wurden Mutanten erzeugt, die gleichzeitig zusätzliche Kopien von psy, dxs und ggpps enthielten. Die Mutanten hatten unter sehr niedriegen Lichtbedingungen eine um bis zu 61% höhere Produktivität pro Million Zellen als der Wildtyp. Ausnahmsweise wurden diese Mutanten bei sehr schwachem Licht (10 µE m-2 s-1) gezüchtet, da sie sehr gestresst waren und als Zellklumpen wuchsen. Obwohl die Gesamt-Fucoxanthin-Spiegel in diesen Mutanten unter diesen Bedingungen höher sind als im Wildtyp, sind sie daher niedriger als die Fucoxanthin-Spiegel bei den in anderen Experimenten verwendeten Lichtbedingungen (50 µE m-2 s-1). Als Ergebnis dieser Experimente kann gesagt werden, dass die Belastung der Zellen nach den genetischen Veränderungen untersucht werden muss, da dies zu einer Abnahme der Biomasse und folglich zu einer Abnahme der Fucoxanthinproduktion führt. Alternativ könnte auch eine 2-Stufen-Kultur etabliert werden, in der in einem ersten Schritt eine hohe Biomasse erreicht wird und im zweiten Schritt die Expression der interessierenden Gene induziert wird.
Aufgrund der antioxidativen Eigenschaften von Carotinoiden besteht eine übliche Strategie zur Akkumulation von Carotinoiden darin, die Zellen unter oxidative Stressbedingungen zu setzen. Diese Strategie ist jedoch nicht wirksam für die Anreicherung von Fucoxanthin unter hohen Salzkonzentrationen oder hohen Lichtbedingungen. Bessere Versuchspläne könnten jedoch eine 2-Stufen-Kultur oder adaptive Laborbedingungen gewesen sein.
Eine andere mögliche Strategie zur Erhöhung des Fucoxanthinspiegels wäre die Durchführung einer zufälligen Mutagenese der Zellen. Auf diese Weise sind keine Vorkenntnisse über den Carotinoidsyntheseweg und seine Regulation erforderlich und es kann zu Veränderungen in Genen führen, die keine offensichtlichen Ziele sind.
Experimente mit zufälliger Mutagenese erfordern ein Hochdurchsatz-Screeningsystem, da Hunderte oder sogar Tausende von Mutanten erhalten werden. Eine mögliche Strategie, um die Kultivierung der hohen Anzahl von Mutanten zu vereinfachen, ist die Einkapselung dieser Mutanten in Alginatkügelchen. Auf diese Weise können alle Mutanten in demselben Gefäß kultiviert werden. Die eingekapselten Zellen können dann beispielsweise mit einem Durchflusszytometer auf große Partikel durch Fluoreszenz- oder Absorptionsmessungen gescreent werden.
...
Den photoaktivierbaren Schutzgruppen PPGs wurde als wichtige Werkzeuge, um z. B. biologische Prozesse zu untersuchen, in den letzten Jahren eine beachtliche Aufmerksamkeit zuteil. Der Einsatz von PPGs weist gegenüber chemischen Schutzgruppen wertvolle Vorteile auf, was deren Einsatz für biologische Konzepte attraktiv macht. Insbesondere, da keine weiteren Reagenzien außer Licht als Mittel für die Photolyse benötigt werden. Darüber hinaus ist es möglich, durch Einsatz moderner Lasertechnik, eine homogene Bestrahlung des Reaktionsvolumens mit einer hohen Lichtdosis auf einer, im Vergleich zu klassischen Lichtquellen, kürzeren Zeitskala zu gewährleisten.
Die Diversität der einsetzbaren photosensitiven Schutzgruppen, kommt einerseits der Vielfalt der anwachsenden biochemischen Fragestellungen insofern zugute, als dass die ausgewählten PPGs auf verschiedenste Anforderungen der zu untersuchenden Systeme zugeschnitten werden können. Anderseits kann die, durch einige Problemstellungen, erforderte chromatische Orthogonalität der eingesetzten Schutzgruppen, gewährleistet
werden, deren Umsetzung sich in den letzten Jahren in zahlreichen Studien als erfolgsversprechend erwies. Beide Aspekte sind unter anderem Gegenstand der vorliegenden Arbeit.
Zum einen sollte das Photocaged Puromycin als photolabiles Antibiotikum Derivat, mithilfe der Cumarinylmethyl-Schutzgruppe (DEACM-Puromycin) optimiert werden und mit dem vorherigen Nitrobenzyl-geschützten NVOC-Puromycin mittels spektroskopischer und biochemischer Methoden verglichen werden. Zum anderen sollte eine neue Strategie etabliert werden, mit deren Hilfe das photolytisch entschützte Puromycin erneut deaktiviert werden kann.
DEACM-Puromycin konnte mithilfe eines fünfstufigen Syntheseweges hergestellt werden. Ausgehend von 7-Amino-4-methylcumarin, dessen allylische Methylgruppe durch die Riley-Reaktion mit Selendioxid Se2O zum entsprechenden DEACM-Aldehyd oxidiert wurde und anschließende Reduzierung in Anwesenheit von NaBH4 zum Cumarinalkohol DEACM-OH. Eine nicht toxische Variante, bei welcher Selendioxid umgangen wurde, zeichnete sich ebenso als zielführend aus. DEACM-OH und Puromycin konnten im Anschluss über ein Carbonat-Intermediat miteinander als Carbamat verknüpft und mithilfe von HPLC aufgetrennt werden.
Die Vorrangigkeit des neuen photolabilen Puromycin Derivates (DEACM-Puromycin), wurde zuerst mithilfe der Laser-NMR-Spektroskopie sowie HPLC Verfahren erfasst. Spektroskopische Analysen im Rahmen einer Kollaboration mit dem AK von Professor Wachtveitl bestätigten, dass DEACM-Puromycin für biologische Anwendungen geeignetere photolytische Eigenschaften, wie z. B. einen höheren Extinktionskoeffizienten, eine bathochrome Verschiebung des Absorptionsmaximums, sowie eine höhere Quantenausbeute und Uncaging Effizienz der Photolyse, aufwies. Basierend auf einer vergleichbaren HOMO-LUMO Differenz beider Verbindungen (DEACM-OH und DEACM-Puromycin), konnte die Spaltung der Schutzgruppe mithilfe der Differenz der Fluoreszenzslebensdauern mit einer Rate von 0,71*108 s-1 charakterisiert werden. Dies war im Vergleich zum vorherigen NVOC-Puromycin um eine Größenordnung höher. Weitere durchgeführte spektroskopische Methoden wurden mittels quantenchemischer Rechnungen unterstützt, um wichtige Erkenntnisse der kinetischen und dynamischen Abläufe der Photolyse des geschützten Puromycins anzueignen, z. B.:
• Der zur Photolyse von DEACM-Puromycin konkurrierende Fluoreszenzprozess, kann durch protische Medien unterdrückt werden. Dies und die somit ermöglichten Wasserstoffbrückenbindungen, welche die entstehenden ionischen Intermediate während der Photolyse stabilisieren, könnten sich für die Erhöhung der Quantenausbeute der photolytischen Abspaltung von DEACM-Puromycin zu Nutze gemacht werden.
• Anhand von Experimenten auf der ultrakurzen Zeitskala wurde die Population eines angeregten S1-ICT-Zustandes detektiert. Bei diesem findet, in Anwesenheit von polarem Lösungsmittel, einen Ladungstransfer der Diethylaminoreste auf den Cumarinring statt.
• Polare Lösungsmittel bewirken ebenfalls den Übergang zu einem TICT Zustand, welcher als nichtstrahlende Relaxation die Fluoreszenz des DEACM-Puromycins reduziert. Die Auswahl von Substituenten sowie polaren und protischen Lösungsmitteln zur Begünstigung der ICT- sowie TICT- Zustände, könnte zukünftig zur Optimierung der Photolyse Effizienz herangezogen werden.
Die gelungene Optimierung des geschützten Puromycins als ein photosensitives Antibiotikum, durch die DEACM-Schutzgruppe, konnte mittels eines XTT-Zellviabilität-Experimentes mit sf9-Insektenzellen nachgewiesen werden. Zusätzlich konnte die lichtkontrollierte Puromycylierung zur Visualisierung neu synthetisierter Proteine als weitere Funktion des optimierten photoaktivierbaren Puromycins in Zusammenarbeit mit dem AK. Schumann (MPI für
Hirnforschung, Frankfurt am Main) nachgeprüft werden. Obwohl beide photocaged Verbindungen, DEACM- sowie das vorherige NVOC-Puromycin, eine vergleichbare Zellpermeabilität zu den präparierten Neurozellen aufwiesen, zeigte DEACM-Puromycin unter gleichen Bedingungen nach der Belichtung ein signifikant intensiveres Puromycylierungsignal als NVOC-Puromycin. Unter der Annahme, dass sich mehr NVOC- als DEACM-Puromycin in
den Zellen befand, bestätigt diese Beobachtung die Vorrangigkeit des DEACM-Derivates, aufgrund seiner bereits optimierten photochemischen Eigenschaften. Durch den Einsatz eines Zwei-Photonen-Lasers, konnte die Eignung von DEACM-Puromycin für die raumselektive Steuerung der Detektion von neu exprimierten Proteinen, mit größerer Auflösung auf subzellularem Level, nachgewiesen werden.
...
This work deals with the characterization of three different type II polyketide synthase systems (PKS II) from the Gram-negative bacteria Xenorhabdus and Photorhabdus.
Particular attention was paid to a biochemically underexplored class of aryl polyene (APE) pigments. Bioinformatic analysis of enzymes involved in the biosynthesis and the in vitro reconstruction proved that the synthesis of APEs involves an unusual fatty acid-like elongation mechanism. Furthermore, the discovery of unexpected protein-protein interactions provided new insights into the multienzyme complex formation of this unusual PKS II system. Through collaboration with the groups from Prof. Michael Groll and junior Prof. Nina Morgner, two protein complexes were structurally solved and several native protein multimerization events were identified and allowed us to suggest a possible protein-interaction network. The results are summarized in publication ‘An Uncommon Type II PKS Catalyzes Biosynthesis of Aryl Polyene Pigments’ (first author; J. Am. Chem. Soc.).
In addition to in vitro-analysis, in vivo-studies were used to investigate the APE compound produced by X. doucetiae in more detail. The activation of the silent biosynthetic gene cluster (BGC) led to the detection of the APE compound in the homologous host. Further combination of homologous expression and targeted deletions of the APE BGC revealed an APE-lipid-like structure. MS-based analyses and purification of intermediates allowed us to deduce structural building blocks of the APE-lipid, which is composed of an APE structural core, a glucosamine residue and an unusual long-chain fatty acid with unusual conjugated double bonds and a phosphoethanolamine head group. In combination with the above stated in vitro-data, we assumed a plausible biosynthetic mechanism of the APE-lipid. The results are summarized in the section ‘Additional Results: Tracing the Full-length APE’.
The biosynthesis of isopropylstilbene (IPS) has already been well-studied by the Bode laboratory and the group of Prof. Ikuro Abe. Studies with Photorhabdus laumondii TT01 by the Bode group revealed the distributed locations and functions of the genes involved in biosynthesis, which originate from two pathways. Particularly, the Bode group first demonstrated that an unusual ketosynthase/cyclase (StlD) catalyzes the condensation of 5-phenyl-2,4-pentadienoyl-ACP and isovaleryl-beta-ketoacyl-ACP via a Michael addition. Such a pathway for stilbene formation is distinct from those widespread in plants. The Abe group solved the structure and biochemical mechanism of StlD and further investigated the aromatization reaction of the aromatase StlC. However, the generation of the required cinnamoyl-precursor 5-phenyl-2,4-pentadienoyl-ACP as a Michael acceptor for this cyclization reaction remained elusive. In this work, we were able to reconstitute the synthesis of the Michael acceptor in vitro, by the action of enzymes from the fatty acid biosynthesis. With the knowledge about the crucial cross-talk from primary and specialized metabolism, we further determined the minimal endowment for stilbene production in a heterologous host. Here, the discovered AasS enzyme StlB is responsible for the generation of cinnamoyl-ACP and among others, plFabH plays a key role as gatekeeper enzyme for further processing. With this information in hand, we were able to obtain IPS production in E. coli. These results are presented in the manuscript ‘Biosynthesis of the Multifunctional Isopropylstilbene in Photorhabdus laumondii Involves Cross-talk Between Specialized and Primary Metabolism’ (co-first author, manuscript).
The biosynthesis of the orange-to-red-pigmented anthraquinones (AQs) is the best-studied type II PKS system according to preliminary results. While several investigations by Brachmann et al. discovered the BGC and the overall product spectrum of the main AQ-256 and its methylated derivatives, data of Quiqin Zhou (Bode group) performed biochemical in vitro analysis paired with in vivo heterologous expression of the ant-genes antA-I. This led to the identification of shunt products that indicated an AQ-scaffold derived from an octaketide intermediate that gets shortened to a heptaketide by the hydrolase AntI, resulting in the main anthraquinone AQ-256. This PKS-shortening mechanism was further confirmed by the protein crystal structure of AntI by the Groll group (publication, minor contributions, co-author, Chem Sci. ‘Molecular Mechanism of Polyketide Shortening in Anthraquinone Biosynthesis of Photorhabdus luminescens’). Further substrate analysis of the P. luminescens AQ-producer and mutants revealed an inhibitory effect of cinnamic acid against the hydrolase AntI. Cinnamic acid might therefore be involved in regulation of AQ biosynthesis (‘Anthraquinone Production is Influenced by Cinnamic Acid’, first author, manuscript).
Biochemical analysis from Quiqin Zhou with the minimal PKS of the AQ-synthase further revealed the exclusive activation of the AQ-ACP by the PPTase AntB. The PPTase is insoluble alone but gets stabilized by the CoA-ligase, most likely inactive, working as a chaperone. Thus, the minimal PKS endowment to produce the octaketide scaffold compromises, besides the ACP, the KS:CLF heterodimer and the MCAT, the co-occurrence of the PPTase AntB and the CoA-ligase AntG. For the first time, X-ray crystallography depicted a minimal PKS in action, by obtaining the structural data of native complexes from an ACP:KS:CLF, the KS:CLF alone and an ACP:MCAT in their non-active and active forms. It was possible to confirm a KS-bound hexaketide, which was built upon heterologous expression of the KS:CLF. Mutagenesis with amino-acids proposed to be involved in protein-protein interactions in the ACP:KS:CLF complex revealed some interesting protein-interaction sites. Additionally, an induced-fit mechanism of the MCAT with the ACP during the malonylation reaction confirmed a monodirectional transfer reaction (‘Structural Snapshots of the Minimal PKS System Responsible for Octaketide Biosynthesis’ co-author, manuscript under review).
As fossil resources are diminishing, environmental concerns arise and chemical synthesis often involves expensive catalysts or extensive extraction procedures, the demand for production of industrially relevant compounds from renewable resources increases. In this context, engineering microorganisms for production of specialty chemicals, such as 3-alkylphenols, presents an attractive, environmental-friendly approach. 3-alkylphenols have various applications: due to their antiseptic and stabilizing properties many 3-alkylphenols, including 3-methylphenol (3-MP), are utilized as additives in disinfectant reagents and biological products, while they can be also implemented as platform chemicals for production of lubricating oil additives or flavors. Some 3-akylphenols have potential for transmission control of the disease sleeping sickness that is transmitted by tsetse flies in sub-saharan Africa, since 3-ethylphenol (3-EP) and 3-propylphenol (3-PP) and to a lesser degree 3-MP were found to attract tsetse flies and improved catch rates in impregnated tsetse fly traps. Microbial fermentation of 3-alkylphenols would provide a simple and inexpensive way for local communities in Africa to produce these compounds and prepare their own tsetse fly traps.
Some molds synthesize 3-MP as an intermediate during biosynthesis of the mycotoxin patulin. However, the heterologous host Saccharomyces cerevisiae has advantageous traits for industrial application, since it is well characterized, robust, simple to handle and easily genetically accessible. In this thesis, genetical engineering approaches were utilized to establish the yeast S. cerevisiae for biotechnological production of 3-alkylphenols. As a proof of concept, the iterative polyketide synthase from Penicillium patulum, 6-methylsalicylic acid synthase (MSAS), and 6-methylsalicylic acid (6-MSA) decarboxylase PatG from Aspergillus clavatus were heterologously expressed in S. cerevisiae resulting in the first reported de novo biosynthesis of 3-MP via 6-MSA in yeast from sugars (Hitschler & Boles, 2019). It was shown that codon-optimization and genomic integration of heterologous genes, high initial cell densities and a balanced expression of PatG were beneficial for heterologous production of up to 589 mg/L 3-MP in S. cerevisiae. However, toxicity of 3-MP limited higher product accumulation.
Different in vivo detoxification strategies were implemented to face this bottleneck. Growth tests revealed that 3-methylanisole (3-MA) is less toxic to the yeast cells than 3-MP. Expression of an orcinol-O-methyltransferase from chinese rose hybrids (OOMT2) was combined with in situ extraction converting the toxic 3-MP product into the volatile 3-MA and accumulating up to 211 mg/L 3-MA in the dodecane phase. Alternatively, up to 533 mg/L 3-MP glucoside were synthesized by expression of a UDP-glycosyltransferase (UGT72B27) from Vitis vinifera in the 3-MP producing strain, revealing saccharose as beneficial carbon source and ethanol growth phase as essential for high 3-MP production, although 3-MP conversions were not yet complete. Both detoxification strategies allowed circumvention of the toxicity imposed limited product accumulation. This was demonstrated when both detoxification strategies were combined with redirection of the carbon flux through deletion of phosphoglucose isomerase gene PGI1 and feeding a mixture of fructose and glucose leading to majorly improved product formation, with up to 899 mg/L 3-MA/3-MP and 873 mg/L 3-MP/3-MP glucoside, compared to less than 313 mg/L product titers in the wild type controls (Hitschler & Boles, 2020).
For provision of the tsetse fly attractants 3-EP from propionyl-CoA and 3-PP from butyryl-CoA, the substrate promiscuities of MSAS and PatG were exploited. However, slower formation rates with the alternative substrates propionyl-CoA and butyryl-CoA suggested that competing formation of 6-MSA from the preferred priming unit acetyl-CoA was dominating in vivo. Indeed, 3-EP or 3-PP formation was not observed in 3-MP producing yeast strains. Assuming that intracellular levels of propionyl-CoA and butyryl-CoA were limiting 3-EP and 3-PP formation, different strategies were implemented to raise the supply of these alternative priming units and successfully compete with acetyl-CoA for MSAS priming.
Supplementation of propionate increased propionyl-CoA levels by endogenous pathways sufficiently to enable 3-EP formation in yeast mediated by MSAS and PatG. Deletion of the 2-methylcitrate synthases CIT2 and CIT3 revealed that degradation of propionyl-CoA was not limiting 3-EP formation at this stage. In order to raise propionyl-CoA levels further, a heterologous propionyl-CoA synthase (PrpE) was expressed in the 3-MP producing yeast strain leading to up to 12.5 mg/L 3-EP with propionate feeding and blockage of degradation. Moreover, PrpE enabled also 3-EP formation without propionate supplementation suggesting that an endogenous supply of propionate existed that was reactivated by PrpE. As threonine or 2-ketobutyrate feeding increased 3-EP titers in combination with PrpE, this indicated that threonine degradation via 2-ketobutyrate was responsible for the endogenous propionate supply. Moreover, expression of branched-chain ketoacid dehydrogenase complex from Pseudomonas putida combined with PrpE provided propionyl-CoA from endogenous 2-ketobutyrate and raised 3-EP titers up to 5.9 mg/L compared to 2.8 mg/L with only PrpE indicating a potential route for optimization of 3-EP titers independent of propionate or threonine feeding.
For 3-PP production from butyryl-CoA, a heterologous ‘reverse ß-oxidation’ pathway was introduced in the 3-MP producing yeast strain providing sufficient butyryl-CoA for biosynthesis of up to 2 mg/L 3-PP. Degradation of the precursor via ß-oxidation was slightly limiting, since deletion of fatty acyl-CoA oxidase POX1 increased 3-PP titers slightly to 2.6 mg/L.
As the concentrations of 3-alkylphenols are close to the concentrations implemented in tsetse fly traps, the engineered yeast strains have the potential for simple and inexpensive on-site production of 3-alkylphenols as tsetse fly attractants by local rural communities in Africa. In spite of this success, 3-MP remained the main product in the developed yeast strains. Since 3-EP and 3-PP are more efficient tsetse fly attractants, a shift in substrate specificities of MSAS and PatG is desirable for a more favorable 3-EP/3-MP and 3-PP/3-MP product ratio regarding tsetse fly attraction. During rational engineering of MSAS, the MSASQ625A/I752V mutant showed a beneficial shift of product ratios with up to 11 mg/L 3-EP/63 mg/L 3-MP and 4.5 mg/L 3-PP/116 mg/L 3-MP, compared to a higher proportion of 3-MP with up to 343 mg/L, 11 mg/L 3-EP and 1.5 mg/L 3-PP in the wild type controls. Further engineering of MSAS and PatG might majorly improve production of 3-EP and 3-PP.
In summary, this thesis successfully established the yeast S. cerevisiae as cell factory for production of different 3-alkylphenols optimizing expression of the heterologous production pathway, elucidating means to detoxify products and establishing different approaches to increase intracellular levels of acyl-CoA precursors. The engineered yeast strains can be potentially implemented for simple and inexpensive fermentation of tsetse fly attractants in Africa.
Diese Arbeit behandelt die Rolle der Proteinkinasen IKKe und TBK1 in der Progression von humanen malignene Melanomen und die Rolle von alpha-Synuclein in der Schmerzwahrnehmung von Mäusen.
In the past decades, the use and production of chemicals has been on the rise globally due to increasing industrialization and intensive agriculture; resulting in the occurrence and ecotoxicological risks of chemicals of emerging concern (CECs) in the aquatic compartments. Risks include changes in community structure resulting in the dominance of one species and ecosystem imbalance. When dominant disease-causing organisms are in the environment, the disease transmission is increased. For example, host snails for the schistosomiasis, a human trematode disease, are known to be tolerant to pesticide
exposure compared to the predators. This would therefore result in an increased abundance of snails which consequently increase the disease transmission in the human population.
Kenya, being a low income country faces a lot of challenges with provision of clean water, diseases and sanitation facilities, and increasing population which results in intensive agriculture coupled with pesticide use. Although a lot of research has been carried out on the environmental occurrence and risk of CECs (Chapter 1), most of these studies have been done in developed countries with limited information from Africa. Additionally, research in Africa focused on urban areas with limited number of compounds analyzed and mostly in the water phase, and inadequate information on the effects of CECs on the aquatic organisms. In order to reduce this knowledge gap, this dissertation focused on identification and quantification of CECs present in water, sediment and snails from western Kenya, and the contribution of pesticides to the transmission of schistosomiasis.
Chapter 2 gives a summary of the results and discussion of the dissertation. In Chapter 3, a comprehensive chemical analysis was carried out on 48 water samples to identify compounds, spatial patterns and associated risks for fish, crustacean and algae using toxic unit (TU) approach. A total of 78 compounds were detected with pesticides and biocides being the compounds most frequently detected. Spatial pattern analysis revealed limited compound grouping based on land use. Acute risk for crustaceans and algae were driven by one to three individual compounds. These compounds responsible for toxicity were prioritized as candidate compounds for monitoring and regulation in Kenya.
In Chapter 4, an extension of Chapter 3 was done to cover the CECs present in snails and sediment from the 48 sites. A total of 30 compounds were found in snails and 78 in sediments with 68 additional compounds being found which were not previously detected in water. Higher contaminant concentrations were found in agricultural sites than in areas without anthropogenic activities. The highest acute toxicity (TU 0.99) was determined for crustaceans based on compounds in sediment samples. The risk was driven by diazinon and pirimiphos-methyl. Acute and chronic risks to algae were driven by diuron whereas fish were found to be at low to no acute risk.
In Chapter 5, the effect of pesticide contamination on schistosomiasis transmission was evaluated by applying complimentary laboratory and field studies. In the field studies, the ecological mechanisms through which pesticides and physical chemical parameters affect host snails, predators and competitors were investigated. Pesticide data was obtained from the results in chapter 3. The overall distribution of grazers and predators was not affected by pesticide pollution. However, within the grazers, pesticide pollution increased dominance of host snails. On the contrary, the host-snail competitors were highly sensitive to pesticide exposure. For the laboratory studies, macroinvertebrates including Schistosoma-host snails, competitors and predators were exposed to 6 concentrations levels of imidacloprid and diazinon. Snails showed higher insecticide tolerance compared to competitors and predators. Finally, Chapter 6 summarizes the conclusions of this dissertation, placing it in a broader
context. In this dissertation, a comprehensive chemical characterization and risk assessment of CECs has been carried out in freshwater systems; together with the effects of pesticides on schistosomiasis transmission in rural western Kenya. Results of this dissertation showed that rural areas are contaminated posing a risk to aquatic organisms which contribute to schistosomiasis transmission. This shows the need for regular monitoring and policy formulation to reduce pollutant emissions which contributes negatively to both ecological and human health effects.
This manuscript-based thesis is divided into four chapters. Chapter one is an introduction to lichens and the Antarctic. It introduces the goal of the thesis and the problems related with lichen systematics and the lack of knowledge about Antarctic lichens. The Antarctic is one of the last wildernesses, isolated from the other continents by the Antarctic Circumpolar Current, the Subantarctic Front, the Antarctic Polar Front, and the Drake Passage. Terrestrial life in Antarctica is restricted to widely separated and small ice-free areas that cover only 0.3% of the continent. Colonization of the Antarctic is a challenge for many taxa and is related to their ability for long-range dispersal and their adaptation to the harsh climate. Antarctic terrestrial ecosystems are significantly threatened by climate change, invasive species, and their interactions. Glacial retreat caused by higher than average temperatures exposes new habitats that can be easily colonized from local biota, but non-native species can also be favored by the new climatic conditions. In addition, propagule movement mediated by humans can introduce new species or change the population structure of many taxa. The terrestrial biota is comprised almost exclusively by “lower organisms” (invertebrates, bryophytes, algae, lichenized fungi, and microorganisms). Lichens are the dominant component, and the most important primary producers. Lichens are symbiotic associations consisting of a fungus (mycobiont) and one or more photosynthetic (photobiont) partners. They can disperse sexually or vegetatively. There are several problems related to the symbiotic nature of lichens that do not facilitate easy identification; although molecular data offers additional evidence, species delimitation in lichens is still not straightforward. The true number of species is underestimated due to the presence of cryptic species and species pairs. Recommended universal fungal barcode sequences (e. g. ITS) sometimes fail to delimit species pairs. Thus, it is necessary to identify fast-evolving markers that allow for the delimitation of closely related species before proceeding with the analysis of lichen populations. The goal of this thesis is to elucidate the so far unknown genetic structure among Antarctic lichen populations because of the immediate consequences for conservation strategies. The thesis focuses not only on patterns of differentiation and gene flow, but also investigates the question of human-mediated propagule transfer into Antarctica and among Antarctic sites. This project provides data on the genetic structure of Antarctic lichens that is urgently needed to develop conservation strategies in the face of global warming and increased human activities in the region. Due to the fact that it is not possible to apply all of the unspecific fingerprinting methods to lichens, microsatellites or simple sequence repeats (SSRs) are one of the best tools to investigate the genetic structure of lichen populations. SSRs offer the possibility to discriminate the lichen partners, but species-specific microsatellites have been developed for only a few species. Regarding the Antarctic, only one species has been studied with SSRs.
The second chapter describes new methods and tools to delimit closely related species of lichens and provides fast evolving markers to characterize their genetic structure. The chapter introduces the lichen species analysed in this thesis and the problems related to their correct identification by morphological methods and molecular data. Chapter two explains the sampling methods for lichen populations and the localities from small areas in which the species pairs occur together. Then the methods used to generate and validate fungal specific microsatellites that cross-amplify species pairs are described. This chapter focuses on the species pair Usnea antarctica and U. aurantiacoatra because they are the most common lichens in the Maritime Antarctic. An internal transcribed spacer (ITS) marker do not discriminate between these species, and some authors have suggested to synonymize them. Unpublished results from another Antarctic species pair, Placopsis antarctica and P. contortuplicata, are included to confirm the capability of SSRs to discriminate closely related lichen species. This thesis is the first study to generate SSRs that cross amplify species pairs, using BLAST to compare one genome against the other to obtain markers with the same length in flanking regions. The de novo developed SSRs are able to discriminate the two closely related species, and can detect variability at the population level. In the end of the chapter, ITS sequences, microsatellites, and SNPs are used to delimit the species of Usnea antarctica and U. aurantiacoatra. The chapter exposes the importance of a correct species delimitation and the ability of SSRs and SNPs to delimit the Antarctic Usnea species pair compared with the recommended universal fungal barcode sequence ITS. ...
Freshwater is one of the most fundamental resources for life and is the habitat for a wide diversity of species. One of the most diverse aquatic insect taxa is Trichoptera Kirby, 1813, caddisflies. These semi-aquatic insects have aquatic larvae and terrestrial adults and are found all around the globe in freshwater habitats. Water is also one of the most important natural resources for the human population, but alarmingly, freshwaters are among the most threatened natural habitats. Thus, the monitoring and preservation of the quality of freshwater habitats should have a high priority. In order to track changes in the biota a baseline reference is necessary, but freshwater biodiversity is under-studied in many parts of the Earth such as the biodiversity hotspots of the Himalaya and the Hengduan Mountains. This thesis treats the trichopteran genus Himalopsyche Banks, 1940 (Rhyacophilidae) which has its diversity center in the Himalayas and the Hengduan Mountains. Himalopsyche larvae are large and conspicuous and only occur in clean, unpolluted streams. This makes Himalopsyche potentially suited as indicator organisms for freshwater quality monitoring, but taxonomic knowledge is yet insufficient. Based on samples from a field survey in the Hengduan Mountains targeting both larvae and adults I uncovered three new Himalopsyche species which are described in this thesis (Chapter II), and with the aid of molecular data I associated larvae of Himalopsyche to adult species (Chapter I). The molecular association enabled the first comparative morphological study of Himalopsyche species in the larval stage, and the morphological study in Chapter II revealed that there are four distinct larval types of Himalopsyche. However, no diagnostic characters to identify Himalopsyche larvae to species level were found. To understand Himalopsyche larval morphology from an evolutionary perspective, I reconstructed the first molecular phylogeny of the genus (Chapter III). This demonstrated that each larval type corresponds to a deep phylogenetic split, indicating that larval types evolved early in Himalopsyche evolution and remained constant since. Based on the phylogenetic results as well as larval and adult morphology, I re-defined five species groups of Himalopsyche: H. kuldschensis Group, H. lepcha Group, H. navasi Group, H. phryganea Group, and H. tibetana Group. The species groups differ with respect to their diversity centers. The monotypic H. lepcha Group resides in the Himalayas, and the monotypic H. phryganea Group inhabits Western Nearctic. The H. kuldschensis and H. tibetana Groups are geographically overlapping with distributions in the Himalayas, but the distribution of H. kuldschensis Group stretches more to the west to include the Tian Shan, and the H. tibetana Group is more concentrated around the eastern Himalayas and the Hengduan Mountains. The H. navasi Group has a more eastern distribution than most Himalopsyche including isolated areas such as Japan and Indonesia. The earliest split in Himalopsyche divides the H. navasi Group from remaining Himalopsyche, suggesting a more eastern area of origin of Himalopsyche than its current diversity center, with subsequent radiations in the Himalayas and Hengduan Mountains. In addition to the three chapters, in this thesis I discuss further aspects of Himalopsyche biology including genital evolution, species complexes, and Himalopsyche ecology.
Xenorhabdus and Photorhabdus are bacterial genera that live in symbiosis with entomopathogenic nematodes of the genera Steinernema and Heterorhabditis, respectively. These nematodes infect insect larvae through the trachea and then enter the hemocoel. Once inside the hemocoel, the nematodes release the bacteria through their intestine. Thereafter, the bacteria become active and kill the larvae within 48 h. During this process, the immune system of the insect host is compromised by molecules produced and secreted by the bacteria. This illustrates that the bacteria possess not only a large arsenal of biological weaponry such as antibiotics and fungicides but also lipases, proteases, etc. Therefore, they are not only able to kill the insect but also protect the cadaver from other food competitors.
During the past decades, a large number of natural products have been identified from Xenorhabdus and Photorhabdus. However, the targets and functions for many of these biological molecules are still unknown. Therefore, the goal of the doctoral thesis is to elucidate the modes of action of these natural products from Xenorhabdus and Photorhabdus with the main focus on non-ribosomal peptides (NRPs). The work can be divided into two parts. Initially, it starts with the synthesis of natural compounds and various chemically modified derivatives. Besides that, a number of peptides were synthesized for other projects to either verify their structures or quantify the amount produced by the bacteria. Then, secondary analysis methods are applied and provide additional insight into the modes of action of these compounds.
During the thesis, I carried out peptide synthesis either manually or with an automatic synthesizer system from Biotage. Here, the Fmoc-protecting group strategy was preferred in most cases. Natural products, such as silathride, xenoautoxin, phenylethylamide, tryptamide, rhabdopeptide, 3-hydroxyoctanoic acid, and PAX, were produced during this process. Furthermore, new peptide derivatives derived from synthetic NRPS approaches using the XU concept or SYNZIP were generated as standards.
Most of these natural compounds were experimentally verified by MIC tests (broth microdilution, plate diffusion) to be biologically active. For example, silathride, phenylethylamide, and tryptamide showed quorum quenching effects when tested against Chromobacterium violaceum. Initial results from collaborators (PD Dr. Nadja Hellmann/Mainz) showed that tryptamide and phenylethylamide interact with membrane or membrane proteins.
(R)-3-hydroxyoctanoic acid was synthesized to verify the molecule structure of phototemtide A, a cyclic lipopeptide with antiprotozoal activity. The rhabdopeptides are another class, which showed remarkable antiprotozoal effects. However, their mode of action was unknown. These compounds are relatively short peptide sequences, which contain hydrophobic residues, such as valine, leucine, or phenylalanine. Moreover, they possess N methylation, resulting in a rod-shaped highly hydrophobic structure. In this work, I synthesized eight new derivatives of rhabdopeptides for photo-affinity labeling (PAL). These molecules should react covalently under UV-light irradiation with the biological target of the peptides. In addition, these derivatives can be enriched in a pull-down assay using click chemistry. Afterward, analytic methods such as mass detection (proteome analysis) can be applied to elucidate the protein targets.
The PAX peptides derivatives are well-known to have anti-microbial activities and believed to be secreted into the environment by the producing bacteria. However, I found that the majority of these peptides are located in the cell pellet fraction and not in the supernatant. This has been shown through quantification using HPLC MS. New PAX derivatives were synthesized, which carry a moiety suitable for covalent modification using click-chemistry, therefore being functionalizable with a fluorescence dye. In collaboration with Dr. Christoph Spahn (Prof. Dr. Mike Heilemann group), we used confocal, as well as super-resolution microscopy, in particular, single-molecule localization microscopy (SMLM) to investigate the spatial distribution of clickable PAX molecules and revealed that they localize at the bacterial membrane. Furthermore, bioactivity assays revealed that the promotor exchanged X. doucetiae PAX mutants, which do not produce PAX molecules without chemical induction (hereby termed as pax-), were more susceptible to several insect AMPs tested. Based on these findings, a new dual mechanism of action for PAX was proposed. Besides the previously shown antimicrobial activity, these molecules with a positive net charge of +5 (pH = 7) would bind to the negatively charged bacterial surface. Hereby, the surface charge (typically negative) would be inversed resulting in a protective effect for Xenorhabdus against other positively charged AMPs. Furthermore, PAX was investigated as AMP against E. coli to study its antimicrobial mechanism of action. Here, the results show that PAX can disrupt the E. coli membrane at higher concentrations (> 30 µg/ml), enter the cytosol, and lead to reorganization of subcellular structures, such as the nucleoid during this process.
Another aspect of secondary analysis is the application of proteomic analysis. Therefore, I induced X. nematophila, X. szentirmaii, and P. luminescens with insect lysate. These samples were analyzed using HPLC-MS/MS (Q Exactive) together with a database approach (Maxquant/Andromeda). The results showed that in all strains the lipid degradation and the glyoxylate pathway were induced. This is in line with the given insect lysate diet, which mostly contained lipids. Moreover, several interesting unknown peptides and proteins were also upregulated and might get into the focus of future research.
The genus Giraffa likely evolved around seven million years ago in Indo-Asia and spread over the Arabian-African land bridge into Eastern Africa. The oldest fossil of the African lineage was found in Kenya and dated to 7-5.4 Mya. Beside modern giraffe, four additional African species have likely existed (G. gracilis, G. pygmaea, G. stillei, and G. jumae). Based on their morphological similarities, G. gracilis is often considered to be the closest relative of the modern giraffe. Nevertheless, the phylogeny within the genus Giraffa is largely unresolved.
Modern giraffe (Giraffa sp.) have been neglected by the scientific community for a long time and still very little is known about their biology. Traditionally, present-day giraffe have been considered a single species (G. camelopardalis) which is divided into six to eleven subspecies, with nine subspecies being the most accepted classification. This classification was based on morphological differences and geographic ranges. However, recent genetic analyses found hidden diversity within Giraffa and proposed four genetically distinct giraffe species (G. camelopardalis, G. reticulata, G. tippelskirchi, G. giraffa) with presumably little gene flow among them.
Gene flow on a population level is the exchange of genetic information among populations facilitated by the migration of individuals between populations. Additionally, it is an important criterion to delineate species, because many species concepts, especially the Biological Species Concept, rely on the concept of reproductive isolation. Yet, new genetic methods are identifying an increasing number of species that show signs of introgressive hybridization or gene flow among them. Therefore, strict reproductive isolation cannot always be applied to delineate species, especially in young, probably still diverging, species such as giraffe.
Therefore, giraffe are ideal study organisms to investigate the level of gene flow in recently diverged species with adjacent or potentially overlapping ranges. Furthermore, their recent classification as “Vulnerable” by the IUCN and their unreliable distribution maps require the genetic evaluation of their population structure, distribution and conservation status.
In Publication 1 (Winter et al. (2018a), Ecological Genetics and Genomics, 7–8, 1–5), I studied the distribution and matrilineal population structure of Angolan giraffe (G. giraffa angolensis) using sequences from the cytochrome b gene (1,140 bp) and the mitochondrial control region for individuals from across their known range and beyond, and additionally including individuals from all known giraffe species and subspecies. The reconstruction of a phylogenetic tree and a mitochondrial haplotype network allowed to identify the most easterly known natural population of Angolan giraffe, a population that was previously assigned to their sister-subspecies South African giraffe (G. giraffa giraffa), indicating the limit of classification by morphology and geography. Furthermore, the analyses show that Namibia’s iconic desert-dwelling giraffe population is genetically distinct, even from the nearest population at Etosha National Park, suggesting very limited, if any, natural exchange of matrilines. Yet, no geographic barriers are known for this region that would prevent genetic exchange. Therefore, the two populations are likely on different evolutionary trajectories. Limited individuals with an Etosha haplotype further suggest that translocation of Etosha giraffe into the desert population had only a minor impact on the local population. Two separate haplogroups within Etosha National Park suggest an “out of Etosha” radiation of Angolan giraffe to the East followed by a later back-migration.
In Publication 2 (Winter et al. (2018b), Ecology and Evolution, 8(20), 10156–10165), I investigated the genetic population structure of giraffe across their range (n = 137) with focus on the amount of gene flow among the proposed giraffe species with a 3-fold increased set of nuclear introns (n = 21). Limited gene flow of less than one effective migrant per generation, even between the closely related northern (G. camelopardalis) and reticulated giraffe (G. reticulata) further supports the existence of four giraffe species by a different methodology, gene flow. This is significant because most species concepts build on reproductive isolation. Furthermore, this result is corroborated by four distinct major clades in a phylogenetic tree analysis, and distinct clusters in Principal Component Analysis and STRUCTURE analysis. All these analyses suggest a low level of genetic exchange among the four giraffe species and, therefore, a high degree of reproductive isolation in accordance with the Biological Species Concept (BSC). In Addition, only a single individual in 137 was identified as being potential of natural hybrid origin, which promotes the four-species concept further. ...
A novel role for mutant mRNA degradation in triggering transcriptional adaptation to mutations
(2020)
Robustness to mutations promotes organisms’ well-being and fitness. The increasing number of mutants in various model organisms, and humans, showing no obvious phenotype (Bouche and Bouchez, 2001; Chen et al., 2016b; Giaever et al., 2002; Kok et al., 2015) has renewed interest into how organisms adapt to gene loss. In the presence of deleterious mutations, genetic compensation by transcriptional upregulation of related gene(s) (also known as transcriptional adaptation) has been reported in numerous systems (El-Brolosy and Stainier, 2017; Rossi et al., 2015; Tondeleir et al., 2012); however, the molecular mechanisms underlying this response remained unclear. To investigate this phenomenon, I develop and study multiple models of transcriptional adaptation in zebrafish and mouse cell lines. I first show that transcriptional adaptation is not caused by loss of protein function, indicating that the trigger lies upstream, and find that the response involves enhanced transcription of the related gene(s). Furthermore, I observe a correlation between levels of mutant mRNA degradation and upregulation of related genes. To investigate the role of mutant mRNA degradation in triggering the response, I generate mutant alleles that do not transcribe the mutated gene and find that they fail to induce a transcriptional response and display stronger phenotypes. Transcriptome analysis of alleles displaying mutant mRNA degradation revealed upregulation of a significant proportion of genes displaying sequence similarity with the mutated gene’s mRNA, suggesting a model whereby mRNA degradation intermediates induce transcriptional adaptation via sequence similarity. Further mechanistic analyses suggested RNA-decay factors-dependent chromatin remodeling, and repression of antisense RNAs to be implicated in the response. These results identify a novel role for mutant mRNA degradation in buffering against mutations. Besides, they hold huge implications on understanding disease-causing mutations and shall help in designing mutations that lead to minimal transcriptional adaptation-induced compensation, facilitating studying gene function in model organisms.
Even one century after Santiago Ramón y Cajal’s groundbreaking contribu- tions to neuroscience, one of the most fundamental questions in the field is still largely open, namely understanding how the shape of a dendrite is adapted to its specific biological function. A systematic investigation of this problem is challenging both technically and conceptually because neurons have diverse genetic, molecular, morphological, connectional and functional properties.
In the light of the preceding, dendritic arborisation (da) neurons of the Drosophila melanogaster larva PNS have proven to be an excellent model system for the study of such growth and patterning processes. Structure and function in these cell classes are intimately intertwined, as class type-specific dendritic arbour differentiation processes are required to satisfy a given phys- iological need. Also, there is a remarkable genetic toolkit that enables one to selectively and reproducibly label, image and manipulate each one of these sensory neuron classes. In this thesis, I address the aforementioned open problem by linking single-cell patterning, information processing and wiring optimisation in sensory da neurons to behaviour in Drosophila larva.
In particular, I study Class I ventral peripherical dendritic arborisation (c1vpda) neurons. These are a class of proprioceptive neurons that relay information on the position of the larva’s body back to the CNS during crawling behaviour to assure proper locomotion. Their stereotypical comb- like shaped dendritic branches spread along the body-wall, and they get noticeably deformed during crawling behaviour. The bending of the den- dritic branches is hypothesised to be a possible mechanism to transduce the mechanosensory inputs arising from cuticle folding. Interestingly, c1vpda neurons do not necessarily satisfy optimal wiring constraints since they are required to pattern into a specific shape to fulfil their function. Therefore, I considered the da system to study how the specific functional requirements may be combined with optimal wiring constraints during development.
Although the molecular machinery of dendrite patterning in c1vpda neurons is well studied, the precise elaboration of the comb-like shaped dendrites of these cells remains elusive. Moreover, even though a lot of work has been put into the description and quantification of growth processes of the nervous system, there are still few solid and standardised models of arbour staging and patterning. Importantly, the defining parameters that determine the dendrite elaboration program that in turn is responsible for creating the final arbour morphology are still unknown. As a result, unraveling possible universal stages of dendrite elaboration shared between different model systems and cell types is challenging.
Thus, in order to understand the development of the fine regulation of branch outgrowth that leads to the observed terminal arbour morphology in the mature cell, I collected in vivo, long-term, non-invasive high temporal res- olution time-lapse recordings of dendritic trees during the differentiation process in the embryo and its maturation phase in the larva. For further analysis, I developed new algorithms that quantified the structural changes in dendrite morphology in the time-lapse videos. My approach provides a framework to analyse such developmental data, or any dataset comprising continuous morphological dynamical processes in an unbiased way. Using these newly developed methods, I examined the development of a sample of c1vpda cells and identified five stages of differentiation in these data: initial stem polarization, extension, pruning, stabilization, and isometric stretching during larval stages.
The beginning of the growth process is marked by the polarisation of the main stem. Subsequently, during the extension phase, branches emerge interstitially from the existing main stem. Later, higher-order branches sprout from pre-existing lateral branches, increasing arbour complexity. This is followed by a pruning stage where developmental intermediate dendritic branches are removed. This step leads to a spatial rearrangement of the dendritic tree. The end of the pruning step is followed by a stabilisation period where arbour morphology remains virtually unaltered in the embryo. After hatching, c1vpda dendrites experience an isometric scaling, with their branching complexity and pattern being invariant across all larval stages.
After dissecting the c1vpda dendrites spatiotemporal differentiation process, I established a link between dendritic shape and behaviour. I measured intra- cellular Ca++ activity in the dendrite branches of l1 larvae during forward locomotion, while simultaneously recording branch deformation using a dual genetic line. I reported that post-embryonic c1vpda dendrites Ca++ responses increased in freely crawling larvae. Furthermore, I showed strong correlations between Ca++ signal and deformation of the comb-like dendritic ranches during body-wall contractions.
Then, using a geometrical model, I provided evidence that the pruning stage could reorganise the dendrite morphology to maximise mechanosensory re- sponses during body wall contraction. I showed that the angle orientation of each side branch correlates with the bending curvature and thus with the me- chanical displacement of the cell membrane during locomotion. During the pruning phase, I observed a preferential reduction of less efficient branches with low bending curvature, influencing the mechanisms of dendritic sig- nal integration of c1vpda sensory neurons. I proceeded to quantify branch dynamics at single tip resolution during pruning, providing evidence that a simple random pruning mechanism is sufficient to remodel the tree structure compatible with the observed way.
I used these time-lapse data to constrain a new computational noisy growth model with random pruning based on optimal wiring principles. This model is able to generate highly realistic synthetic c1vpda morphologies. The model furthermore requires few parameters to generate highly accurate temporal development trajectories and morphologies at single-cell level. Utilising this data and model enabled me to investigate upon the hypothesis that a noisy dendrite growth and random pruning mechanism synergise to achieve den- dritic trees efficient in terms of both wiring and function. My findings show how single neurons can create functionally specialised dendrites while min- imising wiring costs, elucidating how general principles of self-organisation may be involved in the generation of these structures.
The growing number of infections with multi-resistant bacteria or the current COVID-19 pandemic put compounds with therapeutic properties into the public focus. Non-ribosomal peptides (NRPs) are natural products that are already marketed as antibiotics, cytotoxic agents or immunosuppressants. Their biological activities rely on the structural diversity including non-proteinogenic amino acids (AAs), heterocycles or modifications like methylation or acylation.
The biosynthesis of NRPs is carried out by non-ribosomal peptide synthetases (NRPSs). These multifunctional megaenzymes show a modular architecture like in an assembly-line. Each module is thereby responsible for the incorporation and modification of one AA and therefore contains different catalytic domains. The adenylation (A) domain recognizes and activates its specific substrate in an ATP-dependent manner which is transferred to a 4’-phosphopantetheine cofactor post-translationally attached to the thiolation (T) domain. Peptide bond formation between two T domain bound substrates catalysed by the condensation (C) domain transfers the growing peptide chain to the following module. Such a C-A-T module can be extended with optional domains to integrate structural diversity and a terminal thioesterase (TE) domain usually releases the peptide via hydrolysis or intramolecular attack of nucleophiles. Inspired by the modular architecture, NRPS engineering deals with the modification of NRPs in order to increase biological activities, circumvent bacterial resistances or create de novo peptides. This can be achieved by mutasynthesis or modification of the substrate binding pocket as well as single and multiple domain substitution. However, the few successful approaches led to impaired enzymes and did not establish a general applicable guideline. In the first publication as part of this work, the development of such a guideline comprising three rules is addressed. First, the A-T-C tridomain named exchange unit (XU) is seen as a catalytic unit instead of a module. When using them as building blocks, the C domain’s specificity for the AA of the following XU has to be considered as second rule. Third, a conserved WNATE motif within the C-A linker depicts the fusion point of the XUs. Upon heterologous expression of the cloned plasmids in E. coli and high performance liquid chromatography coupled mass spectrometry-based analysis of the extracts, the ambactin-producing NRPS from Xenorhabdus was reprogrammed with one and two XUs. This only leads to a moderate loss of production titre or an even higher one when the AA configuration was changed by introducing a dual condensation/epimerization (C/E) domain. The pentamodular GameXPeptide-producing NRPS was reconstructed using up to five XUs of four different NRPSs and even completely de novo synthetases were created. The second publication describes the exchange unit condensation domain (XUC) concept and relies on a fusion point between the two subdomains (N-terminal CDsub and C-terminal CAsub) of the C domain’s V-shaped pseudodimeric structure which generates A-T didomains with flanking CAsub and CDsub. These hybrid C domain-forming building blocks depict an improvement to the XU concept by avoiding the drawback of C domain specificity. This allows a more flexible NRPS engineering that can e.g. enable peptide library design. Furthermore, beside a combination of both concepts within one NRPS and a transfer to Bacillus NRPSs, the use of XUC with relaxed A domain specificity allowed further peptide modifications by introducing non-natural AAs. The third publication deals with aldehyde and alcohol-generating reductase (R) domains which depict an alternative for peptide release in NRPSs. A promoter exchange in X. indica identified a pyrazine-producing NRPS with a minimal architecture of an A, T and R domain and was therefore termed ATRed. R domains were additionally used in engineered NRPSs to produce pyrazinones and derivatives thereof by XU substitution although most constructs failed to show production. Beyond that, an R domain has been shown to replace a TE domain in wild type synthetases leading to slightly modified NRPs and the postulated biosynthesis was incidentally revised. Furthermore, an NRPS with terminal R domain was engineered to produce a free peptide aldehyde, which are known to be potent proteasome inhibitors. For the above mentioned ATReds, the presence of up to three coding regions was further identified in 20 different Xenorhabdus strains but only six of them were verified to produce pyrazines. All ATReds share variable sequence similarities among each other and were subsequently divided into three subtypes. One subtype is supposed to perform the pyrazine biosynthesis via a non-canonical catalytic triad.
Photorhabdus and Xenorhabdus bacteria live in a highly specific symbiosis with nematodes that belong to the genus of Heterorhabditis and Steinernema, respectively. These cruiser type nematodes actively search for soil-dwelling insects and infect them via natural openings. Inside of the insect, the bacteria are released into the hemocoel where they start producing an array of secondary metabolites to bypass the insect immune system and kill the prey within 48 hours. Many of those natural products possess bioactivities against other bacteria, fungi, protozoa or insects, which makes them interesting candidates for pharmaceutical applications. Even though advanced molecular biological methods in combination with bioinformatics tools can now be used to predict biosynthetic gene clusters (BGCs) and their products, there are still many BGCs with unknown products. Even for the plethora of natural products that were successfully identified in the last couple of years, the exact ecological function often remains elusive, as laboratory conditions can vary considerably from the natural environment of the bacteria. Knowledge about the natural conditions that stimulate, or repress production of certain natural products and their underlying regulatory mechanisms yield new approaches for natural product research and enables possibilities for selective manipulations of the regulatory cascades.
The overarching goal of this work was to examine the regulatory networks in Photorhabdus and Xenorhabdus strains. The first part of this work focused on the Hfq-dependent regulation of specialized metabolite production. In those genera, the RNA chaperone, Hfq, represses expression of hexA, which encodes for a global transcriptional regulator that acts as the master repressor for SM production. Multiple global approaches were used to identify the sRNA ArcZ, which targets a specific region in the 5’-untranslated region of the hexA mRNA and ultimately guides Hfq in order to repress its expression. It was shown that a deletion of arcZ led to a drastic reduction of SM production in Photorhabdus and Xenorhabdus, consistent with the phenotype of their respective hfq deletion mutants. Transcriptomic profiling revealed far-reaching effects on the transcriptome, with up to 735 coding sequences significantly affected in the arcZ deletion strain. Finally, it was shown that the resulting chemical background, devoid of SMs, in combination with targeted promotor exchange can be used to exclusively overproduce a desired natural product, representing an alternative route of genetic manipulation.
The second part of this work focused on the influence and identification of insect related compounds that affect SM production in P. laumondii, X. szentirmaii and X. nematophila. Insect homogenate was generated from G. mellonella larvae, a model host for these bacteria. Supplementation of the cultivation medium with homogenate induced considerable shifts in the SM profiles of those bacteria. A global effect on the transcriptional output was determined by transcriptomic profiling. The core response to the simulation of an insect environment consisted of ten CDS, eight of which are involved in the degradation of fatty acids or the import of maltose and maltodextrin into the cells. Two abundant components in the insect homogenate, trehalose and putrescin, were added to the cultivation medium of those strains and subsequent HPLC-MS analysis revealed a direct correlation of their concentration in the medium and the production titres of certain SMs. These results indicated that the bacteria sense the insect environment via different insect specific components in order to initiate a metabolic adjustment, which is probably required for adaptation to the insect host.
The last part of this work examined the influence of other, so far not directly related genes on SM production, based on the isolation of P. laumondii transposon-insertion mutants with clear phenotypic alterations. Re-sequencing and SM profiling of the mutant strains revealed that a transposon-insertion in the gene encoding for a putative DNA-adenine methyltransferase affected SM production. The phenotype was confirmed by deleting this gene. Based on Single-Molecule Real-Time sequencing, the complete methylome of the WT, deletion- and complementation mutant were analysed (experimental work performed by Sacha J. Pidot, Melbourne, Australia). No obvious alterations were detected in the methylation patterns of the strains, indicating that the dam gene product does not methylate the adenine in GATC-motifs, as it was described in literature for E. coli. This data raises the question what the function of the putative DNA-adenine methyltransferase is in P. laumondii and how it can influence the secondary metabolism. Even though there is currently no clear evidence, the potential role of epigenetic gene regulation mechanisms should be considered in further work.
Auf den Einsatz von Tieren im Rahmen der (Umwelt-)Risikobewertung von Stoffen kann nach wie vor nicht verzichtet werden. Dabei führen die Überprüfungen einer zunehmenden Anzahl neu entwickelter Stoffe, aber auch die gestiegenen Anforderungen der Gesetzgebungen zu einem hohen Verbrauch von Versuchstieren. Diese Untersuchungen sind wichtig, da viele der in Gebrauch befindlichen und in allen Bereichen genutzten Chemikalien potentiell endokrin wirksam sind, auf unterschiedlichen Wegen in die Umwelt gelangen und sich potentiell negativ auf die Gesundheit von Mensch und Tier auswirken können.
Bei den bisher verwendeten Methoden werden vor allem juvenile oder adulte Tiere, aber auch Tiere zur Untersuchung des kompletten Lebenszyklus über eine oder mehrere Generationen für die Beurteilung von Substanzen eingesetzt. Dabei ist bekannt, dass die Entstehung reproduktiver Störungen in der Embryonalphase der jeweiligen Individuen auftritt. Um den Tierverbrauch zu reduzieren, werden teilweise In-vitro-Testsysteme angewendet. Es zeigt sich aber, dass diese Tests lediglich einen bestimmten Zelltyp in einem bestimmten Entwicklungsstadium abbilden können, was die Aussagekraft über die tatsächliche Wirkung auf ein komplexes Gewebe und dessen Entwicklung, erst Recht für den kompletten Organismus, stark einschränkt. Die Aussagekraft dieser Methoden ist daher in bestimmten eingeschränkten Grenzen zu sehen. In der vorliegenden Arbeit wird eine alternative Ersatzmethode vorgestellt mit dem Ziel einer stärkeren Aussagekraft bei toxikologisch und ökotoxikologisch relevanten Endpunkten. Im Fokus stehen hierbei die Effekte von androgenen und estrogenen Substanzen auf die Geschlechtsentwicklung von Hühnerembryonen (Gallus gallus domesticus) auf Ebene der Expression der mRNA, vereint mit Effekten auf Ebene der Organhistologie und – morphologie, verglichen mit den Normalzuständen unbehandelter Individuen. Die neu entwickelte Methode zur Beurteilung solcher Substanzen kann im Rahmen der human- und umwelttoxikologischen Risikobewertung von Stoffen eingesetzt werden und ist ein geeignetes Werkzeug, um die notwendigen Untersuchungen mit der gefordert hohen Beurteilungsqualität durchzuführen. Gleichzeitig kann mit dieser Tierversuchsersatzmethode bei hoher Aussagekraft auch der Verbrauch an weiter und höher entwickelten Versuchstieren verringert werden, was auch einem gesellschaftlich-ethischen Bedürfnis gerecht wird.
Die CXCR4/CXCL12-Achse ist von entscheidender Bedeutung für die Entstehung und Aufrechterhaltung einer gesunden, reifen Hämatopoese. Erstmals beschrieben wurde der später als CXCR4 bezeichnete Rezeptor 1996 allerdings als Co-Rezeptor für den Eintritt humaner HI-Viren in Lymphozyten. Ein großes Interesse bestand daraufhin darin, sowohl natürliche Inhibitoren des G-Protein gekoppelten Rezeptors zu identifizieren, als auch synthetische herzustellen, um einen Eintritt des Virus in den menschlichen Organismus zu verhindern bzw. seine Ausbreitung zu unterbinden. Ein natürlich vorkommender CXCR4-Ligand, der 2015 von Zirafi und Kollegen erstmals beschrieben wurde, fand sich im Hämofiltrat von Dialysepatienten. Der im weiteren Verlauf als EPI-X4 bezeichnete CXCR4-Antagonist wurde als Spaltprodukt von Albumin identifiziert, welches über viele Spezies hochkonserviert ist. Diese Eigenschaft interpretieren wir als Hinweis auf eine relevante physiologische Funktion des Peptids. Da die Halbwertszeit von natürlich vorkommendem EPI-X4 beim Menschen vermutlich sehr kurz ist, sind in vivo- und darauffolgende in vitro-Analysen schwierig durchzuführen. In-vitro-Spike-Analysen von synthetischem EPI-X4 in humanem Plasma ergaben eine Halbwertszeit von nur 17 Minuten. Die geringen auftretenden Konzentrationen erschweren die Problematik zusätzlich. In dieser Arbeit sollen deshalb im Mausmodell in vivo-Analysen durchgeführt werden, um die Effekte von potentiell entstehendem EPI-X4 in verschiedenen experimentellen Ansätzen aufzudecken. Ein probates, hier verwendetes Mittel, ist die Analyse einer Knock-out (KO)-Maus. Die für die Bindung an CXCR4 entscheidende Aminosäure von EPI-X4, das am N-Terminus gelegene Leucin, wurde durch Alanin ersetzt, welches die Entstehung von EPI-X4 unterbindet und zusätzlich dessen Bindung an CXCR4 verhindert. Mit Hilfe zweier Mausmodelle können nun Analysen im EPI-X4-defizienten Modell durchgeführt werden, die im Umkehrschluss Informationen über die organismische Wirkung von EPI-X4 beinhalten. Zunächst wurde in beiden Modellen die physiologisch normale reife und unreife Hämatopoese charakterisiert. Hierbei zeigte sich kein signifikanter systematischer Einfluss von EPI-X4 auf reife Leukozyten (WBC), lediglich eine leichte Lymphozytose in der HR-Ala-Variante. Im weiteren Verlauf der homöostatischen Analyse der Hämatopoese der Ala-EPI-X4-Mäuse zeigten sich keine signifikanten Unterschiede zu wildtypischen Mäusen. Sowohl reife als auch unreife Zellen zeigten, außer in der T- und B-Zelllinie, keine zahlenmäßigen oder funktionalen Auffälligkeiten, weder im Blut, noch in der Milz oder im Knochenmark. Analysen der Zellzyklusaktivität unterschiedlicher Unreifestufen wiesen ebenfalls keine Auffälligkeiten auf. Diese Daten einer normalen, von einer C57Bl/6-Maus zu erwartenden Ergebnisse dienten als Grundlage zur Bewertung und Analyse von durchgeführten hämatopoetischen Stressmodellen. Hierfür wurden
zunächst hämatopoetische Stamm- und Vorläuferzellen (HSPC) mobilisiert. In den angewandten Mobilisierungsmodellen fanden sich lediglich unter G-CSF-Behandlung im Knochenmark eine größere Anzahl Granulozyten, was auf einen Einfluss von EPI-X4 auf HSPC schließen lässt. Um potentielle Auswirkungen von EPI-X4 im Knochenmark weiter zu untersuchen, wurde ein weiteres Stressmodell gewählt, welches ebenfalls mutmaßlich die Bedingungen zur EPI-X4-Generierung schafft: Subletale Bestrahlung der Mäuse sorgt für Schäden an allen Zellarten im Knochenmark, es wird ein steriles entzündliches Milieu kreiert. Unter diesen Umständen wurde die Regeneration von Blutzellen analysiert. Es zeigten sich keine nennenswerten Unterschiede sowohl in der akuten Phase des Schadens als auch in regelmäßigen Blutentnahmen während der Regenerierung.
Die Beschreibung von natürlich vorkommendem EPI-X4 in Vaginal- und Rektalschleimhaut zeigt seine Entstehung an Schleimhautbarrieren auf. Ala-EPI-X4-Muse werden deshalb auf deren Durchlässigkeit untersucht: LPS-Konzentrationen als Marker für eindringende pathogene Bakterien wurden im Plasma untersucht. Hierbei zeigten sich keine Unterschiede zwischen den Gruppen, eine Störung scheint hier nicht vorzuliegen. Zusätzlich wurde die Zusammensetzung des Mikrobioms im Darm untersucht, da beschrieben wurde, dass sich Mikrobiom und die Integrität der Darmschleimhaut gegenseitig beeinflussen. Im Falle der EPI-X4-defizienten Mäuse liegt zwar keine offensichtliche pathologische Veränderung vor, dennoch konnte in männlichen HR-Ala-Mäusen die Abwesenheit des Proteobakteriums Parasutterella nachgewiesen werden. Um eine mögliche Defizienz der Barrierefunktion weiter zu testen, wurden zwei Stressmodelle gewählt: Zunächst wurde den Mäusen eine akute, sterile Peritonitis zugefügt, woraufhin die Anzahl und Zusammensetzung der ins Peritoneum einströmenden Leukozyten analysiert wird. Die Reaktion auf diesen Entzündungsprozess war nicht verändert. Ähnliche Ergebnisse zeigten sich auch in einem akuten Colitis-Stressmodell.
Insgesamt konnte in dieser Arbeit mithilfe zweier KO-Mausmodelle die Rolle von EPI-X4 in der Hämatopoese und der Immunologie von Mäusen beginnend charakterisiert werden. Die homöostatische Hämatopoese scheint kaum von EPI-X4 abhängig zu sein, lediglich die Zahl der B- und T-Zellen, insbesondere der regulatorischen T-Zellen, scheint beeinflusst. Damit einhergehend konnten Veränderungen in Zytokinlevels bei inflammatorischen Ereignissen gezeigt werden. Experimente zur beeinflussten, eventuell gestörten Barrierefunktion von Ala-EPI-X4-Mäusen zeigten vielversprechende Ansätze und sollten in Zukunft weiter analysiert werden.
Das Gehirn weist in mehreren Bereichen anatomische Asymmetrien zwischen beiden Hemisphären auf, so auch in Bereichen der Hörrinde. Zudem ist bereits langjährig bekannt, dass menschliche Sprache vorrangig in der linken Gehirnhälfte, d.h. linksseitig lateralisiert, verarbeitet wird. Daraus folgend stellt sich die Frage, ob dies eine besondere Spezialisierung ist, oder ob es noch weitere lateralisierte Hirnfunktionen gibt. Viele akustische Signale haben dabei frequenzmodulierte (FM) Komponenten, die im Hörsystem für die Erkennung nach Parametern wie Richtung und Dauer der Modulation analysiert werden müssen. Ob die Analyse von FM-Komponenten oder einzelner Reizparameter im Gehirn lateralisiert stattfindet, wurde in der Literatur meist mit bildgebenden Verfahren untersucht.
Für das Erkennen und Unterscheiden der Modulationsrichtung weist eine Vielzahl von Studien auf eine erhöhte Aktivität in der rechten Hörrinde hin. Für die Analyse von Stimulusdauern ist es bisher allerdings noch unklar bzw. umstritten, ob diese lateralisiert erfolgt. Für die Untersuchung der Lateralisierung einfacher Sprachkomponenten werden häufig Konsonant-Vokal-Silben (CV-Silben) verwendet. In einer Vielzahl von Studien konnte eine linkslastige Lateralisierung, wie bei der Spracherkennung, gezeigt werden.
In der vorliegenden Arbeit wurde nun untersucht, ob ein eindeutigeres Muster von Lateralisierung zu finden ist, wenn diese in Wahrnehmungsexperimenten, untersucht wird. Dabei wurde ein zu untersuchender Teststimulus (FM-/CV-Stimulus) auf einem Ohr mit einem kontralateralen breitbandigen Rauschen auf dem anderen Ohr gleichzeitig präsentiert. Durch die Struktur der Hörbahn kann dabei davon ausgegangen werden, dass in einer Hemisphäre des Vorderhirns vorrangig Informationen aus dem kontralateralen Ohr verarbeitet und Informationen aus dem ipsilateralen Ohr unterdrückt werden und sich somit Rückschlüsse auf die Funktion/Beteiligung einer Hemishpäre ziehen lassen. Das Rauschen diente dabei zur unspezifischen Aktivierung der gegenüberliegenden Hemisphäre.
Die Lateralisierung wurde systematisch für unterschiedlich komplexe Reize untersucht. Dazu wurden in zwei Versuchsreihen Unterscheidungsexperimente durchgeführt, die sich in mehrere Messungen (mit mehreren Durchläufen) mit unterschiedlichen Parametereinstellungen gliederten. Pro Durchlauf musste sich die Versuchsperson immer zwischen zwei Antwortmöglichkeiten entscheiden (2-AFC-Verfahren). Der Schalldruckpegel des Rauschens war dabei für alle Messungen konstant. Der Schalldruckpegel der Teststimuli blieb zwar während einer Messung konstant, wurde jedoch innerhalb eines Experimentes von Messung zu Messung reduziert.
In einer gemeinsamen Analyse wurden jeweils die Fehlerraten und Reaktionszeiten beider Ohren, getrennt nach Seite und FM-/ CV-Stimulus, miteinander verglichen, um so auf eine mögliche Lateralisierung schließen zu können. Damit die Daten der Versuchspersonen bei vergleichbarer Schwierigkeit analysiert werden konnten, wurde als Vergleichswert zwischen allen Versuchspersonen der Schalldruckpegel der ersten Messung mit einer Fehlerrate von mindestens 15,0 % gewählt (15 %-Kriterium). Um auszuschließen, dass das Hörvermögen der Versuchspersonen Unterschiede zwischen beiden Ohren aufweist, wurde vor jeder Messung der „Punkt subjektiver Gleichheit“ für die Lautstärke-wahrnehmung zwischen linkem und rechten Ohr bestimmt.
In der ersten Versuchsreihe wurde dabei die Verarbeitung der Modulationsrichtung und der Stimulusdauer von FM-Stimuli untersucht. Es zeigte sich für beide Experimente, dass ein sinkender Schalldruckpegel des FM-Stimulus zu einer steigenden Fehlerrate führte. Unter Anwendung des 15 %-Kriteriums waren die Fehlerraten für die Unterscheidung der Modulationsrichtung signifikant geringer, wenn der FM-Stimulus auf dem linken Ohr präsentiert wurde. Dies ist ein deutlicher Hinweis für eine rechtslastige Lateralisierung.
Für die Unterscheidung der Stimulusdauer gab es dagegen keinen signifikanten Unterschied zwischen den Fehlerraten beider Ohren. Somit muss davon ausgegangen werden, dass beide Hemisphären für diese Aufgabe benötigt werden und eine bilaterale Verarbeitung stattfindet. In den Reaktionszeiten konnten in beiden Experimente keine signifikanten Unterschiede gezeigt werden. Die Unterscheidung der Modulationsrichtung wurde dabei von allen Versuchspersonen als einfacher eingestuft als die Unterscheidung der Stimulusdauer, was sich auch in niedrigeren Antwortschnelligkeit und Fehlerraten bei vergleichbaren Schalldruckpegeln zeigte.
In der zweiten Versuchsreihe wurde als Referenzmessung nochmals die Unterscheidung der Modulationsrichtungen von FM-Stimuli durchgeführt. Anschließend wurde die Unterscheidung von „da“ und „ga“ untersucht. Diese CV-Silben differieren ausschließlich in der FM-Komponente. Die Untercheidung von CV-Silben ohne Unterschied in der FM-Komponente wurde mittels „ta“ und „ka“ getestet. Für alle drei Experimente zeigte sich, dass ein geringerer Schalldruckpegel des FM- oder CV-Stimulus zu einer steigenden Fehlerrate führte. Unter Anwendung des 15 %-Kriteriums zeigte sich für die Unterscheidung der Modulationsrichtung ein Trend zu niedrigeren Fehlerraten bei der Präsentation des FM-Stimulus auf dem linken im Vergleich mit dem rechten Ohr. In den Reaktionszeiten konnten keine signifikanten Unterschiede gezeigt werden.
Für die Unterscheidung von „da“ und „ga“ ließ sich unter Anwendung des 15 %-Kriteriums in den Fehlerraten und Reaktionszeiten kein Vorteil eines Ohres nachweisen. Dagegen zeigten sich klare Unterschiede bei einzelnen Versuchspersonen. So waren die Fehlerraten für Versuchspersonen, die vorwiegend „da“ erkannt bzw. gehört hatten signifikant höher, wenn der CV-Stimulus auf dem rechten Ohr präsentiert wurde, für „ga“-Hörer war das Gegenteil der Fall. In den Reaktionszeiten konnte kein signifikanter Zusammenhang nachgewiesen werden. Somit ließ sich zeigen, dass je nach Strategie der Versuchsperson bzw. deren individueller Wahrnehmung der CV-Silben, Unterschiede in der Lateralisierung erreicht werden können.
Für die Unterscheidung von „ta“ und „ka“ zeigten sich unter Anwendung des 15 %-Kriteriums signifikant niedrigere Fehlerraten und Reaktionszeiten, wenn der CV-Stimulus auf dem linken Ohr präsentiert wurde. Dies weist deutlich auf eine rechtslastige Lateralisierung hin. Vergleicht man alle drei Experimente ließ sich zudem zeigen, dass die Unterscheidung der Modulationsrichtung einfacher war als die Unterscheidung verschiedener CV-Stimuli. Dabei war die Unterscheidung von „da“ und „ga“ für die Versuchspersonen schwieriger als die Unterscheidung von „ta“ und „ka“. Allerdings konnte in den Lateralisierungsdaten kein direkter Zusammenhang zwischen den FM- und „da“-/„ga“-Stimuli gezeigt werden.
Zusammenfassend konnte in allen fünf Experimenten eine verschieden stark lateralisierte Verarbeitung von akustischen Stimuli bei gleichzeitigem kontralateralen Rauschen gezeigt werden. Der Vorteil eines Ohres (bzw. einer Hemisphäre) war sowohl von der Aufgabe als auch vom Stimulustyp abhängig. Dabei gab es zum Teil starke Unterschiede in der Effektstärke und dem Grad der Lateralisierung zwischen den einzelnen Versuchspersonen. Insgesamt konnte gezeigt werden, dass sich die hier angewendete psychophysische Methode gut eignet, um Ergebnisse zur Lateralisierung von akustischen Stimuli zu gewinnen und somit die Verhaltensrelevanz von Ergebnissen aus Studien mit bildgebenden Verfahren zu überprüfen.
The application of natural products (NPs) as drugs and lead compounds has greatly improved human health over the past few decades. Despite their success, we still need to find new NPs that can be used as drugs to combat increasing drug resistance via new modes of action and to develop safer treatments with less side effects.
Entomopathogenic bacteria of Xenorhabdus and Photorhabdus that live in mutualistic symbiosis with nematodes are considered as promising producers of NPs, since more than 6.5% of their genomes are assigned to biosynthetic gene clusters (BGCs) responsible for production of secondary metabolites. The investigation on NPs from Xenorhabdus and Photorhabdus can not only provide new compounds for drug discovery but also help to understand the biochemical basis involved in mutualistic and pathogenic symbiosis of bacteria, nematode host and insect prey.
Nonribosomal peptides (NRPs) are a large class of NPs that are mainly found in bacteria and fungi. They are biosynthesized by nonribosomal peptide synthetases (NRPSs) and display diverse functions, representing more than 20 clinically used drugs. Although a large number of NRPs have been identified in Xenorhabdus and Photorhabdus, the advanced genome sequencing and bioinformatic analysis indicate that these bacteria still have many unknown NRPS-encoding gene clusters for NRP production that are worth to explore. Therefore, this thesis focuses on the discovery, biosynthesis, structure identification, and biological functions of new NRPs from Xenorhabdus and Photorhabdus.
The first publication describes the isolation and structure elucidation of seven new rhabdopeptide/xenortide-like peptides (RXPs) from X. innexi, incorporating putrescine or ammonia as the C-terminal amines. Bioactivity testing of these RXPs revealed potent antiprotozoal activity against the causative agents of sleeping sickness (Trypanosoma brucei rhodesiense) and malaria (Plasmodium falciparum), making them the most active RXP derivatives known to date. Biosynthetically, the initial NRPS module InxA might act iteratively with a flexible methyltransferase activity to catalyze the incorporation of the first five or six N-methylvaline/valine to these peptides.
The second publication focuses on the structure elucidation of seven unusual methionine-containing RXPs that were found as minor products in E. coli carrying the BGC kj12ABC from Xenorhabdus KJ12.1. To confirm the proposed structures from detailed HPLC-MS analysis, a solid-phase peptide synthesis (SPPS) method was developed for the synthesis of these partially methylated RXPs. These RXPs also exhibited good effects against T. brucei rhodesiense and P. falciparum, suggesting RXPs might play a role in protecting insect cadaver from soil-living protozoa to support the symbiosis with nematodes.
The third publication presents the identification of a new peptide library, named photohexapeptide library, which occurred after the biosynthetic gene phpS was activated in P. asymbiotica PB68.1 via promoter exchange. The chemical diversity of the photohexapeptides results from unusual promiscuous specificity of five out of six adenylation (A) domains being an excellent example of how to create compound libraries in nature. Furthermore, photohexapeptides enrich the family of the rare linear D-/L-peptide NPs.
The fourth publication concentrates on the structure elucidation of a new cyclohexapeptide, termed photoditritide, which was produced by P. temperata Meg1 after the biosynthetic gene pdtS was activated via promoter exchange. Photoditritide so far is the only example of a peptide from entomopathogenic bacteria that contains the uncommon amino acid homoarginine. The potent antimicrobial activity of photoditritide against Micrococcus luteus implies that photoditritide can protect the insect cadaver from food competitor bacteria in the complex life cycle of nematode and bacteria.
The last publication reports a new family of cyclic lipopeptides (CLPs), named phototemtides, which were obtained after the BGC pttABC from P. temperata Meg1 was heterologously expressed in E. coli. The gene pttA encodes an MbtH protein that was required for the biosynthesis of phototemtides in E. coli. To determine the absolute configurations of the hydroxy fatty acids, a total synthesis of the major compound phototemtide A was performed. Although the antimalarial activity of phototemtide A is only weak, it might be a starting point towards a selective P. falciparum compound, as it shows no activity against any other tested organisms.
Hypoxia is a condition in which cells are deprived of adequate oxygen supply and represents a main feature of solid tumours. Cells under hypoxic stress activate transcriptional responses driven by hypoxia-inducible factors (HIFs), which affect multiple cellular pathways, including angiogenesis, metabolic adaptation and cell proliferation. While the transcriptional changes induced in hypoxic tumours are well characterised, it is still poorly understood how hypoxia contributes to the aberrant post-transcriptional regulation observed in tumours. In this PhD thesis, I studied the RNA response to hypoxia in cancer, to provide novel insights into its regulation.
Using deep RNA-Sequencing (RNA-Seq), I investigated transcriptome changes of three human cell lines from lung, cervical and breast cancer under hypoxia, advancing our knowledge of post-transcriptional gene regulation in hypoxic cancer. I show that hypoxia induced consistent changes in transcript abundance in the three cancer types. This was coupled to divergent splicing responses, highlighting the cell type specificity of alternative splicing programs. While the mRNA levels of RNA-binding proteins were mainly reduced, hypoxia upregulated muscleblind-like protein 2 (MBNL2) in all three cell lines. Hypoxia control was specific for MBNL2, since it did not affect its paralogs MBNL1 and MBNL3. Via knockdown experiments of MBNL2 in hypoxic cells, I could show that MBNL2 induction promotes adaptation of cancer cells to low oxygen by regulating both transcript abundance and alternative splicing of hypoxia response genes. In addition, depletion of MBNL2 reduced the proliferation and migration of cancer cells, corroborating a function of MBNL2 as cancer driver.
In the last few years, a novel class of RNAs has gained attention, namely circular RNAs (circRNAs), which are produced by a particular splicing mechanism, known as back-splicing. CircRNAs have been reported to change their abundance in cancer and their high stability makes them promising candidates as diagnostic biomarkers. In this study, I took advantage of deep rRNA-depleted RNA-Seq data to comprehensively investigate the expression of circRNAs in human cancer cells and their changes in response to hypoxia. To reliably identify circRNAs, I established a pipeline that integrates two available tools. for circRNA detection with custom approaches for quantification and statistical analysis. Using this pipeline, I identified 12006 circRNAs in the three cancer cell lines. Their molecular features suggest an involvement of complementary RNA sequences as well as trans-acting factors in circRNA biogenesis, including the splicing factor HNRNPC. Remarkably, I detected 210 circRNAs that are more abundant than their linear counterparts. Upon hypoxic stress, 64 circRNAs were differentially expressed in cancer cells, in most cases in a cell type-specific manner. In summary, in this PhD thesis, I present a comparative transcriptome profiling in human cancer cell lines. It reveals MBNL2 as an important player in hypoxic cancer progression and provides novel insights into the biogenesis and regulation of circRNAs under hypoxic stress.
Cardiovascular diseases are still regarded as the main cause of death in the modern world. However, the generic term "cardiovascular diseases" is not uniformly defined. It essentially describes diseases of the cardiovascular system and includes diseases such as hypertension, arteriosclerosis, myocardial infarctions, heart failure, coronary heart diseases, rheumatic heart diseases and heart valve defects. In addition to the well-known risk factors such as obesity, smoking, hypercholesterolemia and lack of exercise, age is a further risk factor that plays an important role in the development of cardiovascular diseases. As the modern societies age; this becomes an increasing problem.
But why does the prevalence of cardiovascular diseases increase with age? In gen-eral, age-dependent changes at the cellular level are assumed to be responsible for the pathological changes in the cardiac and vascular tissues. Important mechanisms such as autophagy, oxidative stress, mitochondrial dysfunctions, genomic instability, cellular senescence and disturbances in signaling pathways of growth factors play a decisive role. In old age, myocardial hypertrophy occurs, which results in cardiac wall thickening and an altered geometry of the ventricle. Chronic inflammations, paracrine and age-dependent cell-intrinsic factors further lead to activation of cardiac fibro-blasts with increase cell proliferation, collagen secretion and matrix cross-linking. The consequences are interstitial and perivascular fibrosis, which stiffen the heart and blood vessels. Oxidative stress and inflammations additionally attack the blood ves-sels and impair endothelial function, which is further aggravated by possible pre-existing conditions such as diabetes mellitus and hypertension.
In the past decades, the main focus has therefore been on researching these age-dependent changes in the hope of better understanding cardiovascular ageing and developing possible regenerative interventions. By studying the repair mechanisms of other organs such as the lungs and the bone marrow, the endothelium in particular showed a high regenerative capacity, which influences the proliferation and cell func-tion of the surrounding cells.
For a long time, the general opinion was that the endothelium is only the internal lin-ing of blood and lymphatic vessels, as well as the heart chambers, which as a single-layer barrier guarantees the integrity of the blood vessels. However, endothelial cells are very heterogeneous, depending on the type of blood vessel and the type of tis-sue they serve. In addition to their barrier function, endothelial cells also regulate the exchange of substances between blood and tissue, stimulate the formation of new blood vessels and re-model existing vascular networks. They are also able to re-structure the extracellular matrix that surrounds them. They release not only matrix proteins, but also cytokines and growth factors into the extracellular space. On de-mand, these factors are then released and stimulate angiogenesis or cell prolifera-tion. In addition, the secretion of various matrix proteins not only stabilizes the cellu-lar neighborhood, but also regulates various cell functions.
By modelling the endothelial environment - the so-called vascular niche - endothelial cells are able to communicate with the surrounding cells. As a result, a regenerative effect of the vascular niche has already been described in various organs. In the liv-er, for example, it has been shown that increased concentrations of endothelial Ang2 and decreased endothelial activin A after partial hepatectomy stimulate the prolifera-tion of hepatocytes and thus liver regeneration. In the bone marrow, endothelial cells mobilize stem cells via nitric oxide and in the lungs, endothelial MMP14 releases growth factors from the extracellular matrix, which stimulate epithelial cell prolifera-tion after partial pneumectomy. Whether such a regenerative effect of the vascular niche also plays a role in the heart is largely unknown.
Since both the regenerative capacity of the heart and endothelial function decrease with age, the aim of this dissertation was to investigate the role of the vascular niche and endothelial cell communication in the aged heart. Human cell lines as well as mouse and artificial rat models were used for these investigations. Since this thesis is a cumulative dissertation with partially published papers, it is divided into three parts.
In the first part of this thesis, the transcriptional signature of secretory genes in the aged cardiac endothelium was studied. Perfused endothelial cells from hearts of young (12-week-old animals) and old mice (20-month-old animals) were isolated and used for bulk RNA sequencing. The two matrix proteins laminin β1 and β2 were among the top-regulated genes. While laminin β2 was particularly expressed in the young cardiac endothelium, laminin β1 was predominantly found in the old endotheli-um. This change in laminin expression was confirmed histologically at protein level and its autocrine function was investigated in vitro. To mimic the in vivo situation in vitro, cell culture dishes were coated with human recombinant laminin 421 or laminin 411 and sutured with human endothelial cells from the umbilical vein (HUVEC). Di-verse functional investigations showed that endothelial cells migrated and adhered poorly in the presence of laminin 411, while in Matrigel tube formation assays HU-VEC formed reduced endothelial networks when cultured on LM 411.
...
Die klimatische Nische beschreibt die klimatischen Bedingungen, unter denen eine Art eine stabile Population aufrechterhalten kann. Die Quantifizierung von Klimanischen ist ein wichtiges Werkzeug, um tiefergehende Einsichten in individuelle Art-Umwelt Beziehungen zu erlangen, um den Effekt des Klimawandels effektiv zu bewerten, und um Arten- und Naturschutz zu unterstützen. Ein makroökologischer Ansatz ist von Vorteil um Ökosysteme über ein breites taxonomisches, geographisches und zeitliches Spektrum zu untersuchen, und damit die klimatischen Nischen vieler Arten auf eine konsistente Art und Weise zu quantifizieren und vergleichen.
Im Kontext des aktuellen Klimawandels ist es wichtig zu verstehen, ob Arten in der Lage sind ihre Klima-nische anzupassen. Viele bisherige Vorhersagen über klimawandelbedingte Veränderungen von Artverbreitungen beruhen auf der Annahme, dass die klimatische Nische einer Art konstant ist. Allerdings ist bekannt, dass Arten ihre klimatischen Präferenzen auf unterschiedlichen Zeitskalen verändern - sowohl über kurze (ökologische) als auch evolutionäre Zeiträume. Dies ist ein wichtiger, aber oft missachteter Faktor für die Nischenquantifizierung. Ein gutes Beispiel für solche ökologische Dynamiken sind Zugvögel, die etwa 20% aller Vogelarten ausmachen. Sie stellen eine interessante, aber auch herausfordernde Artengruppe für die Untersuchung klimatischer Nischen dar. Des Weiteren ist es wichtig klimatische Nischen über evolutionäre Zeiträume zu untersuchen, um die Prozesse zu verstehen, die Evolution, Diversifikation und Extinktion unterliegen, da sich Klimanischen mit der Anpassung einzelner Arten an neue klimatische Gegebenheiten ebenfalls wandeln. Bislang hat ein Mangel an geographisch expliziten Daten über terrestrische Umwelt-bedingungen durch evolutionäre Zeiträume eine explizite Überprüfung dieser Zusammenhänge verhindert.
Das übergeordnete Ziel dieser Dissertation war es, die ökologische (d.h. saisonale) und evolutionäre Dynamik klimatischer Nischen von Vögeln zu untersuchen. Dazu wurde ein Ansatz gewählt der makroökologische, und evolutionsbiologische Methoden vereint, um ein breites taxonomisches und zeitliches Spektrum abzudecken. Das erste Kapitel bearbeitet die Frage wie klimatische Nischen am besten zu quantifizieren sind, wenn man die Dynamik des Vogelzuges in Betracht zieht. Dazu wurde eine Datenbank erstellt, die das Zugverhalten aller 10.443 lebenden Vogelarten katalogisiert. Des Weiteren wurde eine Übersicht über die Methoden zur Quantifizierung klimatischer Nischen in der makroökologischen Literatur erstellt. Das Ergebnis derselben ist, dass die überwiegende Mehrzahl der Veröffentlichungen saisonalen Zugbewegungen nicht ausreichend berücksichtigt. Zuletzt habe ich anhand der Avifauna Australiens die Vor- und Nachteile der Verwendung von Verbreitungskarten gegenüber Punktverbreitungsdaten zur Erfassung saisonaler geographischer Muster der Artenvielfalt bewertet. Damit bietet dieses Kapitel Rahmenempfehlungen für die Datenanforderungen und Methoden, die je nach Zugverhalten einer Art, und dem geographischen, bzw. zeitlichen Fokus einer Studie für eine optimale Nischenquantifizierung notwendig sind.
Im zweiten Kapitel untersuchte ich die saisonale Dynamik klimatischer Nischen von Zugvögeln. Dabei überprüfte ich die Hypothese, dass Zugvögel in ihrem Jahreszyklus durch die Zugbewegung eine gewisse Klimanische verfolgen. Zu diesem Zweck habe ich mit Brut- und Überwinterungsarealkarten saisonale Klima-nischen für 437 Zug- und Standvogelarten aus acht Kladen der Sperlingsvögel (Passeriformes) charakterisiert. Mit Ordinationsmethoden wurde dann der innerartliche saisonale Nischenüberlapp quantifiziert. Der Beweis für die Verfolgung einer klimatischen Nische in einer Art war von mehreren Faktoren, z.B. der geographischen Verortung des Brutareals und der Zugrichtung, abhängig. Dies lässt darauf schließen, dass sich die Ursachen für den Vogelzug sowohl geographisch als auch saisonal (d.h. abhängig von der Zugrichtung) unterscheiden.
Im dritten Kapitel untersuchte ich die evolutionäre Dynamik klimatischer Nischen in Steinschmätzern (Gattung Oenanthe), um explizit zu untersuchen ob es einen Zusammenhang zwischen den Raten klimatischer Nischen-evolution und den Veränderungen paläoklimatischer Bedingungen gibt. Methoden der Klimanischen-quantifizierung wurden mit datierten molekularen Phylogenien verknüpft, um die Raten klimatischer Nischen-evolution mit einem variablen Ratenmodell abzuschätzen. Paläoklimatische Umweltbedingungen wurden mit paläobiologischen Methoden aus dem Fossilbericht altweltlicher Säugetiere der vergangenen 20 Millionen Jahre erschlossen. Die Fallstudie konnte keinen Zusammenhang zwischen Nischenevolution und Umwelt-bedingungen feststellen. Dies legt nahe, dass Vögel als überaus mobile Organismen, auf Klimaveränderungen eher durch Arealverschiebungen reagieren, als durch eine Anpassung ihrer klimatischen Nische. Die Klimanischen der Steinschmätzer waren allerdings an sich nicht statisch, so dass andere Faktoren wie z.B. biologische Wechselbeziehungen für die Nischenevolution dieser Gattung verantwortlich sein müssen.
Meine Dissertation beleuchtet die zentrale Bedeutung zeitlicher Dynamiken für den Nischenraum, den Arten über ökologische (d.h. saisonale) und evolutionäre Zeiträume einnehmen. Aus ihr ergeben sich methodische Konsequenzen für zukünftige Studien klimatischer Nischen. Der Befund, dass die klimatischen Nischen von Zugvögeln nicht saisonal konstant sind, zeigt dass es für mobile Kladen wie Vögel notwendig ist die klimatischen Bedingungen über den gesamten Jahreszyklus und das gesamte Verbreitungsgebiet in Betracht zu nehmen, um die jeweiligen klimatischen Nischen voll charakterisieren zu können.
Über diese methodischen Innovationen hinaus, hat meine Arbeit auch wichtige theoretische und praktische Schlussfolgerungen produziert. Zum einen zeigt die Betrachtung saisonaler Klimanischen, dass Zugvögel entgegen gängiger Annahmen nicht denselben Umweltbedingungen in ihren Brut- und Überwinterungsarealen ausgesetzt sind. Zum anderen zeigt meine Betrachtung von Klimanischen über evolutionäre Zeiträume, dass die Nischenevolution nicht von klimatischen Bedingungen angetrieben wird. Zusammengenommen zeigen diese Ergebnisse auf unterschiedlichen Zeitskalen, dass das Klima nicht der alleinige Faktor ist, der die Artverbreitung von Vögeln bestimmt. Während dieser Befund Raum für Optimismus schafft, was die Auswirkungen des aktuellen Klimawandels auf Vögel angeht, zeigt er auch auf, dass Faktoren wie wechselseitige Artbeziehungen und das Mobilitätspotential von Arten einen wichtigen Einfluss auf Artverbreitungen ausüben. Diese Faktoren könnten jedoch an sich vom Klimawandel beeinflusst sein, und Untersuchungen dieses Zusammenspiels zwischen Klima und anderen Faktoren und die daraus resultierenden Einflüsse auf Artareale bieten ein vielversprechendes Arbeitsfeld für zukünftige Studien.
Light is one of the most important abiotic factors for plant physiological processes. In addition to light intensity, the spectral quality of light can also influence the plant morphology and the content of secondary metabolites. In the horticultural industry, artificial light is used in to enable year-round production of herbs, ornamental plants and vegetables in winter terms.
Until today, discharge lamps like high-pressure sodium (HPS) lamps, emitting predominantly orange and red light and high amounts of infrared radiation, are the most common lamp systems in greenhouses. In the last decades, light-emitting diodes (LEDs) emerged as an efficient alternative light source. LEDs have the advantage of distinct adjustments to the light spectrum. For a usage in horticultural industry LEDs are often too expensive. Furthermore, reduced plant growth can occur due to incorrectly adjusted light spectra and lower leaf temperatures caused by the lack of infrared radiation.
In a research project (LOEWE, funding no. 487/15-29) funded by the Hessen State Ministry of Higher Education, Research and Arts, Microwave plasma lamps (MPL) were tested as new light sources for horticultural industry and plant research. The electrodeless lamp systems emit light in similar properties like sun light. The aim of the study was to determine the influence of artificial sunlight of the MPL on the accumulation of secondary metabolites, plant architecture and plant physiology of three different species (coleus, basil and potted roses). The MPL was compared with other light systems such as commercial HPS lamps, LEDs or ceramic metal halide lamps (CDM). In addition to morphological parameters such as plant height, internode length or fresh and dry weight, the phenolic content of leaves grown under the respective light sources were examined.
Overall an increased far-red light content in the emission spectra of the MPL showed high influence on the plant architecture which was observed in all three plant species. Artificial sunlight from MPL induced stem elongation in coleus and basil plants, compared to the other tested light sources. In potted roses a reduced branching degree was observed under MPL light compared to HPS grown plants.
In addition to the impact of far-red light also the blue light content of the emission spectra was found to be a strong influencing factor for plant physiological processes. A positive correlation between blue light content and leaf thickness was determined in coleus cultivated under MPL, LED, HPS and CDM lamps. Low blue light content in HPS emission spectra resulted in shade-adapted leaves with low photosynthetic capacity and susceptibility to high irradiances. Blue light was assumed to increase phenolic metabolites in basil and rose leaves. Furthermore, the different light treatments resulted in an alteration of the composition of essential oils of basil.
Experiments with coleus plants demonstrated that besides light color also the infrared radiation, had an influence on secondary metabolites by causing different leaf temperatures. Coleus plants grown with MPL showed the lowest content of phenolic compounds such as rosmarinic acid per dry weight. Infrared radiation resulted in a faster plant development indicated by increased biomass production and higher leaf formation rate as observed in coleus and basil plants.
The results obtained in this study show that the influence of leaf temperature should always be considered when comparing different lamp systems. Especially when LEDs are compared to discharge lamps an overestimation of light color can be a consequence since also infrared radiation influences the content of phenolic compounds and plant growth.
The early-diverging oomycetes contain a large number of holocarpic obligate parasites of diatoms, algae, aquatic phycomycetes, and invertebrate animals. These organisms are diverse and widespread. However, taxonomic placement most of the early-diverging oomycetes remains provisional and unresolved, since many have not been sequenced and studied for molecular phylogeny. Here, we report the taxonomy and phylogeny of several holocarpic oomycetes that we have rediscovered and newly classified, including several new species combinations. Phylogenetic reconstructions revealed that the type species of genus Ectrogella (E. bacillariacearum) is a member of the early-diverging Saprolegniales, while the type species of Olpidiopsis (O. saprolegniae) and Pontisma (P. lagenidioides) grouped within the early-diverging lineage of oomycetes forming distinct clades. Since the monophyletic red-algae parasitoids are unrelated to the Olpidiopsis, these were reclassified to the genus Pontisma, while genus Diatomophthora was introduced to accommodate all the diatom parasitoids that were previously assigned to Olpidiopsis. In addition, four new oomycete parasitoids, Miracula helgolandica, Miracula moenusica, Diatomophthora drebesii and Olpidiopsis parthenogenetica and a single rediscovered species, Diatomophthora gillii, are also classified here, including eight new species combinations of red-algae parasites (Pontisma bostrychiae, P. heterosiphoniae, P. muelleri, P. palmariae, P. porphyrae, P. pyropiae) and diatom parasitoids (Diatomophthora drebesii, D. gillii). The results obtained in this study have further improved the resolution and expanded the knowledge on the phylogeny of the earlydiverging oomycetes, leading to the establishment of three new orders (Miraculales, Diatomophthorales, Pontismatales) and one order (Anisolpidiales) being reintroduced.
Alternative splicing (AS) is a co- or post-transcriptional process by which one gene gives rise to multiple isoforms. This ‘split and combine’ step multiplies eukaryotic proteome diversity several fold and is implicated in several diseases given its pervasive impact. Control of alternative splicing is brought about by cis-regulatory elements, such as RNA sequence and structure, which recruit trans-acting RNA-binding proteins (RBPs). Although several of these interactions are already described in detail, we lack a comprehensive understanding of the regulatory code that underlies a splicing decision.
Here, we have established a high-throughput screen to comprehensively identify and characterise cis-regulatory elements that control a specific splicing decision. A cancer-relevant splicing event in proto-oncogene RON was picked as a minigene prototype for initialising the screening approach. Then, we transfected a library of thousands of randomly mutagenised minigene variants as a pool into human cells, and subsequently quantified the spliced isoforms by RNA sequencing. Importantly, we used a barcode sequence to tag the minigene variants and thereby linked mutations to their corresponding spliced products. By using a linear regression-based modelling approach, we were able to determine the effects of single mutations on RON AS. In total, more than 700 mutations were found to significantly affect the splicing regulation of the RON alternative exon. In addition, mutation effects quantified from the screening approach correlate with RON alternative splicing in cancer patients. We discovered numerous previously unknown cis-regulatory elements in both introns and exons, and found that the RBP heterogeneous nuclear ribonucleoprotein H (HNRNPH) extensively regulates RON AS at multiple levels in both cell lines and cancer. Furthermore, the large number of RBPs involved in the process, point to a complex splicing regulatory network involved in the control of RON splicing. iCLIP and synergy analysis between mutations and HNRNPH knockdown data pinpointed the most relevant HNRNPH binding sites across RON. Finally, cooperative HNRNPH binding was shown to mediate a splicing switch of RON alternative exon. In summary, our results provide an unprecedented view on the complexity of splicing regulation of an alternative exon. The novel screening approach introduces a tool to study the relationship of RNA sequence variants along with trans-acting regulators to their impact on the splicing outcome, offering insights on alternative splicing regulation and the relevance of mutations in human disease.
Die Rheumatoide Arthritis (RA) ist die häufigste chronisch-entzündliche Gelenkerkrankung, die inadäquat therapiert zu Gelenkzerstörung und resultierender Invalidität führen kann. Genetische Risikofaktoren sowie Lebensstileinflüsse führen in präklinischen Erkrankungsstadien zu posttranslationalen Modifikationen körpereigener Strukturen, die die immunologische Selbst-Toleranz brechen und zur immunologischen Fehlerkennung von Gelenkstrukturen durch B- und T-Lymphozyten führen.
Das Ziel der hier vorliegenden Arbeit war die Aufklärung von Wirkmechanismen eines für die immunmodulatorische Therapie der RA entwickelten innovativen Ansatzes zur Rekonstitution der immunologischen Autotoleranz mittels rekombinant hergestellter MHC-Klasse-II/Peptidkomplexe durch Induktion regulatorischer T-Zellen. Im Mittelpunkt der in vitro Studien steht hierbei eine über Speziesbarrieren hinweg evolutionär konservierte, von T-Lymphozyten auf dem Kollagen Typ-II (CII) erkannte, durch Glykosylierung posttranslational modifizierte, autoantigene Strukturdeterminante. Dieses T-Zellepitop (CII-Peptid) stellt sowohl in der humanen RA als auch in der murinen Experimentalerkrankung der CIA (Collagen induced arthritis) eine immunodominante Struktur der arthritogenen Autoimmunität dar. Für die modellhaften in vitro Studien zur Aufklärung der Wirkweise rekombinanter MHC-II/Peptidkomplexe auf humane T-Zellen, standen über eine Kooperation mit Prof. Rikard Holmdahl (Karolinska Institut, Stockholm) T-Zell-Hydridome mit transgener Expression des humanen MHC-II/Moleküls DR4 (DRA1/DRB1*04:01) mit unterschiedlicher Epitopspezifität (T-Zell-Hybridom 3H8, Spezifität: unmodifiziertes CII-Peptid und mDR1.1, Spezifität: galaktosyliertes CII-Peptid an Position K264) zur Verfügung. Das aus einer α- und β-Kette bestehende MHC-II/Molekül DR4 ist durch das DRA1-Gen und allelische Varianten des DRB1-Locus (stärkste RA-Assoziation: DRB1*04:01) kodiert und bildet die Form seiner Bindungstasche für die Präsentation antigener Peptide an den T-Zell-Rezeptor (TCR) auf der Oberfläche antigenpräsentierender Zellen (APC). In den Studien zur Stimulation der Hybridomzellen konnte gezeigt werden, dass die T-Zellstimulation und die daraus resultierende Zytokinausschüttung (IL-2 und IL-10) kontextabhängig ist. Je nach Stimulationsart, ob festphasengebunden- oder löslich, erfolgt die Stimulusperzeption über differente TCR-Anordnungen in Mikrodomänen der Zelloberfläche und resultiert in entsprechend modulierten Signalstärken. So führt die Zellaktivierung über die festphasengebundene Stimulation mittels MHC-II/Peptidkomplexen zur Ausbildung einer hohen TCR-Dichte, die über hohe Signalstärken zu einer spezifischen IL-2 Sekretion als Antwort führen. Die Stimulation mit monomeren DR4/CII-Peptidkomplexen in gelöster Form adressiert dagegen die auf der gesamten Zelloberfläche verteilten T-Zell-Rezeptoren, was in einer geringeren Aktivierungsdichte und einer attenuierten Gesamtsignalstärke sowie der Sekretion des immunsupressiv wirkenden IL-10 resultiert. Für den angestrebten pharmakologischen Einsatz der DR4/CII-Peptidkomplexe ist bedeutsam, dass die aktivierende TCR-Bindung der gelösten monomeren Komplexe nur partiell agonistisch wirkt und die Induktion immunregulatorischer IL-10 Zytokinantworten begünstigt. Neben der direkten T-Zellinteraktion konnte auch die Möglichkeit einer indirekten Aktivierung unter Vermittlung von APCs nach Endozytose der DR4/CII-Peptidkomplexe, ihrer lysosomalen Prozessierung und Präsentation auf endogenen neusynthetisierten DR4/Molekülen experimentell u.a. unter Verwendung der HLA-DR4- exprimierenden murinen Makrophagenlinie BL25 als APC-Modell belegt werden. Im Hinblick auf die intendierte Weiterentwicklung zu therapeutischen Anwendungen der MHC-II/CII-Peptidkomplexe unter Gesichtspunkten der Arzneimittelsicherheit ist wichtig, dass der aufgezeigte indirekte Weg der T-Zellaktivierung nach vorausgehender Prozessierung durch APCs ineffizient ist. Dieser Weg erfordert nämlich sehr hohe Konzentrationen an MHC-II/Peptidkomplexen, welche weit oberhalb der in tierexperimentellen Studien unter therapeutisch wirksamen Dosierungen erreichten Gewebespiegel liegen.
Darüber hinaus ist es uns gelungen, methodisch den Nachweis CII-spezifischer T-Zellen, die im Gesamtrepertoire der CD4+ T-Zellen im peripheren Blut von RA-Patienten (HLA-DRB1*04:01) nur in sehr niedriger Frequenz vorkommen, mittels T-Zellaktivierung und spezifischer Tetramerbindung als phänotypischen Marker zu verbessern. Für die Tetramerbindung wurden Monomere mit dem galaktosylierten CII-Peptid (CIIgal259-273) beladenen DR4/Moleküle über einen aminoterminal konjugierten Biotinrest mittels eines Fluorochromgekoppelten Streptavidins tetramerisiert. Unter Einsatz dieser Methoden ist es gelungen, aus den durchflusszytometrisch sortierten CII-spezifischen Zellen, mittels Nukleotidsequenzierung, ihr TCR-Repertoire zu analysieren und hinsichtlich präferentieller V-Genverwendung zu charakterisieren. Für zwei humane DR4-restringiert gal264CII-spezifische T-Zell-Rezeptoren aus RA-Patienten konnte die Funktionalität und Epitopspezifität durch rekombinante Expression demonstriert werden. Auf Basis der gemeinsamen Vorarbeiten mit Prof. Rikard Holmdahl im murinen CIA-Modell und den bekannten Daten zur Induktion regulatorischer T-Zellen (Tr1-Zellen) durch MHC-II/CII-Peptidkomplexe, wurden in vitro Differenzierungsexperimente an humanen PBMCs DR4-positiver RA-Patienten unter dem Einfluss von DR4/gal264CII-Peptidkomplexen durchgeführt. Die Studien belegen, dass die Komplexe mit den antigenspezifischen T-Zellen interagieren und zur Induktion von Markern eines Tr1-Phänotyps, darunter PD-1 und IL-10 führen. Zukünftige Kristallstrukturanalysen eines TCR/DR4/gal264CII-Komplexes sollen dem verbesserten molekularen Verständnis der TCR-Erkennung von CII als Autoantigen insbesondere bzgl. des flexibleren Galaktoserestes für Arthritogenität und Tolerogenität dienen. Fernziel ist die Entwicklung einer wirksamen und sicheren immunmodulatorischen Therapie der RA durch Induktion regulatorischer T-Zellen.
The existence of all living organisms depends on their multidimensional adjustment to the conditions of the environment in which they live. Organisms must constantly deal with not only abiotic stress factors (such as water availability or extreme temperatures), but also with various biotic interactions (the competition between different organisms, both intraspecific and interspecies). When there is a consensus between an organism and the environment it means that this organism is well adjusted and increases its probability of survival.
Symbiotic organisms possess the ability to establish an intimate interaction with another species (symbiont) that provides benefits for survival. Organisms that are involved in obligate symbiosis may adapt to a new environment by switching to another symbiotic partner that is locally better adapted; or by reshuffling symbiont communities present in the holobiont. This ability potentially gives them the opportunity to flexibly react to changing environmental conditions.
In this thesis I studied the genetic diversity and geographic distribution of symbiont lineages in a lichen symbiosis to better understand environmental adaptation in symbiotic systems. Lichens are symbiotic associations of photobionts (one or several green-algal species or cyanobacteria), filamentous mycobionts (lichen-forming fungi) and co-inhabiting symbiotic microorganisms (lichen-associated bacteria, endolichenic fungi, and basidiomycete yeast). The coccoid green algae of the genus Trebouxia are the most common and the most studied lichen photobionts. However, the lack of formal Trebouxia taxonomy impedes our understanding of this photobiont diversity.
Different species of mycobionts may share the same photobionts and a single species of mycobiont may associate with multiple, genetically different photobionts. Interactions among symbionts are not random and are constrained by evolutionary and environmental processes. The ability to associate with specific symbiotic partner is considered as a lichen strategy to facilitate adaptation to the constantly changing environments.
The objectives of this thesis were to 1. Elucidate the intraspecific diversity of fungal and algal symbionts in the lichen Umbilicaria pustulata, given a range-wide (Europe-wide) sampling; 2. Evaluate species delimitation in trebouxioid photobionts based on molecular data, and 3. Quantify the climatic niches of photobiont lineages within U. pustulata, to establish whether the association with particular photobionts may modify the range and ecological niche of this lichen.
The main findings of this thesis are:
1. The genetic diversity within trebouxoid photobiont of U. pustulata is higher than within the mycobiont. The most variable photobiont loci are nrITS rDNA, psbJ-L, and COX2. RbcL is the least variable photobiont locus. The most variable mycobiont loci are MCM7 and TSR1. This study shows a lack of genetic variability in the mycobiont loci EF1, nrITS rDNA, RPB1, and RPB2.
2. U. pustulata shows a low level of selectivity and is associated with numerous (most likely six) putative algal species. All photobiont haplotypes found in U. pustulata are shared between other lichen-forming fungi species, showing different patterns of species-to-species and species-to-community interactions.
3. The geographic distribution of U. pustulata symbionts associations is strongly connected to changes in the climatic niches. The mycobiont-photobiont interactions change along latitudinal temperature gradients (cold-adapted hotspot) and in Mediterranean climate zones (warm-adapted hotspot). U. pustulata broadens its distribution range by switching between photobionts that posses specific environmental preferences.
Overall, this thesis contributes to the understanding of the symbiont diversity, fungal-algal association patterns and local adaptation linked to symbiont-mediated niche expansion in lichens. While identifying intraspecific diversity of both lichen symbionts is a key predisposition to understand symbiont interactions, population dynamics or co-evolution, my comparative study of the sequence-based molecular markers is relevant to reveal cryptic diversity in other lichen-forming fungi and their photobionts.
The determination of species boundaries in lichen symbionts is essential for the study of selectivity and specificity, co-distribution, and co-evolution. Whereas the phylogenetic relationships of Trebouxiophyceae are poorly understood, the application of a novel multifaceted approach based on phylogenetic relationships, coalescence methods and morphological traits presented in this thesis is a promising tool to address species boundaries within this heterogeneous genus.
This thesis provides evidence for symbiont-mediated niche expansion in lichens and highlights the preferential photobiont association from a niche-modeling perspective. My results shed light on symbiont polymorphism and partner switching as potential mechanisms of environmental adaptation in the lichen symbiosis. The spatial genetic pattern found in U. pustulata symbionts supports the concept of ecological fitting and is consistent with patterns found in other lichen studies. Results presented here relate also to findings in different symbiotic systems, like reef-building corals, where different latitudinal patterns and symbiont switching has been reported as an adaptive response to severe bleaching events. Furthermore, this study is timely in light of global warming, because the identification of interaction hotspots among symbionts helps to understand how lichens or other symbiotic organisms adjust to the ongoing climate change. This knowledge will, in turn, facilitate the proper conservation of the most vulnerable lichen populations. My doctoral thesis provides a conceptual framework for analyzing symbiont diversity, interaction patterns, and symbiont-mediated niche expansion that could be applied to other types of lichen species as well as other organisms involved in facultative or obligate symbiosis.
Downy mildew of common sage (Salvia officinalis), caused by Peronospora salviae-officinalis, has become a serious problem in sage production worldwide. The causal agent of the disease belongs to the Pe. belbahrii species complex and was described as a species of its own in 2009. Nevertheless, very little is known about its infection biology and epidemiology. The aims of the current study were therefore to unravel the life cycle of this downy mildew and gain deeper insights into the epidemiology of the disease, as well as to clarify the species boundaries in the Pe. belbahrii species complex.
Infection studies showed that temperatures between 15 and 20 °C were most favourable for infection and disease progress. At 5 °C Pe. salviae-officinalis is still able to infect sage plants, but sporulation was only observed at higher temperatures. Furthermore, Pe. salviae-officinalis needs two events of leaf wetness or high humidity, a first one of at least three hours for conidial germination and penetration of the host, and a second one for sporulation. Additionally, contamination of sage seeds by Pe. salviae-officinalis was proven by seed washing and by PCR and DNA sequence comparisons, suggesting that infested seeds might play a major role in the fast spread of sage downy mildew, which is an important finding for phytosanitary or quarantine measures.
A protocol for fluorescence staining and confocal laser scanning microscopy was established and the whole life cycle of Pe. salviae-officinalis was tracked including oospore formation. The method was also used to examine samples of Pe. lamii on Lamium purpureum and Pe. belbahrii on Ocimum basilicum demonstrating the usefulness of this method for studying the infection process of downy mildews in general.
Peronospora species parasitizing S. sclarea, S. pratensis, O. basilicum, and Plectranthus scutellarioides were studied using light microscopy and molecular phylogenetic analyses based on six loci (ITS rDNA, cox1, cox2, ef1a, hsp90 and β-tubulin). The downy mildew on S. pratensis was shown to be distinct from Pe. salviae-officinalis and closely related to Pe. glechomae, and is herein described as a new taxon, Peronospora salviae-pratensis. The downy mildew on S. sclarea was found to be caused by Peronospora salviae-officinalis. The multi-gene phylogeny revealed that the causal agent of downy mildew on coleus is distinct from Pe. belbahrii on basil, and is herein described as a new taxon, Pe. choii.
In the light of emerging resistances against common drugs, new drug leads are required. In the past natural sources have been more yielding in this respect than synthetic strategies. Fungi synthesize many natural products with biological activities and pharmacological relevance. However, only a fraction of the estimated fungal diversity has been evaluated for biological activity, and much of the Fungi’s natural chemical diversity awaits discovery. Especially promising in this context are lichenized fungi. Lichens are well known for their particularly rich and characteristic secondary chemistry which allows them to withstand intense UV radiation, protects them against herbivory, and prevents them from being overgrown. The slow growth rates of lichens and difficulties and infeasibility of large scale cultivations in the laboratory render lichens inaccessible for applied purposes. These experimental challenges have led to a poor understanding of the molecular mechanisms underlying the biosynthesis of characteristic lichen secondary metabolites. The recent development of improved sequencing techniques has enabled new strategies to address multi-species assemblages directly through metagenome sequencing and survey their biosynthetic potential through genome mining. However, whole genome sequencing of entire lichen thalli to metagenomically assess the lichen-forming fungus without the need of cultivation has not been evaluated for lichens before. This approach will enable the reconstruction of fungal genomes from mixed DNA from lichen thalli and allow the exploration of biosynthetic gene content.
My thesis was conducted in two parts: a methodological evaluation of a metagenomic strategy to reconstruct genomes and gene sets of lichen-forming fungi, and the exploration of biosynthetic gene content with the help of comparative genomics and phylogenetics. For the first part, I evaluated the quality of metagenome-derived genome assemblies and gene sets by direct comparison to culture-derived reference assemblies and gene sets of the same species. I showed that metagenome-derived fungal assemblies are comparable to culture-derived references genomes and have a similar total genome size and fungal genome completeness. The quality of assemblies was affected strongly by the choice of assembler, but not by the method of taxonomic assignment or inference of non-mycobiont DNA sequences. The fungal gene space is well covered in metagenome-derived and culture-derived fungal gene sets and overlaps to 88-90 %. Finally, the metagenome-derived assemblies reliably recover gene families of secondary metabolism. This shows the suitability of metagenomically derived genomes for mining biosynthetic genes, and potentially also other gene families. Overall, the method validation showed a high similarity between metagenome- and culture-derived genome assemblies.
For the second part of my thesis, I explored the biosynthetic gene content in two different systems: Between two sister-species with different ecological requirements but similar chemical profile, and between two species which are metabolite-rich and economically relevant in the perfume industry. I compared the diversity of biosynthetic gene clusters between the species and in the broader context of other lichenized and non-lichenized fungi. Overall, the whole genome mining revealed a large number of uncharacterised secondary metabolite gene clusters in fifteen genomes of lichen-forming fungi compared to other fungal classes. Their number highly outweighs the number of known synthesized metabolites and highlights the hidden biosynthetic potential in lichen-forming fungi. Many biosynthetic gene clusters in the ecological distinct sister-species showed a high homology in accordance with the high synteny in gene content and order in both genomes. These clusters represent ideal candidates for secondary metabolites synthesized by both species, while the remaining clusters may encode for metabolites relevant for the different ecological requirements of both species. The metabolite-rich species used in the perfume industry showed a particularly high number of biosynthetic gene clusters. An in-depth characterization of architecture and gene content of homologous gene clusters together with hints from phylogenetic relatedness to functional characterized metabolites provides promising insights into the biosynthetic gene content of these lichen-forming fungi.
In conclusion, I showed that metagenome sequencing of natural lichen thalli is a feasible approach to reconstruct the fungal mycobiont genome of lichens and circumvent time-consuming and in some cases impossible cultivation of individuals. The genome mining for secondary metabolite gene clusters in lichen-forming fungi revealed a high biosynthetic potential for the discovery of new natural products. One of the focal species, Evernia prunastri, contained the highest ever reported number (80) of biosynthetic clusters in lichenized fungi. The comprehensive cluster characterizations through annotation, comparative mapping and phylogenetics provide first valuable hints for linking metabolites to genes in these lichen-forming fungi. My results pave the way for biotechnological strategies to unlock the vast richness of natural products from lichens for applied purposes.
Derzeit breiten sich gebietsfremde Stechmücken (Diptera: Culicidae) aufgrund von Globalisierung und Klimawandel auf der ganzen Welt aus und bilden neue, stabile Populationen. Wegen ihrer hämatophagen Ernährungsweise sind sie Überträger von Pathogenen, die teilweise schwere bis tödliche Krankheiten beim Menschen, seinen Haustieren oder auch Wildtieren auslösen können. Mit den Stechmücken treten daher auch Infektionskrankheiten vermehrt in Gebieten auf, in denen sie vorher nicht vorkamen oder als bereits ausgerottet galten. Da die meisten im Menschen wirksamen Pathogene nicht durch Impfungen kontrolliert werden können, bleibt als eine der wenigen Möglichkeit der Krankheitsprävention die Dezimierung der Stechmückenpopulation. Daher sind Stechmücken momentan im Fokus von biologischer und epidemiologischer Forschung. Diese hat zum Ziel epidemische Krankheitsausbrüche vektorübertragener Krankheiten in der menschlichen Population zu verhindern. Eine Verringerung der lokalen Stechmückenpopulation bis hin zum Aussterben kann durch die Verwendung von Insektiziden, die Vernichtung von Bruthabitaten oder anderen Kontrollmaßnahmen erreicht werden. Jedoch sind diese Maßnahmen unterschiedlich effektiv, haben zum Teil unerwünsch-te ökologische und gesundheitsschädigende Folgen und sind unterschiedlich aufwendig und kostenintensiv in der Anwendung. Für die Entwicklung eines integrierten, effektiven, zielgerichteten und kostengünstigen Vektormanagements fehlen bislang jedoch die populationsbiologischen Grundlagen.
Ziel dieser Arbeit ist daher die Schaffung der Datengrundlage eines Integrierten Stechmückenmanagements für die Asiatische Buschmücke (Aedes japonicus japonicus THEOBALD 1901), die am weitesten verbreitete exotische Stechmücke in Deutschland. Schwerpunkte dafür wurden auf das zeitliche und räumliche Vorkommen, die Temperaturabhängigkeit des Lebenszyklus, sowie die Wirksamkeit von Kontrollmethoden gelegt.
Die Kenntnis der räumlichen Verbreitung und saisonalen Häufigkeit der Stechmücken ist notwendig, um befallene Standorte und Zeitpunkte des größten Populationszuwachses definieren zu können. Die Verbreitung und die Häufigkeit der endothermen Stechmücken sind stark von der Umgebungstemperatur abhängig, die beispielsweise deren Entwicklungsdauer und Sterblichkeit beeinflusst. Dabei entwickeln sich die verschiedenen Stadien (Ei, Larven, Puppe, Imago), die eine Stechmücke während ihres Lebens durchläuft, in Abhängigkeit von der Umgebungstemperatur unterschiedlich und haben jeweils andere Temperaturpräferenzen. Lebenszyklustabellen geben die Entwicklungsdauer und Mortalität pro Stadium in Abhängigkeit von der Temperatur an. Mit ihrer Hilfe können somit die räumlichen und zeitlichen Vorkommen und Häufigkeiten einer Stechmückenart berechnet werden. Dies ist insbesondere für Stechmücken in Gebieten mit jahreszeitlichen Temperaturveränderungen wichtig. Um Daten für eine solche Lebenszyklustabelle aufnehmen zu können, ist es notwendig Laborexperimente bei festgelegten Temperaturen durchzuführen. Die Voraussetzung dafür ist, dass die Stechmückenart im Labor optimale Bedingungen erhält, um ihren Lebenszyklus abschließen zu können. In dieser Arbeit wurde daher ein Laborprotokoll entwickelt, mithilfe dessen der Lebenszyklus der Asiatischen Buschmücke im Labor untersucht werden kann. Dazu wurden systematisch die Fütterung, die innerartliche Konkurrenz und das Wasservolumen des Brutge-fäßes für die aquatischen Stadien erprobt. Auf Basis dieses Protokolls wurden anschließend die Temperatureinflüsse auf die Entwicklung aller Stadien aufgenommen. Diese Daten dienten der Parametrisierung eines populationsdynamischen Modells. Dieses wurde verwendet, um Standorte mehrjähriger Populationen zu definieren, saisonale Häufigkeiten für Deutschland zu berechnen, durch Temperaturveränderungen hervorgerufene zukünftige Verbreitungsgebiete vorherzusagen, sowie Effekte von Kontrollmaßnahmen auf die Häufigkeit der Asiatischen Buschmücke zu modellieren.
Um eine dauerhafte Kontrolle der Stechmückenvektoren zu gewährleisten, ist weiterhin die permanente Neuentwicklung von wirksamen Kontrollmethoden notwendig. Dazu gehört die präventive Vermeidung von Bruthabitaten der aquatischen Stadien von Stechmücken. Die exotischen Stechmücken, die in Deutschland etabliert sind, gehören mehrheitlich der Gattung Aedes an und sind sogenannte Gefäßbrüter. Ihre bevorzugten Bruthabitate sind kleine Was-seransammlungen wie sie in Baumhöhlen, Gesteinsauswaschungen, Gießkannen, Regentonnen und Blumenuntersetzern vorkommen. In dieser Arbeit wurde untersucht, welche Farben und Volumina von Plastikbechern die Asiatische Buschmücke zur Eiablage bevorzugt, um präferierte Bruthabitate gezielt zu identifizieren und verringern zu können. Auch die Bereitstellung von Insektiziden wird durch in Stechmücken auftretende Insektizidresistenzen erschwert. Insektizide sollen dabei umweltfreundlich, spezifisch für den Zielorganismus und nicht gesundheitsschädlich für den Menschen sein. Weiterhin sind eine gute Anwendbarkeit, geringe Kosten und eine hohe Effizienz wünschenswert. Eine Quelle für potentielle Insektizide sind pflanzliche Stoffe, zum Beispiel ätherische Öle. Diese sind leicht erhältlich, natürlichen Ursprungs und wirksame Vergrämungsmittel gegen stechbereite Stechmückenweibchen. In dieser Arbeit wurde nach einer Literaturrecherche Nelkenöl ausgewählt und als Insektizid gegen Larven der Asiatischen Buschmücke getestet. Dafür wurden die akute toxische Wirkung von Nelkenöl bei drei Temperaturen untersucht und zusätzlich die Wirkung von Nelkenöl auf die Eiablage im Freiland. Nelkenöl zeigte dabei sowohl eine larvizide als auch eine eiablagehemmende Wirkung. Weiterhin wurde Kupfer in Form von kupferhaltigen Euromünzen als Larvizid untersucht. Kupfer ist ein wirksamer Stoff gegen die aquatischen Stadien von Stechmücken. Allerdings wurde der Stoff noch nicht in Form der einfach zu handhabenden, leicht erhältlichen Kupfermünzen getestet. Dazu wurden Vorexperimente durchgeführt, um herauszufinden, wieviel Kupferionen sich aus den Münzen lösen lassen. Anschließend wurde der akut toxische Effekt auf Larven der Asiatischen Buschmücke untersucht.
Ein Integriertes Stechmückenmanagement hat zum Ziel, die lokale Stechmückenpopulation zu kontrollieren, um so Stichen und daraus resultierender Krankheitsübertragung vorzubeugen. Dies erfolgt über die Aufklärung von Betroffenen, der Überwachung der Stechmückenpopulation, dem Testen auf Pathogenbefall und der direkten Kontrolle von Stechmücken. Diese Arbeit leistet einen Beitrag zu den Kenntnissen über die Laborhaltung einer exotischen Stechmückenart, zur Identifizierung von Bruthabitaten, zur zeitlichen und räumlichen Festlegung von Kontrollmaßnahmen und zur Anwendung von Larviziden und eines Vergrämungsmittels. Mit dieser Arbeit wurde die Grundlage eines faktenbasierten Integrativen Stechmückenmanagements für die Asiatische Buschmücke entwickelt, das eventuell auch auf weitere Aedes-Arten übertragbar ist, und als Handlungsempfehlung für politische Entscheidungstragende dienen kann.
Connectomic analysis of apical dendrite innervation in pyramidal neurons of mouse cerebral cortex
(2020)
The central goal of this study was to generate synapse-resolution maps of local and long-range innervation on apical dendrites (AD) in mouse cerebral cortex. We used three-dimensional electron microscopy (3D-EM) to first measure the cell-type specific balance in the excitatory and inhibitory input on ADs. Further, we found two inhibitory axon populations with preference for apical dendrites originating from layer 2 and 3/5. Additionally, we used a combination of large-scale volumetric light and electron microscopy to investigate the innervation preference of long-range cortical projections onto ADs. To generate such large-scale 3D-EM datasets, we also developed a software package to automate aberration adjustment.
The balance of excitation and inhibition defines the computational properties of neurons. We, therefore, generated 6 datasets and annotated 26,548 excitatory and inhibitory synapses to map the relative inhibitory strength on the AD of pyramidal neurons in layers 1 and 2 (L1 and 2) of the cortex. We found consistent and cell-type specific patterns of inhibitory strength along the apical dendrite of L2-5 pyramidal neurons in primary somatosensory (S1), secondary visual (V2), posterior parietal (PPC) and anterior cingulate (ACC) cortices. L2 and L5 pyramidal neurons had inhibitory hot-zones at their main bifurcation and distal apical dendrite tuft, respectively. In contrast, L3 neurons had a baseline (~10%) level of inhibition along their apical dendrite. As controls, we quantified the effect of synapse strength (size), dendrite diameter, AD classification and synapse identification methods on the cell-type specific synapse densities. To classify L5 pyramidal subtypes, we performed hierarchical clustering using morphological properties that were described to differentiate slender- and thick-tufted L5 neurons.
We also investigated the distance to soma as a predictor of fractional inhibition around the main bifurcation of apical dendrites. Interestingly, we found a strong exponential relationship that was absent in density of either synapse type. This suggests a distance dependent control mechanism designed specifically for the balance (in synapse numbers) of excitation and inhibition.
Next, we focused on the inhibitory innervation preference for apical dendrite of pyramidal neuron. We, therefore, annotated 5,448 output synapses of AD-targeting inhibitory axons and found two populations specific for either L2 or L3/5 apical dendrites. Together with previous findings on preferential innervation of sub-cellular structures by inhibitory axons, this suggests two distinct inhibitory circuits for control of AD activity in L2 vs. deep-layer pyramidal neurons. This innervation preference was surprisingly consistent across S1, V2, PPC and ACC cortices.
3D-EM data acquisition is a laborious process that is made easier and more popular everyday by technical progress in the laboratory and industrial settings. To make data acquisition robust using our custom-built 3D-EM microscopes, an automatic aberration software was implemented to adjust the objective lens and the stigmators of the electron microscope. This method was used in multiple month-long experiments across 2 microscopes and 10 datasets. The aberration adjustment used the reduction in image details (high-frequency elements) to estimate the level of deviation from optimal focus and stigmator parameters. However, large objects in EM micrographs such as blood vessel and nuclei cross-sections generated anomalous results. We, therefore, added image processing routines based on edge detection combined with morphological operations to exclude such large objects.
Finally, we performed a correlative three-dimensional (3D) light (LM) and electron (EM) microscopy experiment to map the long-range primary visual (V1) and secondary motor (M2) cortical input to ADs in layer 1 of PPC using the “FluoEM” approach. This method allows for identification of the long-range source of projection axons in EM volumes without the need for EM-dense label conversion or heat-induced markings. The long-range source of an axon in EM is identified based on the fluorescent protein that is expressed in its LM counterpart. In comparison to M2 input, Long-range axons from V1 had a higher tendency to target L3 pyramidal neurons in PPC according to our preliminary analysis. In combination with the difference observed in the synapse composition of L2 and L3 apical dendrites, this suggests the need for separate functional and structural analysis of L2 and 3 pyramidal neurons.
Durch natürliche Selektion werden Funktionen, die dem Überleben und dem Fortpflanzungserfolg eines Organismus dienen, optimiert. Da die Struktur eines Organs dessen Funktion und umgekehrt die Funktion eines Organs dessen Struktur bestimmt, kann durch das Studium der Morphologie die Funktionsweise von Organen verstanden werden. Trotz des umfangreichen Wissens über die Struktur von Nervensystemen sowohl auf mikro- als auch auf makroskopischer Ebene, ist es weiterhin unklar, wie Bewusstsein und ein kohärentes Abbild der Umwelt im Gehirn erzeugt werden. Der Grund hierfür ist vor allem die gewaltige Komplexität neuronaler Netzwerke, die unmöglich geistig erfasst werden können. Eine Möglichkeit, das Gehirn ohne das detaillierte Wissen über all seine Bestandteile zu verstehen, bietet das Studium von Optimierungsprinzipien und deren Anwendung in theoretischen Modellen. So wie eingangs erwähnt die Funktion von Organen durch natürliche Selektion optimiert wird, sollte auch die Funktion neuronaler Netzwerke optimiert werden und neuronale Netzwerke sollten entsprechend solcher Optimierungsprinzipien aufgebaut sein. Ein wichtiges Prinzip, das essenziell für die Effizienz neuronaler Netzwerke ist, ist die Minimierung der Verbindungslänge zwischen Neuronen. Basierend auf diesem Prinzip wurde im Rahmen dieser Dissertation eine algorithmische Methode etabliert, die es ermöglicht Vorhersagen der relativen Position von Neuronen anhand ihrer Verbindungen zu treffen. Diese neuronale Platzierungsmethode beruht darauf, dass Neuronen mit ähnlicher Verbindungsnachbarschaft näher zueinander platziert werden als zu Neuronen mit weniger ähnlichen Verbindungsnachbarn, wodurch die durchschnittliche Verbindungslänge minimiert wird. Nach der Etablierung dieser Methode, wurde diese benutzt um Modelle zu erstellen, die es ermöglichen die Entstehung neuronaler Karten und kortikaler Faltungen im Zusammenhang mit der Konnektivität und der Anzahl der Neuronen zu untersuchen.
Neuronale Karten sind geordnete Muster auf der Oberfläche des Kortex, die durch die präferierte Aktivität einzelner Neuronen in Antwort auf Stimuli einer Modalität beobachtet werden können. Im visuellen Kortex existieren sogar mehrere Karten, je nachdem welche Qualität visueller Stimuli man betrachtet. Abhängig von der Präferenz für einen Sehwinkel, ein stimuliertes Auge oder der Orientierung eines Balken-Stimulus, können retinotopische Karten, Karten mit streifenartigen Mustern oder Karten mit sogenannten „Pinwheel“-Strukturen beobachtet werden. Pinwheels sind periodische Strukturen, die sichtbar werden indem man die Orientierungspräferenz von Neuronen für die spezifische Orientierung eines Balken-Stimulus mit der entsprechenden Farbe des Farbkreises visualisiert. Da diese Strukturen eine Ähnlichkeit mit bunten Windrädern haben, werde sie als Pinwheels bezeichnet. Die in dieser Dissertation erstellten Modelle sagen vorher, dass die Entstehung strukturierter neuronaler Karten im Allgemeinen von der Anzahl der Neuronen abhängt. In der Tat könnte diese Abhängigkeit auch für neuronale Karten im Kortex gelten. Während strukturierte Karten im visuellen Kortex in verschiedenen Säugerordnungen wie Primaten, Karnivoren und Huftieren existieren, sind sie in kleinen Nagern mit weniger Neuronen nicht vorhanden, trotz ähnlicher Verbindungsspezifizität. Folglich müssen Unterschiede in der Struktur neuronaler Karten im Kortex nicht zwangsläufig mit einer unterschiedlichen Funktionsweise zusammenhängen, sondern könnten auch durch allgemeine Optimierungsprinzipien beim Aufbau neuronaler Netzwerke bedingt werden. Eine weitere Gemeinsamkeit zwischen verschiedenen Säugetierordnungen ist, dass die relative Dichte der Pinwheels ziemlich genau bei der Zahl Pi liegt. Entsprechend der Ergebnisse dieser Dissertation könnte dies dadurch erklärt werden, dass für neuronale Karten ähnlicher Struktur die Anzahl der Neuronen pro Pinwheel relativ konstant ist. Unterschiede in der räumlichen Dichte der Pinwheels könnten dann einfach durch Unterschiede in der Dichte der Neuronen erklärt werden.
Neben den Modellen für neuronale Karten wurde im Rahmen dieser Dissertation auch ein Modell kortikaler Faltungen mit derselben neuronalen Platzierungsmethode erstellt. Die Existenz kortikaler Faltungen wird gemeinhin damit erklärt, dass der Kortex ohne Faltungen wegen seiner verhältnismäßig großen Oberfläche nicht in den Schädel gepackt werden könnte. Allerdings haben Experimente gezeigt, dass die Faltungen nicht durch eine Restriktion des wachsenden Kortex an der Schädeloberfläche entstehen, da auch mit mehr Platz für die Expansion des Kortex die gleichen Faltungsmuster exprimiert werden. Interessanterweise entstehen die kortikalen Faltungen erst, wenn die Proliferation der Neuronen während der Entwicklung größtenteils abgeschlossen ist und die Neuronen anfangen ihre Verbindungen auszubilden. Um kortikale Faltungen basierend auf der Konnektivität zwischen Neuronen im Modell vorherzusagen, genügt es das allgemeine Muster einer starken lokalen, aber schwachen globalen Konnektivität zwischen Neuronen nachzubilden. Abhängig von Variationen dieser Konnektivität, der Anzahl der kortikalen Kolumnen und der Neuronenanzahl innerhalb dieser Kolumnen, können im Modell viele Eigenschaften kortikaler Faltungsmuster in Säugetieren vorhergesagt werden. Ähnlich wie in Säugetieren ist der Faltungsgrad der vom Modell vorhergesagt wird von dem Verhältnis zwischen Parametern, die die Größe und Dicke des Kortex beschreiben, abhängig. Dementsprechend werden mehr und mehr Faltungen mit steigender Anzahl der Kolumnen, aber gleicher Anzahl von Neuronen pro Kolumne vorhergesagt. Wie in Säugetieren entstehen dabei auch die größeren primären Faltungen zuerst bevor es innerhalb der größeren Faltungen zu kleineren Faltungen höherer Ordnung kommt. Neben der Abhängigkeit des Faltungsgrads von der Größe des Kortex können Variationen in der Konnektivität erklären, wie es einerseits zu stereotypischen Faltungsmustern kommen kann, aber andererseits auch warum der Faltungsgrad zwischen verschiedenen Säugerordnungen unterschiedlich mit der Größe des Kortex skaliert. Letztlich könnten pathologische Veränderungen der Konnektivität zu den entsprechenden Änderungen im Faltungsmuster führen.
Insgesamt wurde in dieser Arbeit gezeigt, dass mittels einfacher Prinzipien, die die Verbindung zwischen Neuronen und deren relative Position zueinander beschreiben, komplexe neuroanatomische Strukturen vorhergesagt werden können. Da mit derselben Methode zur neuronalen Platzierung sowohl neuronale Karten als auch kortikalen Faltungen, also sehr unterschiedliche Strukturen vorhergesagt werden konnten, stellt sich die Frage, ob diese Strukturen durch einen gemeinsamen biologischen Mechanismus entstehen. Neuronale Zugkräfte sind ein möglicher Mechanismus, der die Entstehung kortikaler Faltungen erklären könnte. Auch wenn es eher unwahrscheinlich ist, dass die Entstehung neuronaler Karten von Zugkräften zwischen Neuronen abhängt, kann es nicht vollständig ausgeschlossen werden. Ob solche Kräfte an der Selbstorganisation neuronaler Netzwerke beteiligt sein könnten, ist eine interessante Fragestellung für zukünftige empirische Studien.
Aufgrund des großen Potenzials der Nanotechnologie ist in Zukunft eine Zunahme der Produktion und Verwendung von Nanomaterialien zu erwarten, wodurch mit einer steigenden Freisetzung in der Umwelt zu rechnen ist. In der vorliegenden Dissertation werden daher Methoden zur Untersuchung von Nanomaterialien betrachtet und Effekte von NP auf Algen untersucht.
In Teil I wurden Silber-, Titandioxid- und Polystyrol-Nanopartikel sowie Kohlenstoffnano-röhrchen untersucht. Von jedem Nanomaterial standen eine unmodifizierte Form sowie zwei modifizierte Partikeltypen mit geladener Oberfläche und zusätzlich Polystyrol-Mikropartikel zur Verfügung. Zunächst erfolgte eine Charakterisierung der Materialien mittels Transmissions-elektronenmikroskopie, wobei die Größe der Objekte gemessen und das Verhalten beschrieben wurde. Zudem wurde im Fall der Polystyrol-Nanopartikel der Einfluss mehrerer Chemikalien getestet, welche im Zusammenhang mit der Probenvorbereitung für das Elektronen¬mikroskop zum Einsatz kamen. In einem nächsten Schritt erfolgte die Untersuchung von Nanomaterialien in umweltrelevanten Matrices. Hierbei wurden Boden- und Wasserproben sowie humane Körperflüssigkeiten und Fischgewebe elektronenmikroskopisch auf die Anwesenheit von synthetischen Nanomaterialien untersucht und Proben mit Nanomaterialien versetzte, um die Nachweisbarkeit mit dem Elektronenmikroskop bewerten zu können. Zusätzlich wurden verschiedene Zellkulturen und Gewebe auf morphologische Auffälligkeiten im Zusammenhang mit einer Exposition gegenüber Nanomaterialien untersucht.
Die durchgeführten Versuche zeigen, dass die Transmissionselektronenmikroskopie für viele Nanomaterialien ein sinnvolles Charakterisierungswerkzeug darstellt. Die Untersuchung besonders kleiner Partikel mit einem Durchmesser im einstelligen Nanobereich gestaltet sich jedoch schwierig bis unmöglich. Für den Nachweis von Nanomaterialien in Umweltmatrices und Zellen ist die Methode nur bedingt geeignet, wobei insbesondere niedrige Partikelkonzentrationen problematisch sind. Die Methode ist somit lediglich als Ergänzung zu anderen Nachweismethoden zu betrachten, kann jedoch hilfreiche Informationen zur Lokalisation von Nanoobjekten in Zellen und zu ihrem Verhalten in Umweltproben liefern.
In Teil II wurden die beiden Grünalgen Raphidocelis subcapitata und Chlamydomonas reinhardtii sowie die Diatomee Cyclotella meneghiniana gegenüber unterschiedlich modifizierten Silber-, Titandioxid- und Polystyrol-Nanopartikeln exponiert. Die Beurteilung der Toxizität wurde anhand der über die Absorption gemessenen Zellzahl, des Chlorophyll a Gehalts, der über die Chlorophyllfluoreszenz gemessenen Parameter Fv/Fm und NPQ sowie der transmissions¬elektronenmikroskopischen Untersuchung der Algenzellen vorgenommen. Zudem wurde der Einfluss der Beschattung von Algenzellen durch die Nanopartikel experimentell untersucht.
Die Untersuchungen zeigen, dass Nanomaterialien bei Absorptionsmessungen in Abhängigkeit von ihrem Grundmaterial, ihrer Oberflächenmodifikation und dem umgebenden Medium ein mehr oder weniger starkes Streuungsverhalten zeigen. Auch die Anwesenheit von Algen kann einen deutlichen Einfluss haben. Trotz der Beeinflussung der Lichtstreuung hat die Beschattung von Algen durch die Trübung des Mediums durch Nanomaterialien keinen Einfluss auf das Wachstum der Testorganismen. Die direkte Exposition der Algen gegenüber den Nanomaterialien zeigt, dass Silber-Nanopartikel die toxischste Wirkung haben. Die Abgabe von Silberionen durch die Partikel kann hierbei die auftretenden Effekte erklären. Auch Titandioxid-Nanopartikel führen zu negativen Effekten, wobei mögliche Gründe die Toxizität des Materials und die physikalische Isolierung der Zellen sind. Die Polystyrol-Nanopartikel haben eine stimulierende Wirkung auf die Algenzellen, welche auf einer Präferenz von adhäsivem Wachsen und dem Hormesis-Effekt beruhen kann. Die Oberflächenmodifikation der Nanomaterialien hat zwar einen Effekt auf die Toxizität, ihr Einfluss wird jedoch durch andere Faktoren überlagert. In Bezug auf die unterschiedlichen Methoden zum Nachweis der Toxizität, ist die Bestimmung des Chlorophyll a-Gehalts als besonders sensitiv zu bewerten und kann zudem auf alle Partikel angewandt werden. Hinsichtlich der Absorptionsmessung besteht teilweise ein Einfluss durch die Partikelstreuung. Die Messung der Chlorophyllfluoreszenz scheint einer starken Beeinflussung durch externe Faktoren und ggf. die Nanomaterialien selbst zu unterliegen. Die elektronenmikroskopische Untersuchung ist vergleichsweise wenig sensitiv, kann jedoch ergänzende Informationen bezüglich der Wirkweise von Nanomaterialien liefern. Der Vergleich der Testorganismen zeigt, dass Raphidocelis subcapitata empfindlicher reagiert als Chlamydomonas reinhardtii. Eine allgemeingültige Sensitivitätsabstufung zwischen den Grünalgen und der Diatomee ist nicht möglich, da die Reaktionen in Abhängigkeit von Medium bzw. Partikelgrundmaterial unterschiedlich ausfallen.
The endosteal bone marrow niche and vascular endothelial cells provide sanctuaries to leukemic cells. In murine chronic myeloid leukemia (CML) CD44 on leukemia cells and E-selectin on bone marrow endothelium are essential mediators for the engraftment of leukemic stem cells (LSC). We hypothesized that non-adhesion of CML-initiating cells to E-selectin on the bone marrow endothelium may lead to superior eradication of LSC in CML after treatment with imatinib than imatinib alone. Indeed, here we show that treatment with the E-selectin inhibitor GMI-1271 in combination with imatinib prolongs survival of mice with CML via decreased contact time of leukemia cells with bone marrow endothelium. Non-adhesion of BCR-ABL1+ cells leads to an increase of cell cycle progression and an increase of expression of the hematopoietic transcription factor and protooncogene Scl/Tal1 in leukemia-initiating cells (LIC). We implicate SCL/TAL1 as indirect phosphorylation target of BCR-ABL1 and as a negative transcriptional regulator of CD44 expression. We show that increased SCL/TAL1 expression is associated with improved outcome in human CML. These data demonstrate the BCR-ABL1-specific, cell-intrinsic pathways leading to altered interactions with the vascular niche via the modulation of adhesion molecules - a strategy therapeutically exploitable in future.
Humans and other primates are highly visual animals. Our daily visual activities such as recognizing familiar faces, interacting with objects, or reading, are supported by an extensive system of interacting brain areas. The interactions between the many individual nerve cells both within and between brain areas need to be coordinated. One possible solution to achieve flexible coordination between cells in the network is rhythmic activity, or oscillations. The focus of the thesis will be activity in the largest visual area, V1, in non-human primates. In V1, high-frequency activity, so-called gamma-band activity (“gamma”, ca. 30-90 Hz) can be frequently observed and has been suggested to play a role in coordinating activity in the visual system. In Chapter 1, the coordination problem, the primate visual system and gamma-band oscillations are introduced in detail. The following chapters explore the dependence of gamma on contextual influences. Does V1 use contextual information to optimize co-ordination? In the first part, the short-term consequences of repeated encounters with visual stimuli on V1 responses are explored (Chapters 2 and 3). Inspired by results from colored, naturalistic images in the first part, the second part tests the dependence of gamma on spatial and chromatic stimulus aspects (Chapters 4 and 5).
Stimulus repetition is a simple yet powerful way to tap into our brains’ ability to learn and adapt to our environment. Repeated presentation of a visual stimulus tends to decrease responses to this stimulus. Is this accompanied by changes in the coordination of brain activity? In Chapter 2, the stimulus-specificity of repetition effects on gamma was tested using naturalistic stimuli. V1 is most typically studied using black-and-white, artificial stimuli that are very familiar to the animals. Here, colored natural images were repeatedly presented that were initially novel to the animals, to provide a wider and more naturalistic range of stimulation. Both multi-unit spiking activity (MUA) and gamma showed stimulus-specific repetition effects. MUA responses de-creased most strongly for initial repetitions and less for later repetitions. In contrast, gamma could increase or decrease for initial repetitions, but tended to increase for later repetitions. This points to the operation of multiple plasticity mechanisms. One process may rapidly decrease MUA and gamma and be related to initial novelty or adaptation. The other increases gamma, is active for more repetitions, and could constitute a form of refinement of coordination over time. Moreover, based on the spacing of stimulus repetitions, stimulus memory in V1 persisted for tens of seconds.
In the following Chapter 3, the stimulus location specificity and persistence of the repetition effects for longer timescales were tested. To this end, the observation that the increase in gamma with repetition was strongest for the first tens of repetitions was used to test for location specificity and memory. Using simple artificial stimuli that were repeated many times at two alternating locations, both location specificity and memory on the order of minutes was observed. Due to the structure of the primate visual system, location specificity suggests that the repetition effects involve early to mid-level visual areas such as V1. Memory for previous stimulus presentations on the order of minutes has not been previously reported for V1 gamma. Taken together, these experiments demonstrate short-term plasticity of gamma that is stimulus- and location specific and persists on the timescale of minutes.
In Chapter 2, the average gamma-band response to the large, naturalistic stimuli was highly stimulus dependent. Relative increases in gamma-band activity scaled between tens and thousands of percent change depending on the stimulus. Particularly the color of the stimuli appeared to play a strong role, although the stimulus set was too limited and uncontrolled to draw strong conclusions. In Chapters 4 and 5, underlying mechanisms for the stimulus specificity of gamma were explored using more well-controlled, artificial stimuli that varied in color and spatial structure.
Much of vision relies on the analysis of spatial structure. Each nerve cell in V1 only responds to visual stimuli in a particular, small part of the visual field, its so-called “receptive field” (RF). Compared to isolated RF stimulation, nearby cells that are stimulated by a similar structure from different parts of visual space can show response decreases, commonly known as “surround suppression”, and may show coordinated activity in the gamma band. In Chapter 3, responses to large, uniformly colored disks are contrasted with responses to black or white (achromatic) disks. A first experiment showed that gamma-band responses were stronger for colored than achromatic stimuli, whereas MUA responses could decrease below baseline for colored stimuli. To test whether these phenomena were related to surround suppression, stimulus size was manipulated in a second experiment. When stimuli were of sufficient size to induce surround suppression, clear gamma-band responses emerged. Surround suppression and gamma were stronger for chromatic stimuli. However, the change of stimulus size could have changed not only surround suppression but also stimulus saliency. Therefore, in a third experiment, the overall size of the stimulus was kept constant, and the spatial structure of the stimulus was manipulated. In comparison to uniform, predictable stimulus structure, mismatches between the center of the stimulus and the surrounding visual space led to strong increases in MUA responses and strong de-creases in gamma-band activity. These effects were restricted to the recording sites with RFs at the mismatch location. These experiments underpin the strong role of both spatial structure and color for gamma in V1.
In Chapter 4, responses to different color hues are studied in more detail. Gamma response strength depended on hue, being strongest for red compared to blue and green stimuli when measured with a gray background. To better understand the underlying mechanisms of the differential responses, the spatio-temporal context in the form of the background color was manipulated. Background color had a strong influence on gamma strength. Using differently colored backgrounds, different parts of the color signaling pathways could be adapted. Response differences to different color hues could be explained well with a model that incorporates differences in adaptation between pathways involving long- compared to medium-wavelength cone signals.
Taken together, these experiments indicate a strong role of both spatial context (stimulus size and structure) and temporal context and drive (repetition, adaptation) for the generation of gamma-band activity in V1. Functional implications of these dependencies are considered in the final Chapter 6, and a role for gamma-band syn-chronization in a coding regime for visual inputs that generate strong drive and high predictability is suggested.
Antagonistic and mutualistic species interactions provide important ecosystem functions affecting plant population dynamics and distribution. Many of these functions are important for the regeneration of plants, either by limiting or facilitating successful transition between life stages. Interactions can occur across the whole geographical range of a species and thereby encompass different environmental gradients, such as changes in temperature or water availability. Understanding the joint effects of species interactions and environmental factors on the regeneration of plants is key for understanding plant population dynamics under global change and could provide important recommendations for managing and conservation efforts.
My thesis aimed at advancing the knowledge of how species interactions depend on environmental conditions and jointly affect plant recruitment along the elevational distribution of plants. This thesis includes three chapters in which I studied the effects of animal seed deposition, seed predation, mycorrhizal and pathogenic fungi occurrences as well as abiotic and biotic environmental factors on the recruitment of Swiss stone pine (Pinus cembra). I conducted fieldwork in the Swiss Alps across the entire elevational distribution of the pine (1850 – 2250 m a.s.l). Over a period of three years, I recorded animal seed deposition by spotted nutcrackers (Nucifraga caryocatactes) and conducted seed translocation experiments. Further, I assessed fungal communities using DNA metabarcoding. I measured abiotic environmental factors such as temperature, water and light availability, pH, as well as biotic environmental factors such as distance to conspecific adults and ground vegetation cover. In my thesis, I used a broad range of community ecology approaches, from seed dispersal ecology to experimental plant ecology and microbial ecology.
First, I investigated the effects of environmental factors on four recruitment processes (i.e. seed deposition, seed predation, seed germination, seedling survival) of Swiss stone pine. Further, I aimed at identifying the most important recruitment processes potentially limiting pine regeneration across its elevational range. To investigate pine recruitment, I firstly tested how seed deposition, seed predation, seed germination and seedling survival were affected by the microhabitat characteristics ultimately determining where a seed arrives in the environment (i.e. canopy cover & ground vegetation cover). Secondly, I applied a sensitivity analysis to investigate which of the four recruitment processes poses limitation to the pines’ regeneration across its range. My results reveal that the importance of particular recruitment processes varies along the pines’ elevational range. I found that at the lower range margin and the distribution centre seed germination and seedling survival were the main limiting factors, whereas animal-mediated seed dispersal became especially important at the upper range margin. My study contributes to the field with a new approach for disentangling the relative importance of recruitment processes across environmental gradients and thereby could help to project how plant recruitment might respond to future changes in environmental conditions.
The second aim of my study was to investigate how abiotic and biotic environmental factors affect the occurrence of Swiss stone pine-associated pathogenic and mutualistic fungi by combining field measurements of environmental factors with a DNA metabarcoding approach. I identified potentially important fungal interaction partners of the pine and determined drivers shaping their occurrences. My results reveal that generalist fungi were not affected by abiotic and biotic environmental factors. However, specialist pathogens showed patterns according to the Janzen-Connell framework (i.e. accumulation of pathogen close to adult plants). Interestingly, I found evidence for an “inverse” Janzen-Connell effect, i.e. high abundance of a specialist mutualist close to adult plants, potentially mitigating effects of soil pathogens close to parent trees. Further, I found that pine-associated fungi are distributed widely within and beyond the range of their host plant, adding knowledge on how mutualisms and antagonisms might be affected when plants move their distributional range upwards.
Finally, I investigated how known and unknown plant-associated fungi affect the regeneration of Swiss stone pine in an environmental context. My results suggest that seedling establishment was most strongly affected by abiotic environmental factors, such as light availability and maximum summer temperature. Further, the results indicate that seedling survival was affected by biotic environmental factors, i.e. fungal agents, with high abundances of a known fungal pathogen co-occurring with low seedling survival rates. My results also reveal that known mycorrhizal partners as well as a large number of unknown fungal operational taxonomic units (OTUs) were associated with the survival of seedlings. My findings highlight the importance of plant-fungal interactions for plant recruitment and offer a feasible approach for the identification of hidden plant-fungal associations in highly complex DNA metabarcoding datasets. This approach offers a valuable tool for investigating plant-microbe interactions, ultimately helping to understand plant population dynamics.
My dissertation adds to a deeper understanding on the linkage between plant regeneration and species interactions, especially on how plant-animal and plant-fungal interactions in concert with environmental factors shape plant recruitment. My study reveals the importance of animal-mediated seed dispersal and fungal pathogens in plant recruitment with consequences for potential range shifts of plant species. My thesis has important implications for conservation and management efforts by informing on key species interactions under environmental change.
Ubiquitin and the ubiquitin-like protein ATG8 are covalently attached to their respective targets via a coordinated cascade involving E1 activating, E2 conjugating and E3 ligating enzymes. Whereas ubiquitin is conferred to proteins as mono- and/or polymer(s) to alter their stability, localization and/or activity, the ubiquitin-like modifier (UBL) ATG8 is conjugated to the phospholipid phosphatidylethanolamine (PE). The best understood function of ATG8 is during autophagy where ATG8-PE conjugates are incorporated into both layers of incipient autophagosomes and serve as multipurpose docking sites for autophagosomal cargo receptors as well as regulatory factors (termed adaptors) that drive formation and maturation of autophagosomes. Mammalian cells harbor six ATG8 family members that can be subclassified into the LC3- and GABARAP-family and that can all be lipidated. However, it is currently unclear to what extent these proteins are functionally redundant or fulfil unique roles.
Cullin-RING ligase complexes (CRLs) are modular E3 ubiquitin ligases that comprise a RING-finger protein that associates with the ubiquitin-charged E2 enzyme, a substrate recruiting module as well as a cullin scaffold as a linker between RING protein and substrate adaptor. Whereas SCF (SKP1-CUL1-F-box protein) complexes, the most studied CRLs, harbor cullin-1 (CUL1) as scaffold and F-box proteins as substrate binding modules, CUL3-containing CRL complexes employ cullin-3 (CUL3), RING-box protein 1 (RBX1) and BTB proteins as substrate adaptors. Here, the BTB domain serves as binding interface for CUL3 and is usually complemented by an additional protein-protein interaction domain such as MATH or Kelch that mediates binding to the substrate of the E3 ligase complex.
Besides ubiquitylation, guanine nucleotide binding is another common way to regulate protein activity and signaling in cells. Here, small Rho GTPases cycle between active and inactive states by binding of the guanine nucleotides GTP or GDP with the help of regulatory proteins. Whereas GTPase-activating proteins (GAP) render RAC1 inactive by facilitating GTP hydrolysis, guanine exchange factors (GEF) such as T-lymphoma invasion and metastasis-inducing protein 1 (TIAM1) activate RAC1 by stimulating the exchange of GDP to GTP. Local control of RAC1 activity is essential to allow a specific cellular response to stimuli such as growth factors or migratory impulses.
This study reports an unexpected link between the GABARAP subfamily of mammalian ATG8 proteins, the ubiquitin proteasome system and RAC1 through the ubiquitylation of the RAC1 GEF TIAM1. The Kelch repeat and BTB domain-containing proteins 6 (KBTBD6) and 7 (KBTBD7) were established as heterodimeric substrate adaptors for CUL3. Interestingly, a thorough proteomic analysis revealed a number of putative substrates but, out of 11 substrate candidates tested, only the RAC1 GEF TIAM1 appeared to be influenced by depletion of CUL3KBTBD6/KBTBD7. Binding studies showed that KBTBD7 binds TIAM1 via the Kelch repeats and that this binding was markedly enhanced when CUL3 activation was abolished upon treatment with the neddylation inhibitor MLN4924. Also, total TIAM1 abundance was increased upon CUL3KBTBD6/KBTBD7 depletion and accumulation of TIAM1 upon proteasome inhibition suggested that TIAM1 is degraded via the proteasome. In vivo ubiquitylation assays and denaturing immunoprecipitations as well as mass spectrometrical analysis confirmed that CUL3KBTBD6/KBTBD7 ubiquitylates TIAM1 at two distinct lysines (K1404 and K1420) close to its C-terminus.
Previously, KBTBD6 and KBTBD7 were found as interactors of several members of the human ATG8 family of proteins in a proteomic study analyzing the human autophagy network. This association was confirmed in the present work. Furthermore, peptide array technology and mutational analysis revealed that KBTBD6 and KBTBD7 employ a classical ATG8-family interacting motif (AIM; also referred to as LC3-interacting region or LIR) as binding interface. The AIMs of KBTBD6 (W-V-R-V) and KBTBD7 (W-V-Q-V) fulfil the consensus AIM sequence motif (F/W/Y1-X2-X3-I/L/V4) and are preceded by several acidic residues and serines. A series of structural and cell biological experiments revealed a binding preference for the GABARAP subfamily of human ATG8 proteins and most importantly, a requirement of the GABARAP-KBTBD6 and -KBTBD7 interaction for TIAM1 ubiquitylation. The finding that TIAM1 binding to KBTBD6 and KBTBD7 AIM mutants was diminished raised the possibility that GABARAP binding mediates the recruitment of CUL3KBTBD6/KBTBD7 to membranes where TIAM1 is localized. Interestingly, colocalization of KBTBD6, GABARAPL1 and TIAM1 in punctuate structures could be observed. Since only a very small fraction of GABARAPL1 colocalized with LC3B, and colocalization between KBTBD6 and LC3B was not observed, these vesicular structures are most likely distinct from autophagosomes. Furthermore, TIAM1 ubiquitylation was reduced when GABARAP, but not LC3B, was depleted or when lipidation of GABARAP was prevented.
Stabilization of TIAM1 upon KBTBD6 and/or KBTBD7 depletion led to elevated TIAM1-dependent RAC1 activity, altered actin morphology with increased cortical actin and loss of vinculin foci. Re-introduction of wild-type KBTBD6 or KBTBD7 but not AIM mutants reverted all these phenotypes. Moreover, depletion of KBTBD6 or KBTBD7 in human breast cancer cells massively increased their invasiveness, whereas TIAM1 knockdown had the opposite outcome. All physiological effects of KBTBD6 and KBTBD7 depletion were inhibited by additional depletion of TIAM1 or RAC1 confirming that the phenotypes observed are indeed mediated by the CUL3KBTBD6/KBTBD7-TIAM1-RAC1 signaling pathway. Intriguingly, KBTBD6 and KBTBD7 were not subject to autophagosomal degradation, thereby establishing a new function for GABARAP proteins beyond autophagosomal degradation in providing a signaling platform for recruitment of the E3 ligase CUL3KBTBD6/KBTBD7 in close proximity to its substrate TIAM1, enabling localized ubiquitylation.
Local restricted control of RAC1 activity by ubiquitylation has been described for TIAM1-RAC1 signaling previously. Examples are HECT, UBA and WWE domain-containing protein 1 (HUWE1)-mediated TIAM1 ubiquitylation that occurs predominantly at cell-cell-junctions in response to hepatocyte growth factor stimulation in MDCKII cells or inhibition of RAC1 activity by the RAC1 GAP protein BCR (breakpoint cluster region) at the leading edge of astrocytes through binding to the TIAM1-Par (polarity) complex. SCFBTRC mediates ubiquitylation of TIAM1 in response to mitogens or DNA damage, though it has not been explored whether this regulation is spatially restricted. Thus, this study adds a novel layer of complexity to the spatial regulation of RAC1 signaling by implicating membrane-bound human ATG8 proteins in this process.
Also, this study is the first report specifically implicating the GABARAP proteins in cellular signaling events. It will be interesting to explore whether the concept of localized signaling mediated by GABARAPs applies to other substrates of CUL3KBTBD6/KBTBD7 and membranerelated signaling processes in which GABARAP proteins are involved. Controlling RAC1 activity at GABARAP-decorated membranes might also be important for trafficking events or autophagy since it was described that RAC1 has an inhibitory function on autophagy. Therefore, spatial restricted ubiquitylation of TIAM1 resulting in specific deactivation of RAC1 could promote the autophagic process when locally needed. Although the catalytic mTOR inhibitor Torin1 and the lysosomal H+ ATPase inhibitor BafilomycinA1 promoted TIAM1 ubiquitylation by increasing the pool of membrane-conjugated GABARAP, but other signals that stimulate GABARAP-KBTBD6/KBTBD7 association and subsequent TIAM1 ubiquitylation are to be identified. Besides, determining the KBTBD6/KBTBD7 binding site in TIAM1 or uncovering a deubiquitylating enzyme (DUB) that locally counteracts the ubiquitylation of TIAM1 will enable a better comprehension of the complete localized signaling cascade.
Eine qualitative und quantitative Studie zum Einsatz der virtuellen Mikroskopie in der Schule
(2019)
Das Mikroskop stellt in der Alltagswelt ein Sinnbild für naturwissenschaftliches Arbeiten dar (Coleman 2009, Paulsen 2010). Im Bereich der Lehre eröffnet dieses Laborgerät das Eintauchen in die mikroskopische Dimension und besitzt eine wesentliche Rolle bei der damit verbundenen Erkenntnisgewinnung, insbesondere von funktionsmorphologischen Konzepten (Gropengießer & Kattmann 2008, Kremer 2002). Jedoch wird die Durchführung der klassischen Mikroskopie und damit die aktive Auseinandersetzung mit mikroskopischen Präparaten im schulischen (Biologie-)Unterricht durch verschiedene Faktoren erschwert. Zu den Limitierungen gehören beispielsweise die Verfügbarkeit geeigneter Mikroskope und Dauerpräparate, die aufwendige Vor- und Nachbereitungszeit sowie der zeitliche Aufwand bei der Herstellung hochwertiger mikroskopischer Frischpräparate. Die virtuelle Mikroskopie könnte diese Schwierigkeiten umgehen. Das virtuelle Mikroskop kann als eine Simulation verstanden werden, bei der die bildanalytischen Vorgehensweisen bei mikroskopischen Präparaten analog zur klassischen Mikroskopie nachvollzogen werden können (Gu & Oglivie 2005, Hentschel 2009). Hierbei umfasst das virtuelle Mikroskop ein Akquisitionssystem zum Einscannen und Digitalisieren mikroskopischer Präparate, einen Server zum Speichern und Bereitstellen der entstandenen virtuellen hochauflösenden Aufnahmen (WSI) sowie eine Bildbetrachtungssoftware auf einem Anwendungsrechner (Kalinski et al. 2006). Basierend auf einer Nutzerbefragung wurde eine Betrachtungssoftware programmiert, die hinsicht¬lich ihrer Benutzerfreundlichkeit und ihren Eigenschaften auf den schulischen Einsatz angepasst wurde. Um die Relevanz in diesem Anwendungsfeld zu testen, wurden die Untersuchungen der vorliegenden Arbeit sowohl im Schülerlabor Goethe BioLab als auch in der universitären Lehre der Abteilung für Didaktik der Biowissen¬schaften der Goethe–Universität Frankfurt am Main durchgeführt. Der Schülerlabortag „Blut und das virtuelle Mikroskop“ wurde entwickelt, um die computerbasierte virtuelle Mikroskopie mit Schülern ergänzend zur klassischen Mikroskopie in einem fachlichen Kontext anzuwenden und zu erforschen.
Beruhend auf der Vergleichbarkeit beider Mikroskopiemethoden (Paulsen et al. 2010) lagen die Forschungsschwerpunkte neben der Nutzung der Software durch Schülerinnen und Schülern auf einer gegenüberstellenden Beurteilung beider mikroskopischer Verfahren von Schülern und Lehramtsstudierenden. Es wurden in diesem Zusammenhang drei zentrale Forschungsfragen formuliert.
Die erste Forschungsfrage untersucht das Nutzerverhalten der Schüler (n = 123) bei der virtuellen Mikroskopie mittels automatisch generierter Datensätze während der Anwendung der Bildbetrachtungssoftware. Die Analyse der Anwendungsdaten zeigt, dass das mikroskopische Sehen, insbesondere das Fokussieren auf relevante Bildbereiche, im virtuellen Humanblutausstrich angewandt wurde.
Die zweite Forschungsfrage untersuchte das aktuelle Interesses bei Schülern (n = 293) im direkten Vergleich zwischen virtueller und klassischer Mikroskopie. Dabei wurde das aktuelle Interesse aufgrund des engen Zusammenhangs zum Lernen (vgl. Krapp 1992a) als Indikator der Lernwirksamkeit gewählt. Die Erhebung erfolgte mittels eines Fragebogens. Die Ergebnisse dieser Untersuchung zeigen, dass der Einsatz beider mikroskopischer Verfahren das aktuelle Interesse fördert, das emotionale und das wertbezogene Merkmal sich jedoch zugunsten der klassischen Mikroskopie signifikant unterscheiden.
Im Rahmen der dritten Forschungsfrage erfolgte eine Beurteilung der Vorteile virtueller Mikroskopie gegenüber der klassischen Mikroskopie von Schülern (n = 504) sowie Lehramtsstudierenden (n = 247). Hierbei diente ebenfalls ein Fragebogen als Grundlage der Erhebung. Die Auswertung zeigt, dass sowohl die Schüler als auch die Studierenden die Vorteile der virtuellen Mikroskopie klar erkennen. Es liegen jedoch signifikante Unterschiede zwischen den Versuchsgruppen vor. Die Schüler bewerten die Vorteile betreffend der Förderung von Lernprozessen, des Erkennens von Strukturen und des mikroskopischen Zeichnens höher.
Zusammenfassend bestärken die Ergebnisse dieser Studie die Ansicht, dass das virtuelle Mikroskop nicht als Ersatz, sondern als sinnvolle Ergänzung zu der klassischen Lichtmikroskopie angesehen werden sollte (Bloodgood et al. 2006, Berg et al. 2016, Braun & Kearns 2008, Hufnagl et al. 2012, Mione et al. 2013, Santiago 2018, Scoville & Buskirk 2007). Dabei sollte die vorliegende Arbeit als Einstieg verstanden werden, um bestehende Forschungslücken zu verkleinern, damit ein Transfer der virtuellen Mikroskopie in den schulischen Kontext möglichst lernwirksam erfolgen kann.